Search results

Your search found 1410 results.

Filter your search results using the options below:

Manufacturer
 
Gauge
 
Category
Digital features
 
Era
 
Number of items to display per page: 5 | 10 | 20 | Show All
PO205
PO205 LOW RELIEF PUB & SHOPS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.00
PO206
PO206 LOW RELIEF CINEMA & SHOPS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.00
PO210
PO210 SELF ADHESIVE PAVING SLABS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£7.00
PO216
PO216 PLATFORM KIT BRICK.
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.00
PO228
PO228 COACHING INN
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.00
PO232
PO232 GOODS SHED
'OO' Gauge
ALSO INCLUDES WEIGHBRIDGE AND HUT
Our Price:
£15.00
PO233
PO233 SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
INCLUDES LINE SIDE HUT AND COAL SHED.
Our Price:
£11.00
PO235
PO235 STONE PLATFORM KIT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.00
PO236
PO236 FOOTBRIDGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.50
PO237
PO237 COUNTRY STATION
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£17.00
PO240
PO240 DOUBLE TRACK VIADUCT RED BRICK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£16.00
PO241
PO241 DOUBLE TRACK VIADUCT STONE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£16.00
PO242
PO242 TUNNEL ENTRANCE (DOUBLE)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.00
PO243
PO243 TUNNEL ENTRANCE (SINGLE)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.00
PO250
PO250 MANOR FARM HOUSE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.00
PO251
PO251 MANOR FARM BARN
'OO' Gauge
(VEHICLES NOT INCLUDED)
Our Price:
£10.50
PO252
PO252 MANOR FARM BUILDINGS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.00
PO253
PO253 VILLAGE SCHOOL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.00
PO262
PO262 STONE TERRACE HOUSE
'OO' Gauge
REAR VIEW
Our Price:
£11.50
PO263
PO263 RED BRICK CORNER TERRACE SHOP
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.00
PO264
PO264 STONE CORNER TERRACE SHOP
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.00
PO281
PO281 SERVICE STATION
'OO' Gauge
(VEHICLES NOT INCLUDED)
Our Price:
£14.50
MOO53
MOO53 OO ENGINEERS BLUE BRICK
'OO' Gauge
4 SHEETS X .23mm THICK - 4 SHEETS X .5mm THICK. TOTAL OF 8 SHEETS PER PACK
Our Price:
£6.00
MOO52
MOO52 DRESSED GRITSTONE
'OO' Gauge
8 SHEETS PER PACK
Our Price:
£6.00
MOO51
MOO51 COBBLESTONE SHEETS
'OO' Gauge
8 SHEETS OF COBBLESTONES.
Our Price:
£6.00
MOO56
MOO56 TARMACADAM SHEETS
'OO' Gauge
8 SHEETS OF TARMAC. .5mm THICK.
Our Price:
£6.00
MOO54
MOO54 RED BRICK SHEETS
'OO' Gauge
8 SHEETS OF RED BRICK. 4 X .23mm & 4 X .5mm.
Our Price:
£6.00
PN110
PN110 BRICK PLATFORM KIT
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.00
PN135
PN135 STONE PLATFORM KIT
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.00
PN142
PN142 TUNNEL ENTRANCES
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£8.50
PN150
PN150 MANOR FARM
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.00
500
500 GWR SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.95
501
501 GROUNDED COACH BODY
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.65
502
502 CATTLE DOCK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.95
503
503 PLATFORM/GROUND LEVEL SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.95
504
504 STATION BUILDING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£32.55
505
505 COALING STAGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.00
506
506 WATER TOWER
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.95
508
508 PUMP/BOILER HOUSE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.95
509
509 OCCUPATIONAL CROSSING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.30
513
513 PROVENDER GOODS STORE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£19.90
515
PLATFORM CANOPY
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£16.80
516
STATION VALANCING, NOTICE BOARDS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
517
CONCRETE FOOTBRIDGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£14.30
522
ENGINE SHED
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£31.50
524
WEIGHBRIDGE AND HUT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.65
525
COAL - TIMBER MERCHANTS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£26.00
527
CARRIAGE SHED
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£26.00
528
GWR WATER TOWER. (CONICAL OR FLAT TOP)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£14.65
529
OIL DEPOT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£16.55
530
OIL TANKS (2)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.95
531
YARD CRANE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.15
532
COAL DEPOT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.10
533
COAL STAITHES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.20
534
STONE GOODS SHED
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£32.55
535
YARD OFFICE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
536
MIDLAND SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£25.75
537
RETAINING WALLS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.45
538
GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.55
540
LOCOMOTIVE SERVICING DEPOT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£26.00
543
HOIST
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£11.05
545
LOCO LIFTING HOIST
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£24.45
546
TRAVERSING CRANE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£26.25
546A
ROLLING UNDERFRAME (FOR 546)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.10
547
COALING TOWER
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£29.25
548
MODULAR COVERED FOOTBRIDGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£25.40
411
GWR/LMS LOADING GAUGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.60
412
SR LOADING GAUGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.80
413
WATERCRANE & FIREDEVIL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.35
419
CONCRETE FENCE POSTS, GATES, SIGNS ETC
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.65
420
GWR STATION FENCING, WHITE. (INC GATES AND RAMPS)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.15
421
GWR STATION FENCING, WHITE. (STRAIGHTS ONLY)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
423
GWR LINESIDE FENCING (36 POSTS WITH WIRE)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
424
4 BAR LINESIDE FENCING WHITE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
425
4 BAR LINESIDE FENCING BLACK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
426
LMS (MR) STATION FENCING WHITE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
427
LMS (MR) STATION FENCING BLACK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
429
CONCRETE FENCING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.15
432
SR PRECAST CANCRETE FENCING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.30
432A
SR PRECAST CANCRETE FENCING (GATES & RAMPS)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.60
434
SPEAR FENCING (STRAIGHTS ONLY)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.20
435
SPEAR FENCING (GATES & RAMPS)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.80
436
SECURITY FENCING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.90
437
WOODEN FENCING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.80
452
TELEGRAPH POLES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.75
453
SWAN NECKED LAMPS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.25
455
MODERN STREET LAMPS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.30
456
STATION BARROW CROSSING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.80
SSAM100
FARMYARD JUNK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.50
SSAM101
VILLAGE BLACKSMITHS SET
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.50
SSAM102
WORKSHOP SET
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.50
202
CATTLE DOCK
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£18.45
203
ENGINE SHED
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
204
STATION BUILDING
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£23.75
206
LOCOMOTIVE SERVICING DEPOT
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£18.45
207
GWR STATION TRAIN SHED
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£18.45
208
APEX PLATFORM CANOPY
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.75
212
WATERCRANE & FIREDEVIL
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.25
213
STATION/STREET LAMPS (4 PER PACK)
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.25
214
YARD CRANE
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.60
215
SQUARE WATER TOWER
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.80
216
LINESIDE FENCING WHITE
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.70
217
LINESIDE FENCING, WOOD BROWN
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.70
220
STONE GOODS SHED
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
222
CONCRETE FOOTBRIDGE
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.80
223
GWR WOODEN SIGNAL BOX
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
224
SIGNAL BOX INTERIOR
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.50
225
FLAT ROOF PLATFORM CANOPY WITH VALENCING
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.80
229
COAL DEPOT
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£7.95
231
CARRIAGE SHED
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
232
COAL - TIMBER MERCHANTS
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
236
MIDLAND SIGNAL BOX
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£15.95
243
GWR STATION FENCING, WHITE. (INC GATES AND RAMPS)
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.85
244
GWR STATION FENCING, WHITE. (STRAIGHTS ONLY)
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.85
245
GWR SPEAR FENCING, BLACK, STRAIGHTS
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.85
246
GWR SPEAR FENCING, BLACK, RAMPS & GATES
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.85
247
COALING TOWER
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£24.85
248
MODULAR COVERED FOOTBRIDGE
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£22.00
251
THREE ARCH VIADUCT
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£24.45
252
EXTRA ARCH & PIER
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.50
253
RIVER/CANAL BRIDGE
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£10.50
254
TWO STONE PIERS
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.10
262
JUNCTION OR BRACKET, HOME OR DISTANT SIGNAL
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.25
270
HOME OR DISTANT UPPER QUADRANT SIGNAL
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£3.85
271
PRATT TRUSS GANTRY
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£4.15
316
COAL STAITHS
'N' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.20
460
GWR HOME SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.10
461
GWR DISTANT SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.10
462
GWR HOME & DISTANT SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
2 ARMS 1 POST
Our Price:
£14.30
469
GWR JUNCTION/BRACKET SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.50
470
LMS HOME SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.10
471
LMS DISTANT SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£12.10
465
GROUND SIGNALS
'OO' Gauge
4 PER PACK
Our Price:
£4.45
466
GWR SQUARE POST SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
4 SIGNALS INC. JUNCTION BRACKET
Our Price:
£9.75
467
GWR ROUND POST SIGNALS
'OO' Gauge
2 SINGLE POST SIGNALS
Our Price:
£4.45
468
GWR ROUND POST SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
1 SET BRACKET/JUNCTION SIGNALS
Our Price:
£12.10
476
LMS ROUND POST SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
4 SIGNALS INC JUNCTION/BRACKETS
Our Price:
£9.75
477
LNWR SQUARE POST SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
4 SIGNALS INC. JUNCTION/BRACKETS
Our Price:
£9.75
478
PRATT TRUSS GANTRY
'OO' Gauge
GANTRY PARTS ONLY. SIGNALS NOT INCLUDED.
Our Price:
£4.45
SS10
VICTORIAN GENTS TOILET
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS11
TAXI MEN'S REST HUT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS12
STATION GARAGE WITH PUMPS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£8.35
SS13
DOMESTIC GARAGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS14
TEA KIOSK WITH INTERIOR DETAIL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS15
COAL YARD & HUT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.30
SS16
WEIGHBRIDGE AND HUT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS17
COAL BUNKERS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS20
GREENHOUSE & COLD FRAME
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.10
SS21
HOARDINGS & BILL POSTER INCLUDING POSTERS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.20
SS23
BICYCLE SHED & BICYCLES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS24
CONSERVATORY & GARDEN SEAT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS26
VICTORIAN CAST IRON BRIDGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS27
STATION HALT WITH WAITING ROOM
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.25
SS29
GROUND LEVEL SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS34
WATER TOWER WITH STONE BASE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£8.15
SS35
PAGODA BUILDING
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS37
MARKET STALLS, 4 WHEEL BARROWS INC LOADS.(2)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.00
SS38
CATTLE CREEP
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS39
CROSSING KEEPERS COTTAGE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£7.90
SS40
SCRAPYARD, SMALL STONE BUILDING & SCRAP PILE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS42
WINDOWS & DOORS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.10
SS46
BUILDING PACK A. CHIMNEYS, GUTTERING DRAINPIPES ETC
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.10
SS50
PLATELAYERS HUT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS51
GOODS YARD CRANE WITH FIXED TIMBER JIB
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS52
BRICK RETAINING ARCHES (4)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£14.65
SS53
BRICK ARCH BRIDGE WITH ABUTMENTS
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£14.25
SS54
STATION CANOPY
'OO' Gauge
LENGTH 180mm
Our Price:
£9.40
SS55
BRICK ARCH OVERLAYS FOR DOORWAYS, WINDOWS ETC
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS56
LEVEL CROSSING GATES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.25
SS58
GARDEN SHEDS (2)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.80
SS59
BRICK TUNNEL MOUTH & WINGS. SINGLE TRACK
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£8.95
SS63
GOODS YARD STORE, TIMBER BUILT
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£9.25
SS69
STONE RETAINING ARCHES (4)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.40
SS70
CORRUGATED IRON CHAPEL
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£13.20
SS71
ROUND TOP WINDOWS (4)
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£8.15
SS74
PILL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£5.50
SS75
BUS SHELTER
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.15
SS76
QUOINS/CORNER STONES
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£6.15
PO282
OO WAREHOUSE
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/09/10
OO GAUGE WAREHOUSE WHICH CAN BE BUILT AS A STAND ALONE BUILDING OR A LOW RELIEF BUILDING.
Our Price:
£15.00
R8249
HORNBY 8 PIN DIGITAL DECODER
DCC Accessory
Our Price:
£24.00
PO283
SMALL FACTORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/12/10
A SINGLE STOREY FACTORY UNIT WITH NORTH LIGHT ROOF WINDOWS AND LOADING BAY. PLUS A THREE STOREY BUILDING WITH OUTSIDE STEPS.
Our Price:
£15.00
NSIGN2
GWR MOTORISED DISTANT SIGNAL.
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/12
Our Price:
£27.43
NSIGN1
GWR MOTORISED HOME SIGNAL
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/12
Our Price:
£27.43
NSIGN3
LMS HOME SIGNAL MOTORISED (N GAUGE)
'N' Gauge
Released: 28/03/12
Our Price:
£27.43
NSIGN4
LMS DISTANT SIGNAL MOTORISED (N GAUGE)
'N' Gauge
Released: 28/03/12
Our Price:
£27.43
2D-003-000
BR BLUE CLASS 52 'WESTERN VENTURER'
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/13
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
BR BLUE WITH FULL YELLOW ENDS CLASS 52 'WESTERN VENTURER'
Our Price:
£97.70
R4570
BR (EX LNER) MAROON SLEEPER COACH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/10/13
Our Price:
£44.10
38-675
GWR SHUNTERS TRUCK 'CANONS MARSH BRISTOL' GWR GREY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/12/13
Our Price:
£11.20
38-750
22 TON STV TUBE WAGON BR BAUXITE. WEATHERED.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/04/15
Our Price:
£24.25
42-299
LOW RELIEF TURBINE HALL
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£67.45
42-298
LOW RELIEF BOILER HOUSE
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£38.65
42.297
LOW RELIEF COOLING TOWER
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£62.95
42-254
LOW RELIEF POWER SIGNAL BOX
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£25.15
42-198
POWER STATION CHIMNEY
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£31.45
42-197
COAL DISTRIBUTION BUILDING
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/06/15
Our Price:
£44.95
34-633
BR MK1 SUBURBAN SECOND BRAKE BLUE WEATHERED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/06/15
Our Price:
£26.95
R3329
BR LATE CREST S15 CLASS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/10/15
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
BR BLACK WITH LATE CREST CLASS S15
Our Price:
£118.80
39-577
BR AUTO TRAILER CRIMSON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/15
Our Price:
£62.00
39-576
BR AUTO TRAILER MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/15
Our Price:
£62.00
377-089
7 PLANK FIXED END WAGON SR BROWN
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/01/16
Our Price:
£12.55
377-877
QUEEN MARY BRAKE VAN EWS WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/03/16
Our Price:
£28.75
371-383A
DB SCHENKER CLASS 66
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/03/16
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£103.65
37-067
SR BROWN 5 PLANK WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/03/16
Our Price:
£12.55
374-876
BR MAROON INSPECTION SALOON
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/03/16
Our Price:
£35.95
R4689
BR (EX LMS) NON-CORRIDOR COMPOSITE COACH.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/05/16
Our Price:
£35.99
R4690
BR (EX LMS) NON-CORRIDOR 3rd CLASS COACH.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/05/16
Our Price:
£35.99
39-002
TWIN PACK BR MK2A BFK HST BARRIER COACHES
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/05/16
Our Price:
£80.95
R3374
BR BLUE CLASS 71
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/07/16
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Our Price: £135.62
Bargain Price:
£115.00
377-927A
PCA METALAIR BULK POWDER WAGON. WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/07/16
Our Price:
£24.25
377-925A
PCA METALAIR BULK POWDER WAGON. BLUE CIRCLE WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/07/16
Our Price:
£24.25
R3418
BRITISH RAILWAYS EARLY CLASS K1
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/09/16
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Our Price:
£118.12
R3448
BR 4-6-0 CLASS B17/2 'WELBECK ABBEY'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/16
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
BR LINED GREEN CLASS B17/2 4-6-0 'WELBECK ABBEY' WITH EARLY CREST.
Our Price: £139.99
Bargain Price:
£120.00
377-490
TRIPPLE PACK GWR CHINA CLAY WAGONS
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/11/16
Our Price:
£42.25
32-992
WICKHAM TYPE 27 TROLLEY CAR BR ENGINEERS YELLOW
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/11/16
Our Price:
£67.95
32-993
ENGINEERS YELLOW WICKHAM TROLLEY WITH WASP STRIPES
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/11/16
Our Price:
£67.95
37-114
7 PLANK WAGON 'BALDWIN' WEATHERED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/11/16
Our Price:
£14.85
38-603
21 TON GRAIN HOPPER IN BR PO 'BASS' RED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/11/16
Our Price:
£23.85
37-092
'WHITWICK' 7 PLANK WAGON. WEATHERED.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/12/16
Our Price:
£16.15
R3398
LYME REGIS BRANCH LINE TRAIN PACK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/12/16
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
BR BLACK ADAMS RADIAL WITH EARLY CREST,BR EX LSWR NON-CORRIDOR BRAKE COMPOSITE AND A BR EX LSWR NON-CORRIDOR BRAKE 3RD IN MAROON
Our Price:
£196.85
377-206A
SUNCOLE 8 PLANK WAGON. WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/01/17
Our Price:
£14.85
377-062
NE 5 PLANK WAGON WITH LOAD
'N' Gauge
Released: 19/01/17
Our Price:
£13.95
39-580
BR AUTO TRAILER IN CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/01/17
Our Price:
£62.95
371-651A
FREIGHTLINER CLASS 57 'FREIGHTLINER EXPLORER' WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/02/17
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£116.40
374-954A
13 TON HIGH SIDED STEEL WAGON LNER GREY
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/02/17
Our Price:
£15.25
R4765
BR COLLETT COACH CORRIDOR BRAKE 3rd L/H IN MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/04/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R4796A
BR MAUNSELL 6 COMPARTMENT BRAKE 3RD
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/07/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R8106
CLASS A1/A3 TTS SOUND DECODER
Released: 31/08/17
Our Price:
£38.69
R8108
CLASS A1 TORNADO TTS SOUND DECODER
'OO' Gauge
Released: 31/08/17
Our Price:
£38.69
R4746A
BR ( EX LSWR) 58' MAUNSELL REBUILT 8 COMP BRAKE 3RD. MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R4747A
BR 58' (EX LSWR) MAUNSELL REBUILT 6 COMP BRAKE 3RD. MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R4793
SR 58' (EX LSWR) MAUNSELL REBUILT 6 COMP BRAKE 3RD. SOUTHERN GREEN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R4794
SR (EX LSWR) MAUNSELL REBUILT 6 COMP BRAKE COMPOSITE . SOUTHERN GREEN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/17
Our Price:
£40.49
R4795
SR (EX LSWR) MAUNSELL REBUILT 9 COMP 3RD CLASS. SOUTHERN GREEN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/17
Our Price:
£40.49
39-612
BR (EX SE & CR) 60' BIRDCAGE COMPOSITE LAVATORY COACH CRIMSON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 19/09/17
Our Price:
£53.95
39-622
BR (EX SE & CR) 60' BIRDCAGE BRAKE 3RD COACH CRIMSON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 19/09/17
Our Price:
£53.95
R3573
GBRF CLASS 66
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/09/17
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Our Price:
£85.84
R6822
BR 20T COKE HOPPER WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/11/17
Our Price:
£20.69
R6822A
BR 20T COKE HOPPER WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/11/17
Our Price:
£20.69
377-345
BR CONFLAT WITH UN-VENTED SPEEDFREIGHT CONTAINER
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/17
Our Price:
£14.35
377-346
BR CONFLAT WITH VENTED SPEEDFREIGHT CONTAINER
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/17
Our Price:
£14.35
39-621
SOUTHERN RAILWAY SE & CR BIRDCAGE BRAKE 3rd IN OLIVE GREEN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/11/17
Our Price:
£58.45
PO580
SIGNAL BOX INTERIOR KIT
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/12/17
Our Price:
£6.50
PO430
SMALL SIGNAL BOX
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/12/17
SMALL SIGNAL BOX KIT IDEAL FOR PLATFORMS AND SMALL STATIONS.102MM X 48MM
Our Price:
£10.00
PO333
SETTLE /CARLISLE STATION BUILDING
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/12/17
A BEAUTIFULLY DETAILED KIT OF A S & C RAILWAY STATION BUILDING. 315MM X 122MM
Our Price:
£23.00
393-050
OO-9 OPEN BOGIE WAGON WW1 WD GREY WEATHERED
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 20/12/17
Our Price:
£25.15
393-051
OO-9 OPEN BOGIE WAGON 'NOCTON' LIGHT GREY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 20/12/17
Our Price:
£22.45
393-052
OO-9 OPEN BOGIE WAGON 'ASHOVER RAILWAY' LIGHT GREY WEATHERED
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 20/12/17
Our Price:
£25.15
393-025
COVERED GOODS WAGON WW1 WD GREY WEATHERED
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 07/02/18
Our Price:
£33.25
393-026
COVERED GOODS WAGON NOCTON LIGHT GREY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 07/02/18
Our Price:
£30.55
R4832
BR MAROON AUTOCOACH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/02/18
Our Price:
£35.99
34-410
LNER THOMPSON CORRIDOR TEAK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/03/18
Our Price:
£49.45
34-435
LNER THOMPSON COMPOSITE BRAKE TEAK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/03/18
Our Price:
£49.45
371-384A
EWS CLASS 66. '66 111'
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£114.70
371-386
FREIGHTLINER CLASS 66 '66 416'
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£114.70
371-387
COLAS RAIL CLASS 66 '66 846'
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£114.70
374-108A
BR MK1 RMB MINI BUFFET CAR (SR) GREEN
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/18
Our Price:
£31.45
38-900
BR MK1 CARFLAT WAGON BR BAUXITE
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/18
Our Price:
£33.25
371-398
GBRS CLASS 66 'EVENING STAR'
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/08/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£114.70
R6864
'STONEHOUSE' 4 PLANK WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/09/18
Our Price:
£13.49
38-901
BR MK1 CARFLAT WAGON BR BLUE
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/18
Our Price:
£33.25
374-432A
BULLIED 63ft BRAKE 3RD CORRIDOR OPEN BR (SR) MALACHITE GREEN
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/18
Our Price:
£31.45
374-432
BULLIED 63ft BRAKE 3RD CORRIDOR OPEN BR (SR) MALACHITE GREEN
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/18
Our Price:
£31.45
38-526
BR MK1 HORSE BOX IN BR (SR) GREEN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/11/18
Our Price:
£33.25
38-525
BR MK1 HORSE BOX IN BR (ER) MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/11/18
Our Price:
£33.25
R3659
COLAS RAIL CLASS 67 'CHARLOTTE'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/18
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Our Price:
£143.99
99521
LYNTON & BARNSTAPLE 00-9 761 'TAW'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 19/12/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£178.45
99511
LYNTON & BARNSTAPLE 00-9 760 'EXE'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 19/12/18
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£178.45
4F-043-001
EWS TURBOT BOGIE BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/01/19
Our Price:
£21.50
4F-043-002
EWS TURBOT BOGIE BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/01/19
Our Price:
£21.50
4F-043-003
EWS TURBOT BOGIE BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/01/19
Our Price:
£21.50
99551
00-9 LYNTON & BARNSTAPLE 2-6-2 'EXE' IN L & B LIVERY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 21/01/19
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£178.45
99531
00-9 LYNTON & BARNSTAPLE 2-6-2 'EXE' IN INTERMEDIATE LIVERY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 21/01/19
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£178.45
99561
00-9 LYNTON & BARNSTAPLE 2-6-2 'TAW' IN L & B LIVERY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 21/01/19
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£178.45
DCD-GS-RG.4
2 ASPECT RED/GREEN GROUND SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/02/19
Control these signals using a reverse polarity switch. 6v-12v DC from a regulated power supply.You MUST always use a resistor with this ground signal.
Our Price:
£26.95
DCD-GS-MG.4
MODERN IMAGE 4 LIGHT GROUND SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/02/19
Control these signals using a reverse polarity switch. 6v-12v DC from a regulated power supply.You MUST always use a resistor with this ground signal.
Our Price:
£26.95
DCD-GS-BR.4
BR 3 LIGHT GROUND SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/02/19
Control these signals using a reverse polarity switch. 6v-12v DC from a regulated power supply.You MUST always use a resistor with this ground signal.
Our Price:
£26.95
39-277A
BR MK1 GUV GENERAL UTILITY VAN BR BLUE 'PROPERTY BOARD'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/03/19
Our Price:
£43.15
39-556
BR MK1 CCT COVERED CARRIAGE TRUCK 'TARTAN ARROW'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/03/19
Our Price:
£39.55
R4877
GWR 57' BOW ENDED R/H SUBURBAN BRAKE COACH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/19
Our Price:
£44.09
R3781
K&ESR TERRIER 0-6-0 'ROLVENDEN'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/19
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£80.99
R4879A
BR 57' BOW ENDED SUBURBAN COACH R/H MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/03/19
Our Price:
£44.09
R4881A
BR 57' BOW ENDED SUBURBAN BRAKE COACH R/H MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/03/19
Our Price:
£44.09
R4877A
GWR 57' BOW ENDED R/H SUBURBAN BRAKE COACH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/03/19
Our Price:
£44.09
32-764A
NORTHERN BELLE CLASS 57 'SOLWAY PRINCESS'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£144.45
373-775C
BR 45T TTA TANK WAGON 'BP' GREEN
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
Our Price:
£23.35
374-910
SE & CR 60ft BIRDCAGE 3 COACH PACK SE & CR WELLINGTON BROWN
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
Our Price:
£127.45
374-911
SE & CR 60ft BIRDCAGE 3 COACH PACK SR MAUNSELL GREEN
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
Our Price:
£127.45
374-912
SE & CR 60ft BIRDCAGE 3 COACH PACK BR CRIMSON
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
Our Price:
£127.45
377-629
BR 12T PLYWOOD BR DEPARTMENTAL VENT VAN
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/04/19
Our Price:
£17.05
4D-009-009
RAILTRACK CLASS 121
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/04/19
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£123.25
R7142
P2 CLASS TTS SOUND DECODER
Released: 02/05/19
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Our Price:
£38.69
374-816A
BR MK1 FO FIRST OPEN BR MAROON
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£37.75
374-819A
BR MK1 FO FIRST OPEN BR BLUE & GREY
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£31.45
374-891
LMS STANIER 50ft FULL BRAKE BR BLUE & GREY
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£33.25
377-500B
ICI BUXTON LIME 3 PLANK WAGON
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£15.25
377-601C
BR BDA BOGIE BOLSTER BR RAILFREIGHT RED. WEATHERED
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£29.95
377-850A
SR 25T 'PILL BOX' BRAKE VAN. SR BROWN
'N' Gauge
Released: 01/05/19
Our Price:
£22.45
32-611
BR RAILFREIGHT DISTRIBUTION SECTOR CLASS 90
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/19
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
THIS LOCO REQUIRES A BACHMANN 36-569 21 PIN MTC DECODER.USING A STANDARD 21 PIN DECODER WILL DAMAGE THE SERVO MOTOR AND INVALIDATE YOUR WARRANTY.
Our Price: £152.95
Bargain Price:
£134.95
36-569
21 PIN MTC DECODER FOR THE CLASS 90'S
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/19
Our Price:
£35.95
371-658
WEST COAST RAIL CLASS 57
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/06/19
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Our Price:
£114.70
DCC-Bbar2
BRASS POWER BUS DISTRIBUTION BARS X 2
Released: 27/06/19
Our Price:
£8.05
DCP-RA3
90° ADAPTORS (Pack of 3)
Released: 27/06/19
EASY SYSTEM TO MOUNT DCC CONCEPTS POINT MOTORS SIDEWAYS
Our Price:
£11.65
DCD-ZN218.6
ZEN BLACK 8 & 21 PIN 6 FUNCTION DECODER
Released: 27/06/19
WITH ADVANCES ABC AND SHUTTLE OPERATION.PLEASE SEE DCC CONCEPTS WEB SITE FOR FULL DETAILS.
Our Price:
£24.25
DCD-ZNmini.4A
ZEN BLACK 8 PIN 4 FUNCTION DCC DECODER WITH ABC MODULE
Released: 27/06/19
WITH ADVANCED ABC AND SHUTTLE OPERATION.PLEASE SEE DCC CONCEPTS WEB SITE FOR FULL DETAILS.
Our Price:
£28.75
DCD-ZNmini.4
ZEN BLACK 8 PIN 4 FUNCTION DCC DECODER
Released: 27/06/19
WITH ADVANCED ABC AND SHUTTLE OPERATION.PLEASE SEE DCC CONCEPTS WEB SITE FOR FULL DETAILS.
Our Price:
£21.55
DCD-ZN218.6S
ZEN BLACK 8 & 21 PIN 6 FUNCTION DECODER WITH 3 X ABC CONTROL MODULES
Released: 27/06/19
WITH ADVANCED ABC AND SHUTTLE OPERATION.PLEASE SEE DCC CONCEPTS WEB SITE FOR FULL DETAILS.
Our Price:
£44.95
DCD-ABC.3
3 X ABC MODULES
Released: 27/06/19
FOR ABC AND SHUTTLE OPERATION.PLEASE SEE DCC CONCEPTS WEB SITE FOR FULL DETAILS.
Our Price:
£31.45
33-08
GWR 5 PLANK CHINA CLAY WAGON WITH HOOD
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/07/19
Our Price:
£17.95
374-213
BR MK1 PULLMAN PSP SECOND PARLOUR '99347' WCRC MAROON
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/07/19
Our Price:
£38.65
374-214
BR MK1 PULLMAN PSP SECOND PARLOUR '99352' WCRC MAROON
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/07/19
Our Price:
£38.65
374-222
BR MK1 PULLMAN PFK FIRST KITCHEN 'THRUSH' UMBER & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/07/19
Our Price:
£38.65
377-063
SR BROWN 5 PLANK WAGON
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/07/19
Our Price:
£17.05
R070
MOTORISED TURNTABLE
'OO' Gauge
Our Price:
£85.94
32-994
BR GREEN WICKHAM TYPE 27 TROLLEY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£76.45
35-175
ROD 2-8-0 1918 RAILWAY OPERATING DIVISION BLACK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 2
Our Price: £148.70
Bargain Price:
£131.20
37-134B
'KETTON CEMENT' 8 PLANK WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£18.85
37-157A
'STEWART & LLOYDS' 8 PLANK WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£18.85
393-025A
BOGIE COVERED AMBULANCE VAN WD GREY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 2
Our Price:
£35.05
393-026A
BOGIE COVERED GOODS WAGON 'NOCTON ESTATES' L R GREY (W)
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£38.65
393-027
BOGIE COVERED GOODS WAGON 'LINCOLNSHIRE COAST' L R CRIMSON
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.05
393-028
BOGIE COVERED GOODS WAGON 'SR' BROWN
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£35.05
393-030
BOGIE COVERED GOODS WAGON 'SR' INSULATED
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£35.05
393-051A
OPEN BOGIE WAGON 'NOCTON ESTATES' L R GREY (W)
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£28.75
393-055
OPEN BOGIE WAGON 'ASHOVER' L R GREY
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£25.15
393-056
OPEN BOGIE WAGON 'ICI' RED
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/08/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£25.15
393-052A
ASHOVER L R OPEN BOGIE WAGON
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/08/19
Era 2
COMES WITH LOAD
Our Price:
£26.95
393-076
3 PACK SLATE WAGONS, RED WITH LOAD
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£44.05
R4914
RAILROAD GWR CLERESTORY THIRD CLASS BRAKE COACH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/09/19
Era 2
Our Price:
£17.10
30-420
WESTERN PULLMAN - ULTIMA DIGITAL SOUND TRAIN SET
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/09/19
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
6 CAR WESTERN PULLMAN DMU, SOUND FITTED + DYNAMIS ULTIMA DCC CONTOLLER AND AN OVAL OF TRACK.
Our Price:
£807.45
32-991
WICKHAM TYPE 27 TROLLEY CAR BR MAROON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/09/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£76.45
374-082A
BR MK1 BCK BRAKE COMPOSITE CORRIDOR, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/09/19
Era 4
Our Price:
£35.95
374-189C
BR MK1 BSK BRAKE SECOND CORRIDOR , CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 09/09/19
Era 4
Our Price:
£35.95
38-727
WD 50T 'WARFLAT' BOGIE WAGON BR EARLY GREY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/09/19
Era 4
Our Price:
£35.95
44-0104
NARROW GAUGE TIMBER LOCO LIFT
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 11/09/19
Era 1
Our Price:
£25.15
44-599
NARROW GAUGE SLATE BUILT RETAINING WALL
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 11/09/19
Era 1
Our Price:
£26.95
377-527C
LNER BAUXITE 20T BRAKE VAN
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/09/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
38-725
WD 50T 'WARFLAT' BOGIE WAGON WITH KHAKI CROMWELL MK4 TANK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/09/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£49.45
38-726
WD 50T 'WARFLAT' BOGIE WAGON WITH BRONZE GREEN CROMWELL MK4 TANK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/09/19
Era 4
Our Price:
£49.45
PL-55
PECO TURNTABLE MOTOR
Released: 14/10/19
TURNTABLE MOTOR FOR ANY PECO TURNTABLE.
Our Price:
£60.30
38-741
WAR OFFICE 'PARROT' BOGIE WAGON. LMS GREY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/10/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£35.95
33-300G
GWR 20 TO TOAD BRAKE VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/10/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£17.95
4L-001-005
GWR RIGHT HAND JUNCTION SIGNAL
'OO' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Our Price:
£58.45
2P-011-010
LNER GRESLEY TEAK 3rd CLASS COACH '60634'
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£24.25
2P-011-011
LNER GRESLEY TEAK 3rd CLASS COACH '60648'
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£24.25
2P-011-273
BR MAROON GRESLEY BRAKE COMPOSITE COACH
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£24.25
2P-011-305
LNER GRESLEY TEAK BUFFET COACH '9128'
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£24.25
2P-011-372
BR MAROON GRESLEY BUFFET COACH 'E9035E'
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/10/19
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£24.25
R3742F
DB CARGO ROMANIA CLASS 91 'MIHAL EMINESCU''THE EURO CONNECTION'.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/11/19
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 10
Our Price:
£98.99
R3743
BR RAILFREIGHT CLASS 60 'BOW FELL'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/11/19
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
Our Price:
£161.99
38-740
WD 40T PARROT BOGIE WAGON WD GREY WITH SHEETED TANK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/11/19
Era 23/4
Our Price:
£49.45
4L-001-006
GWR JUNCTION SIGNAL L/H WITH TWO ARMS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/11/19
Our Price:
£58.45
39-603
SR MALACHITE SE & CR BIRDCAGE BRAKE THIRD LAVATORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£71.95
39-604
SE & CR WELLINGTON BROWN BIRDCAGE BRAKE COMPOSITE LAVATORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 2
Our Price:
£71.95
39-613
SR MALACHITE SE & CR BIRDCAGE COMPOSITE LAVATORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£71.95
39-614
SE & CR WELLINGTON BROWN BIRDCAGE COMPOSITE LAVATORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 2
Our Price:
£71.95
39-623
SR MALACHITE SE & CR BIRDCAGE BRAKE THIRD
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£71.95
39-624
SE & CR WELLINGTON BROWN BIRDCAGE BRAKE THIRD
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/11/19
Era 2
Our Price:
£71.95
R3728
BR CLASS 21 'PUG' WITH EARLY CREST
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/12/19
Era 4
Our Price:
£62.99
38-800
RANSOMES & RAPIER 45T STEAM CRANE. SR GREY.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/19
Era 3
Our Price:
£224.95
38-803
BR DEPARTMENTAL RED RANSOMES & RAPIER STEAM CRANE
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/19
Era 6/7
Our Price:
£224.95
R3699
SOUTHERN 2-BIL EMU
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/12/19
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Our Price:
£125.99
R3750
BELMOND 'BRITISH PULLMAN' TRAIN PACK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/12/19
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
DB CARGO UK CLASS 67 WITH PULLMAN ALL-STEEL K TYPE FIRST PARLOUR CARS 'LUCILLE & ZENA' AND KITCHEN FIRST 'IONE'.
Our Price:
£269.99
4D-011-008
BR STREAMLINED RAILCAR CARMINE & CREAM
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/01/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Our Price:
£126.39
4D-011-100
GWR STREAMLINED PARCELS EXPRESS RAILCAR
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/01/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Our Price:
£126.39
4D-011-101
BR STREAMLINED PARCELS EXPRESS RAILCAR - CRIMSON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/01/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Our Price:
£126.39
4D-014-002
BR BLUE CLASS 29 WITH FULL YELLOW ENDS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/01/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 6
Our Price:
£129.15
4D-014-004
BR GREEN CLASS 21 WITH SYP
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/01/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 6
Our Price:
£129.15
33-131
BR 35T BULK GRAIN HOPPER BR FREIGHT BROWN. WEATHERED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/02/20
Era 7
Our Price:
£28.75
33-133
BR 35T BULK ALUMINA HOPPER BRT BLUE WEATHERED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/02/20
Era 7/8
Our Price:
£28.75
2P-000-080
BR COLLETT COMPOSITE COACH, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£22.05
2P-000-180
BR COLLETT SECOND CLASS COACH, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£22.05
2P-000-159
GWR COLLETT 3RD CLASS COACH, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.05
2P-000-283
GWR COLLETT BRAKE COMPOSITE COACH, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.05
2P-000-310
GWR COLLETT FULL BRAKE COACH, CHOCOLATE & CREAM
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.05
2D-028-004
BR RAILFREIGHT GREY CLASS 26
'N' Gauge
Released: 18/02/20
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 7/8
Our Price:
£112.76
371-640
FREIGHTLINER CLASS 70 WITH AIR INTAKE MOD
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/03/20
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£135.95
2D-001-007
BR CONSTRUCTION SECTOR CLASS 33/0 '33042'
'N' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 8
Our Price:
£112.76
4A-002-001
BR (WR) CONICAL WATER TOWER (STATIC)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£22.50
4A-002-002
BR (WR) CONICAL WATER TOWER (MOTORISED)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 4/5
OPERATES FROM 9-18V AC OR DC
Our Price:
£45.00
4A-002-003
GWR CONICAL WATER TOWER (STATIC)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.50
4A-002-004
GWR CONICAL WATER TOWER (MOTORISED)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 3
OPERATES FROM 9-18V AC OR DC
Our Price:
£45.00
4A-002-005
BR (WR) FLAT TOP WATER TOWER(STATIC)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£22.50
4A-002-006
BR (WR) FLAT TOP WATER TOWER(MOTORISED)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 4/5
OPERATES FROM 9-18V AC OR DC
Our Price:
£45.00
4A-002-007
BR FLAT TOP WATER TOWER GREY (STATIC)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 5/6
Our Price:
£22.50
4A-002-008
BR FLAT TOP WATER TOWER GREY (MOTORISED)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/04/20
Era 5/6
OPERATES FROM 9-18V AC OR DC
Our Price:
£45.00
R1268
G SCALE HOGWARTS EXPRESS TRAIN SET
Released: 15/06/20
Battery-powered steam 4-6-0 locomotive and tender Two Passenger coaches 24 curved and 8 straight plastic track pieces (Creates 73.2 IN x 50 IN Oval) RC Remote Control
Our Price:
£134.99
376-200
LNER THOMPSON FIRST CORRIDOR COACH IN TEAK
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£37.75
38-325A
LNER 13T STEEL OPEN WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
376-225
LNER THOMPSON COMPOSITE CORRIDOR COACH IN TEAK
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£37.75
376-250
LNER THOMPSON THIRD CORRIDOR COACH IN TEAK
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£37.75
376-275
LNER THOMPSON BRAKE THIRD CORRIDOR COACH IN TEAK
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£37.75
377-375D
GWR 20T 'TOAD' BRAKE VAN
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
377-377A
BR BAUXITE 20T 'TOAD' BRAKE VAN
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/06/20
Era 5
Our Price:
£23.35
39-430A
BR MK1 POS POST OFFICE SORTING VAN. ROYAL MAIL LETTERS RED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/20
Era 8
Our Price:
£58.45
R3902
GBRF CLASS 66 'SUNDERLAND'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/09/20
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£67.49
37-682A
CROSSFIELD 14T TANK WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/09/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
39-425A
BR MK1 POS POST OFFICE SORTING VAN BLUE & GREY WEATHERED
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/09/20
Era 7
Our Price:
£62.95
371-432A
LONDON MIDLAND CLASS 170 DMU
'N' Gauge
Released: 28/09/20
Era 9
Our Price:
£152.95
374-011C
BR MK1 TSO TOURIST SECOND OPEN, BR (SR GREEN)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 5
Our Price:
£37.75
374-015A
BR MK1 TSO TOURIST SECOND OPEN, BR INTERCITY (EXECUTIVE)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 8
Our Price:
£37.75
374-089
BR MK1 BCK BRAKE COMPOSITE CORRIDOR IN NWR YELLOW
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£37.75
374-660
BR MK2F RFB RESTAURANTFIRST BUFFET BR BLUE GREY
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 9
Our Price:
£41.35
38-077
SR 12T Plywood Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (Late) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 5
Our Price:
£23.35
38-081C
SR 12T 2+2 Planked Ventilated Van BR Grey (Early) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
38-082D
SR 12T 2+2 Planked Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (Early) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
38-083A
SR 12T 2+2 Planked Ventilated Van GWR Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/10/20
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
R3864
GWR STAR CLASS 4-6-0 'LODE STAR'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/11/20
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Our Price:
£161.99
DCP-CB12DiP
Cobalt iP Digital (12 Pack)
DCC Accessory
Twelve Cobalt iP Digital “Intelligent Power” DCC Digital Turnout Motors with all installation accessories including mounting screws and one of our very popular double-sided foam mounting pads.
Our Price:
£254.99
31-390
BR (SR) GREEN CLASS 414 2-HAP 2 CAR EMU
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/11/20
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
Our Price:
£220.95
371-136
BR RAILFREIGHT PETROLEUM SECTOR CLASS 31/1 '31319'
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/12/20
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
Our Price:
£127.45
371-137
NETWORK RAIL CLASS 31/1 '31602'
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/12/20
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
Our Price:
£127.45
LM-iD.3
LEGACY MODELS INTELLIGENT DETECTOR (3 PACK)
Released: 15/12/20
DCC Accessory
The Legacy LM-iD is an intelligent Inductive detector that is easy to install, trouble free and exceptionally reliable. LM-iD works everywhere: On layouts built in every common modelling scale, with every brand of DCC system and with every computer control app IO input that can sense a high/low detection.
Our Price:
£49.45
DCD-3WH.3
Zen 3-Wire Stay Alive Adapter Pack for ESU and Lenz Decoders
Released: 15/12/20
DCC Accessory
Our Price:
£5.35
DCD-SAA-3W
Zen 3-Wire Stay Alive Variety Pack for Zen Black & Blue+ Decoders
Released: 15/12/20
DCC Accessory
A set of 4 Stay-Alives with 3-wire connections to the decoder. Totally Plug and Play with Zen decoders. 1x Small 1x Medium 1x Large 1x Super Usable with Zen Black, Zen Blue+, Lenz and ESU or any decoder with three-wire connections for Stay-Alive.
Our Price:
£89.95
DCP-CBSS-2
2x Cobalt-SS with Controller & Accessories
Cobalt-SS 2 Pack – Small, Reliable, Super-Smooth Above-Board Turnout Motors, ready for DC or DCC use.
Our Price:
£53.95
32-755A
ARRIVA TRAINS WALES CLASS 57 '57314'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/21
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
Our Price: £157.20
Bargain Price:
£138.70
R4888E
BR, Bulleid 59' Corridor Brake Third, S2850S - Era 4 Passenger Coaches
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/02/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£44.99
32-684DBSF
BR BLUE CLASS 45 'THE KING'S SHROPSHIRE LIGHT INFANTRY' 45040 WITH DCC SOUND
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/02/21
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 6
Our Price:
£212.45
373-350
WD 40T 'Parrot' Bogie Wagon WD Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/02/21
Era 2
Our Price:
£31.45
373-352
WD 50T 'Parrot' Bogie Bolster B BR Grey (Early)
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/02/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£35.95
377-256
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon with Top Flap Doors NCB Grey
Released: 22/02/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£17.05
DCD-ZN8D.4
Zen Blue+ Decoder: 8 Pin NANO Direct – 4 Fn
Decoder features: – 1.1 Amps peak power – 750mA continuous power – 4 functions at 100mA each – 15mm x 7mm – 8-pin direct – Brown-out protection – Stay-alive connection
Our Price:
£24.25
DCD-ZN8H.nano
Zen Blue+ Decoder: 8 Pin NANO Wired 2 Function
Decoder features: – 1.1 Amps peak power – 750mA continuous power – 2 functions at 100mA each – 14mm x 7mm x 2.7mm – 8-pin harness – Brown-out protection – Stay-alive connection
Our Price:
£23.35
R7338
Maglight for 4/6 Wheeled Coaches
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/04/21
Our Price:
£14.39
35-126
Class 20/3 20311 Harry Needle Railroad Company
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/04/21
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
Our Price:
£152.95
38-230B
BR 12T Ventilated Van Plywood Doors BR Bauxite (Early) 'ICI'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/04/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
38-233
BR 12T Ventilated Van Plywood Doors BR Departmental Rail Stores
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/04/21
Era 8
Our Price:
£21.55
32-929
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150115 BR Provincial (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
Our Price:
£271.95
32-929SF
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150115 BR Provincial (Original) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
Our Price:
£356.95
37-279A
BR 27T Steel Tippler BR Bauxite (TOPS) 'Stone Traffic'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£23.35
37-355D
BR 13T Steel Sand Tippler BR Bauxite (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£20.65
37-376D
16T Steel Mineral Wagon Pressed End Door MOT Bauxite
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
371-389
Class 66/7 66789 'British Rail 1948-1997' GBRf BR Blue (Large Logo)
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
Our Price:
£127.45
371-399
Class 66/7 66783 'The Flying Dustman' GBRf Biffa Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
Our Price:
£127.45
38-232
BR 12T Ventilated Van Plywood Doors BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/04/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£26.05
DCW-iL.25
Solderless i-Link Connectors (25-pack)
SOLDERLESS CONNECTOR FOR TRACK BUS/DROPPER WIRES
Our Price:
£11.65
LM-PP.2
Legacy Models PowerPoint Baseboard Dowels (2-pack)
2 pairs of precision baseboard alignment dowels. These are the BEST alignment dowels ever offered – now with POWER BUS CONNECTIVITY!
Our Price:
£17.05
DCF-BR.NN
Bearing Reamers (Set of Two) – N
'N' Gauge
N GAUGE AXEL BEARING REAMERS.Two types, one with centre roller for standard freight bogies/trucks, and one with twin finger-rollers for bogies/trucks with a centre bolster for couplers.
Our Price:
£11.65
35-126A
Class 20/3 20314 Harry Needle Railroad Company
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/05/21
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
Our Price:
£152.95
37-353B
BR 13T Steel Sand Tippler BR Grey (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/05/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
37-357
BR 13T Steel Sand Tippler BR Bauxite (Departmental)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/05/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£23.35
DCG-BB145
Back to Back OO/HO (Standard) 14.5mm
'OO' Gauge
Expected: Unknown
Brass back-to-back gauge for Standard OO and HO ready to run, plus models built using BRSMB wheel standards OR running on pointwork built using OO-SF standards for common crossing and related gauging.
Our Price:
£8.95
32-941
Class 150/2 2-Car DMU 150220 Northern
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 150 Sprinter is a class of diesel multiple-unit passenger trains built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first-generation "Heritage" DMUs. The first subclass, 150/0 comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch, of fifty units, was classified 150/1 and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end gangway connections which allowed passengers to move between units working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two-car units were built with front-end gangway connections. These units were classified as Class 150/2 and numbered in the range 150201-285. They were used on longer-distance services. The 150/2s have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£250.70
37-256A
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon BR Bauxite (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
37-354D
BR 13T Steel Sand Tippler BR Grey (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
37-402
16T Steel Slope-Sided Mineral Wagon 'Stewart & Lloyds' Red
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
37-428
16T Steel Slope-Sided Mineral Wagon 'Rother Vale' Black
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
371-388
Class 66/4 66419 Freightliner G&W
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
The Class 66 is a type of six-axle diesel electric freight locomotive developed in part from the Class 59, for use on the railways of the UK. Since its introduction the class has been successful and has been sold to British and other European railway companies. In Continental Europe it is marketed as the EMD Class 66 (JT42CWR). Placing what was termed as "the biggest British loco order since steam days," EWS placed an order for 250 units in May 1996 to be built at the EMD plant in London, Ontario, Canada; the first locomotives were ready in 1998. They were given the Class 66 designation in the British classification system (TOPS). In 1998 Freightliner placed an order for further locomotives. They were followed by GB Railfreight, and then Direct Rail Services. The last of more than 500 built over an 18-year period was No 66779, Evening Star, delivered to GB Railfreight in spring 2016. Class 66 is synonymous with the contemporary UK rail scene, operating for all the major freight operators including DB, Freightliner, GB Railfreight, Colas Rail, and DRS, and they are set to dominate the domestic locomotive fleet for many years to come.
Our Price:
£127.45
374-122A
BR Mk1 RU Restaurant Unclassified BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 6/7
Our Price:
£42.25
374-123
BR Mk1 RU Restaurant Unclassified BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/06/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£38.65
38-778A
14T Class A Anchor-Mounted Tank Wagon 'National Benzole' Silver
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/07/21
Era 4
Portraying one of the distinctive Anchor Mounted tanks, No. 861 is a Class A wagon used to transport flammable liquids and therefore is decorated in the standard silver paint scheme that was mandatory for Class A tank wagons during the period following World War Two. Along with the attractive National Benzole branding, the model also features a full complement of lettering and safety warnings – complete with a light weathered finish.
Our Price:
£31.45
R30051
G. Lee Mining Co. Ltd, Bagnall 0-4-0DH
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/09/21
Era 6
The Stafford firm of W.G Bagnall built a range of steam and diesel shunting locomotives for industrial and shunting use, supplying a number of types to the National Coal Board during the 1950s. Locomotive production ceased in 1961 and the last two 4w Diesel-Hydraulic shunters produced were built for the firm of Leys Malleable Castings Co. Ltd in Lincoln, a typical industrial customer for the small diesel shunter market, although similar locomotives found work across the United Kingdom during the 1960s and 1970s in British Railways' departmental use.
Our Price:
£41.63
37-508A
24T Ore Hopper BR Grey (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£25.15
37-511
24T Ore Hopper 'Stanton' Red
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 3
Depicting one of the wagons owned by the Stanton Ironworks Company, near Ilkeston in Nottinghamshire.
Our Price:
£23.35
37-578B
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'ICI Petrochemicals & Plastics' White
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£29.65
37-585A
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Amoco' Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£29.65
37-588
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Murco' Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 6/7
Our Price:
£29.65
377-066
5 Plank Wagon Wooden Floor 'J. H. Rainbow' Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£17.95
377-067
5 Plank Wagon Wooden Floor 'Devlin's Trawlers' Green
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£17.95
377-068
5 Plank Wagon Fixed End Wooden Floor 'A. Butler & Co.' Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£17.95
377-209
8 Plank Wagon Fixed End 'William Harrison' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
39-654
BR Mk2F FO First Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-654DC
BR Mk2F FO First Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£84.45
39-679DC
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£85.45
39-680DC
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£85.45
39-687DC
BR Mk2F RFB Restaurant First Buffet Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£84.45
39-703DC
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£85.45
39-687
BR Mk2F RFB Restaurant First Buffet Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-702
BR MK2F BSO Brake Second Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 8
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-703
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-679
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-680
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-704
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-704DC
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/21
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: • Accessory Pack • NEM Coupling Pockets • Close Coupling Mechanism • Length 270mm • Interior Lighting • Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) • Constantly lit or Flashing Tail Lamps (optional – two types) • DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder • Lighting can be controlled by easy-access switches when used on analogue
Our Price:
£85.45
377-093
7 Plank Wagon End Door 'Tredegar' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
377-094
7 Plank Wagon End Door 'Whitwick' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/09/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
R60023
4 Plank Wagon, F. Wilkinson
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/10/21
Era 23
This wagon carries a livery based on one dating to July 1906 belonging to F. Wilkinson and was based at Ulverston. The wagon would likely have been used for the transportation of coal from Yorkshire to the Furness area. This wagon is typical of the freight that could be found on Britain's railways throughout much of the 20th century.
Our Price:
£15.75
R40011
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train 2-car TS Coach Pack, 48203 + 48204 - Era 7
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/10/21
Era 7
This coach pack includes the two TS coaches required in part to complete R3873 5-car Pack (Sets 370 003 and 370 004).
Our Price:
£89.09
R40013
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train 2-car TU Coach Pack, 48303 + 48304 - Era 7
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/10/21
Era 7
This pack includes the two TU coaches required in part to complete R3873 5-car Pack (Sets 370 003 and 370 004).
Our Price:
£89.09
R40014
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train 2-car TF Coach Pack, 48503 + 48504 - Era 7
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/10/21
Era 7
This coach pack includes the two TF coaches required in part to complete R3873 5-car Pack (Sets 370 003 and 370 004).
Our Price:
£89.09
R30027
Cappagh, Class 60, Co-Co, 60028
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/10/21
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Built between 1989 and 1993, 100 BR Class 60 locomotives were built by Brush Traction in Loughborough. After teething troubles, the first two locomotives entered service in October 1990. After privatisation, the whole fleet transferred to EWS ownership, which was acquired by DB Schenker, a wholly owned subsidiary of the German railway company, in June 2007. 4 Locomotives, 60028, 60029, 60046 and 60055 were sold by DB Cargo UK to DCRail in 2019 with the 'Super Sixty' upgrade. 60028 was turned out in a blue livery, with large CAPPAGH logo. Under BR No. 60028 was named 'John Flamsteed' after the first Astronomer Royal John Flamsteed who made the first observations of Uranus (although he mistakenly catalogued it as a star) and laid the foundation stone for the Royal Greenwich Observatory.
Our Price:
£187.19
32-93
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150133 BR GMPTE (Regional Railways)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/21
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
CLASS 150 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 150 ‘Sprinter’ is a class of diesel multiple unit passenger train built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first generation ‘heritage’ DMUs. The first subclass, the 150/0, comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch which comprised fifty units was classified 150/1s and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end corridor connectors which are fitted to allow passengers to move between units when working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two car units were built with front-end corridor connectors. These units were classified as Class 150/2s and numbered in the range 150201-285. The Class 150/2s were used on longer-distance services and have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£250.70
32-930SF
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150133 BR GMPTE (Regional Railways) DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/21
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2* - Brake F3 - Horn (Playable) F4** - Double Toot Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F21 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F21 On) F8*** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - On - Carriage Doors Open / Off - Carriage Doors Shut F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Buzzer & Horn F13 - Compressed Air Let Off F14 - Uncoupling Cycle F15 - Air Build Up F16 - Carriage Heating F17**** - AWS F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Station Announcement F21 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F22 - Sanding Valve F23 - Fire Bell Test * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes *** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes **** Alternative AWS sound can be selected via CV change Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£335.70
32-942
Class 150/2 2-Car DMU 150247 BR Provincial (Sprinter)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/21
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
CLASS 150 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 150 ‘Sprinter’ is a class of diesel multiple unit passenger train built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first generation ‘heritage’ DMUs. The first subclass, the 150/0, comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch which comprised fifty units was classified 150/1s and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end corridor connectors which are fitted to allow passengers to move between units when working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two car units were built with front-end corridor connectors. These units were classified as Class 150/2s and numbered in the range 150201-285. The Class 150/2s were used on longer-distance services and have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£250.70
32-942SF
Class 150/2 2-Car DMU 150247 BR Provincial (Sprinter) with DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/21
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2* - Brake F3 - Horn (Playable) F4** - Double Toot Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F21 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F21 On) F8*** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - On - Carriage Doors Open / Off - Carriage Doors Shut F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Buzzer & Horn F13 - Compressed Air Let Off F14 - Uncoupling Cycle F15 - Air Build Up F16 - Carriage Heating F17**** - AWS F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Station Announcement F21 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F22 - Sanding Valve F23 - Fire Bell Test * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes *** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes **** Alternative AWS sound can be selected via CV change Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£335.70
37-509
24T Ore Hopper LMS Bauxite
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£25.15
37-582D
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Shell BP' Black
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 5/6
Our Price:
£29.65
37-586A
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Fina' Silver
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 5
Our Price:
£33.25
373-784
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Fina' Silver
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 5
Our Price:
£25.15
373-787
BR 45T TTA Tank Wagon 'Amoco' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 7
Our Price:
£28.75
374-878
LMS 50ft Inspection Saloon BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 6
Our Price:
£44.95
374-879
LMS 50ft Inspection Saloon BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 8
Our Price:
£44.95
377-301D
LMS 20T Brake Van BR Grey (Early)
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 4
Our Price:
£24.25
377-310C
LMS 20T Brake Van LMS Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/11/21
Era 3
Our Price:
£24.25
PT-60
FLEXI LOCO LIFT (SINGLE) (LOCO NOT INCLUDED)
Released: 01/12/21
Designed as a replacement for the old SL-43 Loco Lift, this new versatile system still has the features that made the SL-43 so popular, such as the ability to directly drive the locomotive on and off the track. But that was limited to OO/HO scale and this new system has been developed to adapt to all scales from N through to EM, including OO-9 (HOe), HOn3, TT, HOm and OO/HO. The modeller simply selects the gauge that they want by sliding the two halves together until the right gauge has been selected (there are guide marks on the mouldings to help with that) and then self-tapping screws secure things in place. When placed on the track, the metal plates that act as the track ensure that locomotives can be driven on and off with ease. Each Flexi Loco Lift is supplied with two sliding shutter doors, provided to make sure nothing falls out whilst being transported, and these are trimmed to suit the gauge selected. It is as simple as that! No gluing required.
Our Price:
£10.50
PT-61
FLEXI LOCO LIFT (DOUBLE)(LOCO NOT INCLUDED)
Released: 01/12/21
Designed as a replacement for the old SL-43 Loco Lift, this new versatile system still has the features that made the SL-43 so popular, such as the ability to directly drive the locomotive on and off the track. But that was limited to OO/HO scale and this new system has been developed to adapt to all scales from N through to EM, including OO-9 (HOe), HOn3, TT, HOm and OO/HO. The modeller simply selects the gauge that they want by sliding the two halves together until the right gauge has been selected (there are guide marks on the mouldings to help with that) and then self-tapping screws secure things in place. When placed on the track, the metal plates that act as the track ensure that locomotives can be driven on and off with ease. Each Flexi Loco Lift is supplied with two sliding shutter doors, provided to make sure nothing falls out whilst being transported, and these are trimmed to suit the gauge selected. It is as simple as that! No gluing required.
Our Price:
£18.50
35-411
Class 47/0 47012 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/12/21
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
35-418
Class 47/0 47004 BR Railfreight Construction Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/12/21
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
35-419
Class 47/3 47375 'Tinsley Traction Depot' BR RF Distribution European
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/12/21
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
R30026
GBRF, Class 60, Co-Co, 60026
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/01/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
The last mainline diesel locomotive type built for British Rail, the Class 60 arose from the arrival, and subsequent success, of the Class 59 locomotive. With a haulage capacity and reliability superior to the Class 31, 37 and 47 locomotives in sector service at the time, Trainload Petroleum, Metals, Construction and Coal were prompted to lobby for a new UK designed locomotive to match it. British Rail Board eventually secured the necessary treasury funding and following a difficult procurement process, the contract was finally awarded to Brush Electrical Machines of Loughborough on May 17, 1988 for 100 locomotives. Brush's design incorporated many features from the Class 59's specification, as well as their own Sepex traction control system, tested on the Class 58, to improve adhesion. The Class 60s were geared for a maximum speed of 62 mph, the power units being eight cylinder, 145 litre Blackstone 8MB275T diesel traction engines built by Mirrlees at their Stockport works, delivering a maximum power output of 3,100hp at 1000rpm. The bodyshell, shared with the Class 92 locomotives, was of a monocoque, stressed skin construction with diagonal trusses, the external bodywork providing support for the internal components and all were built by Procor (UK) of Wakefield. The first locomotive was handed over to Railfreight on time, in June 1989, but extensive teething problems (many involving computer software), meant that it took sixteen months before the first of the Class were accepted and nearly four years to introduce all 100 of the Class 60 locomotives to service. By the time the Class 60 fleet entered service, Trainload's Sector businesses had given way to 'shadow' privatisation and the formation, in 1994, of Loadhaul, Transrail and Mainline Freight with the Class 60 fleet split equally between them. English, Welsh and Scottish Railway bought the whole Class 60 fleet as part of British Railway's privatisation, reallocating the entire Class 60 fleet to Toton as a cost cutting measure and to pool common parts. By 2003/4, a number of locomotives were stored as surplus to operational requirements. In 2007 EWS became part of DB Schenker and at the end of October 2010, the entire Class 60 fleet was mothballed, with the exception of 60040 The Territorial Army Centenary and 60074 Teenage Cancer Trust. By the end of 2011, two more locomotives were returned to service, followed by an announcement that 21 further Class 60s were to be overhauled in 2012, this being completed by the end of 2013. Since then, the fortunes of the Class 60 Fleet have ebbed and flowed, with locomotives being sold, re-sold and leased, but in 2019 the majority of locomotives are owned by DB Cargo (UK), with Beacon Rail and GBRf also owning vehicles. Of the 100 locomotives in operation, 71 are in storage; DB Cargo (UK) preferring to rotate its operational Class 60s, with around fourteen being in service at any one time. Following their acquisition of ten Class 66 locomotives from DB Cargo and a further sixteen Class 56 locomotives, in June 2018 GBRf continued the expansion of their heavy rail fleet by reaching an agreement with Colas Rail to take over the operation of that company's fleet of ten Class 60 units. On 2 October 2019, in partnership with Beacon Rail Leasing, GBRf released the newly named 60026 Helvellyn into traffic wearing Beacon Rail's Royal Blue livery, with GBRf branding. 60026 was named Helvellyn after one of the original Class 44 Peak locomotives and the style of the locomotive's new nameplate reflected that heritage.
Our Price:
£206.09
R4970
InterCity APT-U Ex-TS Development Vehicle, Sc48204/977527
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/01/22
Era 7
In mid-1984, TS Sc48204 was withdrawn from Set 370 004 and was sent to the Engineering Development Unit (EDU) at Derby RTC for conversion to an APT-U test vehicle, with extensive rebuilding of the underframe being undertaken in order to incorporate tilting double bogies based on the BT12 units.Following the completion of the vehicle some static testing was undertaken at Derby, as well as dynamic testing on the West Coast Mainline in an APT formation, where the coach was inserted between the TBF and NDM vehicles. The APT-U project evolved into the IC140 project which, once tilt was dropped from the specifications, became the IC225 Class 91/Mk IV rollout on the East Coast Mainline.Renumbered as 977527 in Departmental use, the coach seems to have retained 48204 while testing, the number being painted out once it had been withdrawn from the APT dynamic testing some time during mid-1989. Stored at the RTC yard in Derby, the vehicle was finally scrapped in October 1989.
Our Price:
£49.49
R3873
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train, Sets 370 003 and 370 004, 5-car pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/01/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7
British Rail Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train 5-car Pack Set 370 003 comprising DTS Sc48103, TBF Sc48603 and NDM Sc49003 City of Derby, along with Set 370 004 comprising TBF Sc48604 and DTS Sc48104. By the end of 1970 the British Rail Board began considering the third design phase of the Advanced Passenger Train; the prototype for the full production trains that would incorporate the technology of the APT-E in a practical application. From the outset the pre-production APT project, or APT-P, was considered to be nothing more than a proving prototype for evaluation, prior to the finalized Advance Passenger Train design being authorized for squadron service; the APT-S. Having settled on electric traction for the production APT, the West Coast main line between Euston and Glasgow was the obvious route for conducting testing, being electrified along its length and with some severe curves that curtailed high speed travel. The date for commencement of services was set for 1977 and the Chief Mechanical and Electrical Engineers' Department (CM&EE) design engineers began work in October 1973. In a move similar to the current situation of the DfT defining design specifications, it was the passenger business of British Rail that decided upon the original configuration for the APT-P. Each set was to comprise fourteen cars, with the two power cars marshalled at the outer ends of the sets. It soon became clear that the use of two pantographs, one on each power car, was unsuitable for the OHP wires in place at that time and the use of two power cars in the middle of the train became the only option, effectively cutting the train in half. This created two 1+6 formations of DTS, TS, TRBS, TU, TF, TBF and NDM (Non-Driving Motor), through which passengers could not pass due to the high magnetic fields generated by the electrical equipment contained in the NDM. The NDM was the first vehicle completed for testing in June 1977 and it spent a year on static tests at RTC Derby, as well as dynamic tests on the WCML with a spare HST Power Car from September 1977. In mid-1978 the power car was joined by the rest of the first half set for testing on the WCML and was unveiled to the press on June 7th but, hampered by industrial action, it was to be February 1979 before various formations of the full train were marshalled to test different aspects of the train. At the end of the year on December 20, 1979, a new rail speed record of 162.2mph was achieved and by March 1980 all three APT-P trains were delivered and ready for mileage accumulation on the WCML. Having finally achieved full route clearance and with testing indicating that all was progressing to plan, shadow passenger service was set to commence on June 9, 1980 with a daily Glasgow/London return service. A demonstration run on April 18th with a 1+9 set was meant to usher in a new era of high speed rail travel, but a derailment caused by a faulty articulated bogie signaled the beginning of the APT 'jinx' and the postponement of passenger introduction. Wheelsets had to be rebuilt across the fleet and reliability problems with the tilt, transmission and braking systems were also exacerbated by the mediocre ride quality. It was also found that failure of the tilting mechanism could result in the APT exceeding its kinematic envelope and potentially coming into contact with an APT travelling in the opposite direction. It was to be Spring 1981 before main line testing could resume and by now media and public opinion was turning against the project, with some individuals in Government and within the British Railways Board expressing their discontent as well. Entering public service on December 7, 1981 at first all went well, but very cold weather in Scotland on December 9th and again on December 11th resulted in the brakes freezing and the APT being taken out of traffic until the summer of 1982. A year of technical R&D project running followed, before limited passenger running took place across 1983/84 to assess passenger comfort using the full 2+12 sets between London Euston and Glasgow, culminating in a new time and speed record for the 401 mile trip of three hours and fifty-two minutes; an average speed of 103mph. Far exceeding its budget, APT-P had now effectively reached the end of its development program. Although a number of plans had been suggested for the implementation of APT in service, in a number of formations and with varying traction options, the APT-S, APT-R, APT-T, APT-U and APT-V projects never materialized. The fleet of six sets had been reduced since March 1983, parts being canonicalized to keep the remaining vehicles running and at the end of May 1985 the APT-P was withdrawn from service, with the Intercity Development Train (APT-D) continuing until December 1986.
Our Price:
£430.19
R30083
Port of Bristol Authority, Sentinel, 0-6-0, 39
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/02/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 5
Sentinel 10218 was built for the Port of Bristol Authority, becoming PBA locomotive No. 39 and remaining at Avonmouth Docks until 1984. Moving to the Dean Forest Railway for preservation, and then the East Somerset Railway in 1999, 10218 received a large overhaul in 2011, restored to full working condition and painted in its original Oxford Blue PBA livery.
Our Price:
£98.10
31-716A
LNER B1 61076 BR Lined Black (Late Crest) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 5
The London and North Eastern Railway (LNER) Thompson B1 is a class of steam locomotive designed for medium mixed traffic work. Designed by Edward Thompson, it was the LNER's equivalent of the highly successful GWR Hall Class and the LMS Stanier Black Five, two-cylinder mixed traffic 4-6-0s. However, it had the additional requirement of having to be cheap because, due to wartime and post-war economies, the LNER was short of money. The prototype for the new B class (later classified B1) 4-6-0 was built at Darlington and entered service on 12 December 1942. It was the first 2-cylinder main-line locomotive constructed for the LNER since the grouping, such had been Sir Nigel Gresley's faith in the 3 cylinder layout. Constraints on production meant that the first ten were not completed until 1944. However, Thompson then placed substantial orders with two outside builders: Vulcan Foundry and the North British Locomotive Company of Glasgow. Between April 1946 and April 1952 NBL built 290 B1s. Orders for the B1s, which became Nos. 61000–61409 under British Railways, totalled 410. The B1s operated throughout LNER territory. The first batch was distributed among depots on the former Great Eastern Railway section: Ipswich, Norwich, and Stratford in London. They were an immediate success and were soon working the Liverpool Street - Harwich boat trains, the Hook Continental, the Day Continental and the Scandinavian. B1s were also a familiar sight on other top-link workings such as The East Anglian, The Broadsman and The Fenman. During the 1950s over 70 B1s were stationed on ex-GE lines. They enjoyed similar popularity on ex-Great Northern and Great Central territory. Sheffield based B1s were regularly rostered for the Master Cutler and South Yorkshireman expresses. Elsewhere there were substantial allocations in Scotland, West Yorkshire and East Yorkshire. Overall, however, it was entirely necessary that the B1s be introduced, because the LNER was operating a large number of engines that were well past their economic life. Ironically, the B1s were also withdrawn long before their projected economic working life. Excepting 61057 which was destroyed in an accident in 1950, the first normal withdrawal was 61085 in November 1961. The remaining locomotives were withdrawn between 1962 and 1967. Two have been preserved, 61264 and 61306, both built by the North British Locomotive Company.
Our Price:
£152.99
31-717
LNER B1 1264 LNER Lined Green (Revised)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The London and North Eastern Railway (LNER) Thompson B1 is a class of steam locomotive designed for medium mixed traffic work. Designed by Edward Thompson, it was the LNER's equivalent of the highly successful GWR Hall Class and the LMS Stanier Black Five, two-cylinder mixed traffic 4-6-0s. However, it had the additional requirement of having to be cheap because, due to wartime and post-war economies, the LNER was short of money. The prototype for the new B class (later classified B1) 4-6-0 was built at Darlington and entered service on 12 December 1942. It was the first 2-cylinder main-line locomotive constructed for the LNER since the grouping, such had been Sir Nigel Gresley's faith in the 3 cylinder layout. Constraints on production meant that the first ten were not completed until 1944. However, Thompson then placed substantial orders with two outside builders: Vulcan Foundry and the North British Locomotive Company of Glasgow. Between April 1946 and April 1952 NBL built 290 B1s. Orders for the B1s, which became Nos. 61000–61409 under British Railways, totalled 410. The B1s operated throughout LNER territory. The first batch was distributed among depots on the former Great Eastern Railway section: Ipswich, Norwich, and Stratford in London. They were an immediate success and were soon working the Liverpool Street - Harwich boat trains, the Hook Continental, the Day Continental and the Scandinavian. B1s were also a familiar sight on other top-link workings such as The East Anglian, The Broadsman and The Fenman. During the 1950s over 70 B1s were stationed on ex-GE lines. They enjoyed similar popularity on ex-Great Northern and Great Central territory. Sheffield based B1s were regularly rostered for the Master Cutler and South Yorkshireman expresses. Elsewhere there were substantial allocations in Scotland, West Yorkshire and East Yorkshire. Overall, however, it was entirely necessary that the B1s be introduced, because the LNER was operating a large number of engines that were well past their economic life. Ironically, the B1s were also withdrawn long before their projected economic working life. Excepting 61057 which was destroyed in an accident in 1950, the first normal withdrawal was 61085 in November 1961. The remaining locomotives were withdrawn between 1962 and 1967. Two have been preserved, 61264 and 61306, both built by the North British Locomotive Company.
Our Price:
£144.45
32-613SF
Class 90 90026 BR InterCity (Mainline) DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (with Sounds) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Pantograph Up (Sounds Only) / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds Only) F13 - AWS F14 - Directional Lights - On - Day Mode / Off - Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights - On/Off (Direction Dependent) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 90 HISTORY Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£280.45
32-620SF
Class 90 90048 Freightliner Grey [W] DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (with Sounds) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Pantograph Up (Sounds Only) / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds Only) F13 - AWS F14 - Directional Lights - On - Day Mode / Off - Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights - On/Off (Direction Dependent) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 90 HISTORY Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£280.45
33-856E
30T Bogie Bolster BR Grey (Early) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£30.55
33-927A
30T Bogie Bolster GWR Grey [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£28.75
33-929C
30T Bogie Bolster BR Grey (Early) [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£28.75
35-413
Class 47/4 47828 BR InterCity (Swallow)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
37-205A
8 Plank Wagon Coke Rails 'Bedwas' Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.05
37-206B
8 Plank Wagon Coke Rails 'Stanton' Red
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.05
37-480
1 Plank Wagon GWR Grey With 'GWR' AF Container [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
37-481
1 Plank Wagon LNER Bauxite With 'LNER' Blue BD Container [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
37-902B
12T Shock Van Planked Ends BR Bauxite (Early) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£26.05
37-903B
12T Shock Van Corrugated Ends BR Bauxite (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£23.35
37-904A
GWR 12T Shock Van Planked Ends GWR Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
37-905
BR 12T Shock Van BR Bauxite (Late)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£24.25
37-935
3 Plank Wagon SR Brown
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£18.85
37-936
3 Plank Wagon GWR Grey with GWR BD Brown Container
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
38-086B
BR MKA 'Limpet' Open Wagon Grey [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£29.65
373-701C
BR 12T Ventilated Van Planked Sides BR Bauxite (Early) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£19.75
373-703B
BR 12T Ventilated Van Planked Sides BR Bauxite (Late) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£19.75
373-704
BR 12T Ventilated Van Planked Sides BR Departmental Olive Green
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£19.75
373-725D
BR 10T Insulated Van BR White [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£19.75
373-728
BR 10T Insulated Ale Van BR Bauxite (Early) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£19.75
374-038A
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£38.65
374-040A
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed Generator Van Network Rail Yellow
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£38.65
374-044A
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed Royal Mail Letters
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£38.65
374-045
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR Blue (Newspapers) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£42.25
374-680B
BR Mk2A BSO Brake Second Open BR Blue & Grey [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 6/7
Our Price:
£44.95
377-750A
MR 20T Brake Van with Duckets LMS Grey [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.05
377-753
MR 20T Brake Van without Duckets Midland Railway Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£24.25
377-754
MR 20T Brake Van with Duckets BR Grey (Early) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£26.05
377-981A
LNER 12T Ventilated Van Corrugated Steel Ends BR Bauxite (Late) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£19.75
377-987
LNER 12T Fruit Van Planked Ends LNER Bauxite
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£18.85
DCC-LSP
DCC Surge Protector
Released: 09/02/22
The DCCconcepts DCC-LSP Surge Protector effectively buffers power turn-on surges and helps to minimise annoying fast momentum short circuits that can cause DCC system shut down as well as frustrating sound decoder re-sets as trains move across insulfrog point-work or when turntables with split-ring polarity control are rotating.
Our Price:
£17.95
32-931
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150143 Northern Rail
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/02/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 150 ‘Sprinter’ is a class of diesel multiple unit passenger train built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first generation ‘heritage’ DMUs. The first subclass, the 150/0, comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch which comprised fifty units was classified 150/1s and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end corridor connectors which are fitted to allow passengers to move between units when working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two car units were built with front-end corridor connectors. These units were classified as Class 150/2s and numbered in the range 150201-285. The Class 150/2s were used on longer-distance services and have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£263.45
32-931SF
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150143 Northern Rail DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/02/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
F0 - Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2* - Brake F3 - Horn (Playable) F4** - Double Toot Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F21 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F21 On) F8*** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - On - Carriage Doors Open / Off - Carriage Doors Shut F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Buzzer & Horn F13 - Compressed Air Let Off F14 - Uncoupling Cycle F15 - Air Build Up F16 - Carriage Heating F17**** - AWS F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Station Announcement F21 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F22 - Sanding Valve F23 - Fire Bell Test * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes *** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes **** Alternative AWS sound can be selected via CV change Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£348.45
371-333
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150135 BR Provincial (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/02/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 8
The British Rail Class 150 Sprinter is a class of diesel multiple-unit passenger trains built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first-generation "Heritage" DMUs. The first subclass, 150/0 comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch, of fifty units, was classified 150/1 and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end gangway connections which allowed passengers to move between units working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two-car units were built with front-end gangway connections. These units were classified as Class 150/2 and numbered in the range 150201-285. They were used on longer-distance services. The 150/2s have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£186.95
R30047
Railroad Plus ROG, Class 37, Co-Co, 37884 ‘Cepheus’
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/03/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Entering service as the English Electric Type 3, the British Rail Class 37 diesel locomotives were built at the Vulcan Foundry in Newton-le-Willows in a Co-Co configuration, based on locomotive designs for export markets. Built to undertake both freight and passenger work across all BR sectors, these engines proved highly reliable and, after overhaul, many survived in service across the network into the 1990s. British Railways first placed an order for forty two Class 37 locomotives in January 1959, the first of which was delivered in November 1960 and entered service on 2 December with the last of this original batch was completed by mid-1962, by which time further orders had been placed. The last of the 309 locomotives built were delivered to the Western Region on 9 November 1965, originally numbered in the range D6700-D6999 and D6600-D6608. Many Class 37 locomotives were refurbished in the 1980s which extended their operational life. As a result, Class 37 remains in service to this day as one of the longest serving classes on British railways. Second-hand locomotives have been exported to railways in France and Spain whilst in the UK many locomotives no longer required to work have been preserved. Rail Operations Group operate a fleet of 6 locomotives built between 1961 and 1963. They have been modified to allow them to move EMUs around the network including modifications to allow them to couple with and operate the brakes on various EMU classes without the need for translator vehicles. Built in 1963, the locomotive was initially numbered D6883 but became No. 37183 under TOPs in 1974. The locomotive was renumbered to 37884 in 1988 having been upgraded to class 37/7 specification. 36884 was purchased by Europhoenix in mid-2013 and painted in Europhoenix livery in mid-2014 before being leased to the Rail Operations Group (ROG) from 2016.
Our Price:
£87.29
902001
BR BAUXITE GUNPOWDER VAN 'B887021' (DIAGRAM1/260)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£29.65
902002
BR BAUXITE GUNPOWDER VAN 'M701508' (DIAGRAM1/260)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£29.65
902003
BR GREY GUNPOWDER VAN 'B887001 (DIAGRAM 1/260)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
902005
G.W.R. DARK GREY GUNPOWDER VAN No.105780 (DIAGRAM Z4)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
902006
L.M.S. GUNPOWDER VAN No.701016 (RCH PATTERN)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
902007
L.M.S. GUNPOWDER VAN No.299031 (RCH PATTERN)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 3
902008
L.N.E.R. GUNPOWDER VAN No.260936 (RCH PATTERN)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
902010
ROYAL ORDNANCE FACTORY GUNPOWDER VAN No.11 (RCH PATTERN)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/22
Our Price:
£29.65
371-334
Class 150/2 2-Car DMU 150236 Arriva Trains Wales
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 150 Sprinter is a class of diesel multiple-unit passenger trains built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first-generation "Heritage" DMUs. The first subclass, 150/0 comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch, of fifty units, was classified 150/1 and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end gangway connections which allowed passengers to move between units working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two-car units were built with front-end gangway connections. These units were classified as Class 150/2 and numbered in the range 150201-285. They were used on longer-distance services. The 150/2s have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£203.95
371-334SF
Class 150/2 2-Car DMU 150236 Arriva Trains Wales
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
DCC Fitted
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off F1 - On - Engine Start Up / Off - Engine Shut Down F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two-Tone Horns (Speed Related) F5* - Cold Start/Light Load F6 - Engine Idle/Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8** - On - Door Opening Sequence / Off - Door Closing Sequence F9 - Detonators (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - On - Guard’s Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F12 - On - Guard’s Double Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F13 - Engine Speed Up F14 - AWS F15 - Fire Bell F16 - Forced Air Ventilation F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18** - On - Crew Door Opening / Off - Crew Door Closing F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Power Car - Directional Lights Off F21 - Trailer Car - Directional Lights Off F22 - Station Ambience F23 - Remote Telephone Test F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Cold Start, F5 on Before F1. Engines will crank for longer before starting. ** The DMU will not move whilst doors are open, the doors also cannot be opened whilst the model us moving. Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! The British Rail Class 150 Sprinter is a class of diesel multiple-unit passenger trains built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first-generation "Heritage" DMUs. The first subclass, 150/0 comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch, of fifty units, was classified 150/1 and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end gangway connections which allowed passengers to move between units working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two-car units were built with front-end gangway connections. These units were classified as Class 150/2 and numbered in the range 150201-285. They were used on longer-distance services. The 150/2s have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£288.95
371-336
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150133 BR GMPTE (Regional Railways)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 8
CLASS 150 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 150 ‘Sprinter’ is a class of diesel multiple unit passenger train built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first generation ‘heritage’ DMUs. The first subclass, the 150/0, comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch which comprised fifty units was classified 150/1s and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end corridor connectors which are fitted to allow passengers to move between units when working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two car units were built with front-end corridor connectors. These units were classified as Class 150/2s and numbered in the range 150201-285. The Class 150/2s were used on longer-distance services and have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£203.95
371-336SF
Class 150/1 2-Car DMU 150133 BR GMPTE (Regional Railways)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off F1 - On - Engine Start Up / Off - Engine Shut Down F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two-Tone Horns (Speed Related) F5* - Cold Start/Light Load F6 - Engine Idle/Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8** - On - Door Opening Sequence / Off - Door Closing Sequence F9 - Detonators (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - On - Guard’s Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F12 - On - Guard’s Double Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F13 - Engine Speed Up F14 - AWS F15 - Fire Bell F16 - Forced Air Ventilation F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18** - On - Crew Door Opening / Off - Crew Door Closing F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Power Car - Directional Lights Off F21 - Trailer Car - Directional Lights Off F22 - Station Ambience F23 - Remote Telephone Test F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Cold Start, F5 on Before F1. Engines will crank for longer before starting. ** The DMU will not move whilst doors are open, the doors also cannot be opened whilst the model us moving. Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 150 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 150 ‘Sprinter’ is a class of diesel multiple unit passenger train built by BREL York from 1984 to 1987. A total of 137 units were produced in three main subclasses, replacing many of the earlier, first generation ‘heritage’ DMUs. The first subclass, the 150/0, comprised a pair of prototype units. The second batch which comprised fifty units was classified 150/1s and numbered in the range 150101-150. Like the prototype units, they did not have front-end corridor connectors which are fitted to allow passengers to move between units when working in multiple. Originally based at Derby Etches Park depot, these units were introduced in 1986, mainly concentrated around Birmingham and Manchester, and in later years restricted mainly to commuter services. Today the entire fleet is concentrated on the Northern franchise, mainly working around Manchester to places like Buxton, Sheffield, Liverpool, Southport and Carnforth. The final batch of 85 two car units were built with front-end corridor connectors. These units were classified as Class 150/2s and numbered in the range 150201-285. The Class 150/2s were used on longer-distance services and have operated in Scotland, Wales, the West of England and the North.
Our Price:
£288.95
373-216A
24T Iron Ore Hopper BR Bauxite (Early) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£24.25
373-218A
24T Iron Ore Hopper BR Grey (Early) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£24.25
373-219
24T Iron Ore Hopper 'B.I.S.C. Iron Ore' Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.45
377-675B
JPA Bogie Cement Tank Wagon VTG 'Lafarge Cement' Silver
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£44.05
377-676B
JPA Bogie Cement Tank Wagon VTG 'Castle Cement' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£44.05
38-014
MFA Open Wagon Ex-Mainline Freight (EWS) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£26.95
38-015
MFA Open Wagon BR Railfreight Coal Sector [W, WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.95
38-022
CEA Covered Hopper EWS (Unbranded)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£31.45
38-053
MTA Open Wagon EWS Grey & Yellow [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£32.35
38-154
BR BDA Bogie Bolster BR Bauxite (TOPS) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£44.95
38-157
BR BDA Bogie Bolster Loadhaul [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£44.95
38-678A
Shunters Truck BR Departmental Black
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£33.25
38-870
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (Early)
Released: 15/03/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£35.95
38-871
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (Late) (VANWIDE)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 6
Our Price:
£35.95
38-872
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (Late) (VAN)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 6
Our Price:
£35.95
38-873
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (TOPS) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
38-880
BR VEA Van BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
38-881
BR VEA Van BR Railfreight Red & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 7/8
Our Price:
£35.95
38-882
BR VEA Van BR Railfreight Distribution Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£35.95
38-883
BR VEA Van BR Railfreight Red & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/03/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
371-051D
Class 04 D2289 BR Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 6
CLASS 04 HISTORY Supplied by the Drewry Car Company, the first Class 04 diesel-mechanical shunters were built in 1952 and construction continued until 1962, with a total of 142 outshopped over the ten year period. The construction was subcontracted by Drewry to two companies, Vulcan Foundry building the first whilst later examples were made by Robert Stephenson and Hawthorns. Two locomotives of the same design were built for the Central Electricity Generating Board. Featuring a Gardner engine and using a jackshaft drive arrangement, these shunters had a top speed of 27mph and tipped the scales at just over 30 Tons. Intended for shunting duties and distributed across the British Railways regions, the Class 04 design was used as the basis of the Class 03 on which construction began in 1957. With the changing face of the railways and reduced requirements for shunting locomotives, the Class 03 was selected as BR’s standard light shunting locomotive and so the withdrawal of the 04s began in 1967. The last example was withdrawn from BR service in 1972 but several were granted a second life in private and industrial use. Today, 21 examples survive in preservation, including one of the two locos built for the Central Electricity Generating Board.
Our Price:
£110.45
371-052A
Class 04 11219 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 4
CLASS 04 HISTORY Supplied by the Drewry Car Company, the first Class 04 diesel-mechanical shunters were built in 1952 and construction continued until 1962, with a total of 142 outshopped over the ten year period. The construction was subcontracted by Drewry to two companies, Vulcan Foundry building the first whilst later examples were made by Robert Stephenson and Hawthorns. Two locomotives of the same design were built for the Central Electricity Generating Board. Featuring a Gardner engine and using a jackshaft drive arrangement, these shunters had a top speed of 27mph and tipped the scales at just over 30 Tons. Intended for shunting duties and distributed across the British Railways regions, the Class 04 design was used as the basis of the Class 03 on which construction began in 1957. With the changing face of the railways and reduced requirements for shunting locomotives, the Class 03 was selected as BR’s standard light shunting locomotive and so the withdrawal of the 04s began in 1967. The last example was withdrawn from BR service in 1972 but several were granted a second life in private and industrial use. Today, 21 examples survive in preservation, including one of the two locos built for the Central Electricity Generating Board.
Our Price:
£110.45
371-055
Class 04 D2225 BR Green (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 5
CLASS 04 HISTORY Supplied by the Drewry Car Company, the first Class 04 diesel-mechanical shunters were built in 1952 and construction continued until 1962, with a total of 142 outshopped over the ten year period. The construction was subcontracted by Drewry to two companies, Vulcan Foundry building the first whilst later examples were made by Robert Stephenson and Hawthorns. Two locomotives of the same design were built for the Central Electricity Generating Board. Featuring a Gardner engine and using a jackshaft drive arrangement, these shunters had a top speed of 27mph and tipped the scales at just over 30 Tons. Intended for shunting duties and distributed across the British Railways regions, the Class 04 design was used as the basis of the Class 03 on which construction began in 1957. With the changing face of the railways and reduced requirements for shunting locomotives, the Class 03 was selected as BR’s standard light shunting locomotive and so the withdrawal of the 04s began in 1967. The last example was withdrawn from BR service in 1972 but several were granted a second life in private and industrial use. Today, 21 examples survive in preservation, including one of the two locos built for the Central Electricity Generating Board.
Our Price:
£110.45
371-061A
Class 03 D2028 BR Green (Wasp Stripes)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 5
CLASS 03 HISTORY The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits. Weighing in at 30 Tons, some 18 Tons less than the Class 08 diesel shunter, the Class 03’s were fitted with Gardner engines and their distinctive jackshaft drive arrangement gave the locomotives a top speed of 28½ mph. Despite their usefulness, a downturn in shunting requirements meant that withdrawals began in 1968, although the last remained in service on mainland Britain until 1987. Two examples operated on the Isle of Wight, with lowered cab roofs to account for the restricted loading gauge, and these remained in traffic on the island until 1993. One of these Isle of Wight locos, No. 03179, was resurrected by West Anglia Great Northern in 1998 to shunt their Hornsey Depot. Subsequently operated by First Capital Connect, the loco was finally withdrawn in 2008 after which the locomotive was preserved bringing the total number of surviving examples to 56.
Our Price:
£110.45
371-062A
Class 03 03026 BR Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 7
CLASS 03 HISTORY The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits. Weighing in at 30 Tons, some 18 Tons less than the Class 08 diesel shunter, the Class 03’s were fitted with Gardner engines and their distinctive jackshaft drive arrangement gave the locomotives a top speed of 28½ mph. Despite their usefulness, a downturn in shunting requirements meant that withdrawals began in 1968, although the last remained in service on mainland Britain until 1987. Two examples operated on the Isle of Wight, with lowered cab roofs to account for the restricted loading gauge, and these remained in traffic on the island until 1993. One of these Isle of Wight locos, No. 03179, was resurrected by West Anglia Great Northern in 1998 to shunt their Hornsey Depot. Subsequently operated by First Capital Connect, the loco was finally withdrawn in 2008 after which the locomotive was preserved bringing the total number of surviving examples to 56.
Our Price:
£110.45
R3991
BR, A3 Class, 4-6-2, 60103 'Flying Scotsman' (diecast footplate and flickering firebox)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/03/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
As the first steam locomotive to achieve an official 100mph run back in November 1934, this high-speed steam locomotive is instantly recognisable and has become an icon of British railway engineering. A1 Class 4472 'Flying Scotsman' entered traffic on the 24th of February 1923, unnamed, as LNER No. 1472. Selected as the LNER's prestige exhibit for the forthcoming British Empire Exhibition at Wembley, 1472 emerged from Doncaster Works on the 2nd of March 1924 with the Company's Coat-of-Arms adorning the cabside, a new number; 4472 and named as 'Flying Scotsman'. On the 1st of May 1928, and fitted with a corridor tender, 'Flying Scotsman' undertook the first non-stop run from London to Edinburgh. In 1946 'Flying Scotsman' was rebuilt to A3 class specification and emerged in January 1947 having been renumbered by LNER as No. 103. In December 1948 'Flying Scotsman' was once again renumbered as a result of the nationalisation of the railways, becoming No. 60103. BR Painted the locomotive in a stunning BR Express Blue livery which was retained until 1954.
Our Price:
£227.69
R3989
LNER, A1 Class, 2564 'Knight of Thistle' (diecast footplate and flickering firebox)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/03/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Built in August 1924, Gresley designed A1 No. 2564 was typical of the majority of the class in being named after a racehorse, in this case 'Knight of the Thistle', winner of the 1897 Royal Hunt Cup. The locomotive was the second of 20 A1s to be built by the North British Locomotive Company rather than being built at Doncaster Works. Under Thompson's 1946 renumbering scheme 'Knight of Thistle' became locomotive No. 65. The locomotive was rebuilt to A3 specification in March 1947 and continued in service until being withdrawn by BR in June 1964.
Our Price:
£227.69
R3899
BR, Class 08, 0-6-0, 08715
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/03/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
The Class 08, 0-6-0 diesel electric shunter which was based on the prototype LMS designs, became British Railways' largest fleet of locomotives. These locomotives were constructed between 1953 and 1962 at Crewe, Darlington, Derby and Doncaster. The class, which includes a number of Class 09 locomotives, has a single cab at the No.1 end and a front section that houses the power unit, generator and control equipment. Class 08 shunters are powered by an English Electric 350hp, 6KT engine and have a maximum speed of 15 - 20mph. The Class once numbered in excess of 1,000 with approximately 300 remaining in service today and still represents the mainstay of the UK's shunting power. The standard Class 08 locomotives are in operation in most if not all areas of the UK and are expected to remain in service for many years to come. They are employed mainly as shunting units in marshalling yards and shunting depots but are also used occasionally for short trip workings. Locomotive No. D03882 was built in May 1960 at Crewe Works and spent the first 12 years of its life assigned to engine sheds in Scotland. By 1974 the locomotive had been relocated to Colchester and was given a TOPS number of 08715. In 1993 it was repainted in a distinctive bright orange livery before being taken out of service under EWS ownership in 1997.
Our Price:
£166.94
924001
APT-E Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Two Power Cars each with a five-pole, skew-wound motor Two Trailer Cars with articulated Swinging Arm Trailer Bogies 3D scanned exterior for accurate body contours. Operating tilt mechanism and close coupling system Operates smoothly down to Radius 2 (438mm) curves Full interior detail including illuminated test instrumentation. Working headlamps, tail lamps and interior lighting Conventional DC or factory fitted with ESU DCC sound decoder Accurate sound recorded from archival footage (DCC Sound version only) Smooth-running mechanism with dual motors and flywheels Designed for drop-in conversion to ‘P4’ and ‘EM’ gauges
Our Price:
£322.95
R3990
LNER, A1 Class, No. 2547 'Doncaster' (diecast footplate and flickering firebox)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/04/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
LNER No. 2547 'Doncaster' was built in August 1924 to A1 specifications. The locomotive was not named after the locomotive works that built it but after the 1873 Derby winner. The locomotive was rebuilt to A3 specification in May 1946 and at the same time received the number 48 as part of Thompson's renumbering scheme. Upon nationalisation the locomotive was renumbered 60048 and remained in service with BR until September 1963.
Our Price:
£227.69
R60062
HAA Hopper, BR Railfreight
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.99
R60065
HAA Hopper Wagons, Three Pack, BR Coal Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£76.49
R60066
HFA Hopper, BR Coal Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.99
R60068
HFA Hopper, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£26.99
R60071
CDA Hopper Wagons, Three Pack, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£76.49
R60072
LMS, Conflat A, Furniture Removal
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£21.14
R60160
MHA 'Coalfish' Ballast Wagon, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£22.94
R40029A
BR, Maunsell Kitchen/Dining First, S7880S
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£54.44
R60063
HAA Hopper Wagons, Three Pack, BR Railfreight
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£76.49
R60064
HAA Hopper, BR Coal Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.99
R60070
CDA Hopper, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.99
R60159
MHA Ballast Wagon, Three Pack, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£65.69
R60161
MHA Ballast Wagon, Three Pack, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£65.69
R40026
BR, Mk1 Restaurant Buffet, E1664
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£38.24
R40029
BR, Maunsell Kitchen/Dining First, S7998S
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£54.44
R40030
SR, Maunsell Third Class Dining Saloon, 1363
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£54.44
R60067
HFA Hopper Wagons, Three Pack, BR Coal Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£76.49
R60069
HFA Hopper Wagons, Three Pack, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£76.49
R60158
MHA 'Coalfish' Ballast Wagon, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£22.94
R60162
MHA 'Coalfish' Ballast Wagon, EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£22.94
R60163
MHA Ballast Wagon, Three Pack, Ex EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/04/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£65.69
R40038
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, E10654
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40038A
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, E10611
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40038B
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, E10723
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40039
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, 10660
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40039A
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, 10594
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40039B
BR, Mk3 Sleeper Coach, 10685
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R60073
Lowmac, A. A. Lucassen
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£21.15
R60033
Lowmac, D Townsend
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£21.15
32-619SF
Class 90 90030 'Crewe Locomotive Works' EWS With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/05/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (with Sounds) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - On - Pantograph Up (Sounds Only) / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds Only) F13 - AWS F14 - Directional Lights - On - Day Mode / Off - Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights - On/Off (Direction Dependent) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 90 HISTORY Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£280.45
R30089
Transport for Wales, Class 67, Bo-Bo, 67014
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/06/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
A total of thirty Class 67 locomotives were built between 1999 and 2000 by Alstom, in Spain, for English, Welsh & Scottish Railway (EWS). These Bo-Bo configured diesel electric locomotives have a large fuel capacity, electro-pneumatic brakes and a top speed of 125mph (200km/h). The bodyshell is a monocoque load bearing Alstom design, whilst the bogies, also designed by Alstom, are of an 'H' frame design. The engine, traction motors and control electronics are the same as those used in the Class 66, but differ in that the traction motors are frame mounted, rather than axle hung, to reduce unsprung mass. The gear ratios have also been increased, allowing higher speeds and the cab is designed around a central driving position. The Class 67 locomotives are able to supply electric head-end power for passenger train heating and air-conditioning and are equipped for buffer and screw coupling, as well as also coupling via a buckeye coupler, attached on a swing arm mount. Locomotive number 67014 was built in March 2000 for EWS. In 2008 the locomotive was repainted silver and grey and operated for Wrexham & Shropshire under the name 'Thomas Telford'. The locomotive also operated Chiltern Railways services before eventually being repainted into its current Transport for Wales livery and preforming services hauling a rake of Mk4 coaches.
Our Price:
£174.59
R60421
20T Brake Van, LMS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/06/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£22.04
32-613
Class 90 90026 BR InterCity (Mainline)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-619
Class 90 90030 'Crewe Locomotive Works' EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£195.45
37-951E
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) With BR Crimson BD Container [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£25.15
37-954A
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) With 'Pickfords' BD Container [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£25.15
37-975B
Conflat Wagon GWR Grey With 'GWR' AF Container [W, WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.95
37-978A
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) With BR Ice Blue AF Container [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£25.95
371-004B
Class 08 08721 'Starlet' BR Red Star Express Parcels
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-004BSF
Class 08 08721 'Starlet' BR Red Star Express Parcels With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start-up / Shut-down F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Cold Start / Light Load F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Exhauster (Vacuum Train Brakes) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - Buffer Clash F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Sanders F15 - Handbrake F16 – Fuel Transfer Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - 'Draw Up’ F21 - ‘Squeeze Up’ F22 - 'I’m Going Under’ F23 - Window Wipers F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£208.20
371-005A
Class 08 08950 'Neville Hill 1st' BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-010
Class 08 08441 RSS Railway Support Services
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-011
Class 08 08417 Network Rail Yellow
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-011SF
Class 08 08417 Network Rail Yellow With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start-up / Shut-down F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Cold Start / Light Load F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Exhauster (Vacuum Train Brakes) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - Buffer Clash F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Sanders F15 - Handbrake F16 – Fuel Transfer Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - 'Draw Up’ F21 - ‘Squeeze Up’ F22 - 'I’m Going Under’ F23 - Window Wipers F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£208.20
371-012
Class 08 08919 Rail Express Systems
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-012SF
Class 08 08919 Rail Express Systems With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start-up / Shut-down F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Cold Start / Light Load F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Exhauster (Vacuum Train Brakes) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - Buffer Clash F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Sanders F15 - Handbrake F16 – Fuel Transfer Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - 'Draw Up’ F21 - ‘Squeeze Up’ F22 - 'I’m Going Under’ F23 - Window Wipers F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£208.95
371-013
Class 08 13287 BR Green (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
371-015D
Class 08 08818 BR Blue [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 7/8
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£131.70
371-172
Class 37/5 Refurbished 37669 WCRC Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£131.70
372-850
Class 769 4-Car BiMU 769008 Transport for Wales
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 769 HISTORY The Class 769 is a type of bi-mode or tri-mode multiple unit train capable of operating on electrified lines via 25kV overhead wires and/or 750V DC third rail, or on non-electrified lines via a diesel engine. They have been converted from surplus dual-voltage Class 319 units by Brush Traction and are to be used by Transport for Wales, Northern and Great Western Railway. The Class 769 units have primarily been designed to run on routes with multiple power supplies, such as the Rhymney Valley line in Wales which has overhead wires and non-electrified stretches and the units can change between EMU and DMU model whilst the train is in motion. Rolling stock company Porterbrook first conceptualised the Class 769 in 2016 when, in partnership with Northern, they began work on converting Class 319/4 units to provide a solution to a shortage of diesel units and deferrals of electrification projects on the network. These units were chosen for the conversion as they had recently undergone upgrades to install new passenger information systems and accessible toilets, as well as having suitable space for a new diesel power pack and alternator to power the existing electric traction systems. The first conversions were completed in 2018 and testing was undertaken at the Great Central Railway in Leicestershire, with the first unit delivered to Northern in 2018, although the first to enter service was a Transport for Wales unit in November 2020.
Our Price:
£297.45
372-877
Class 319 4-Car EMU 319362 Northern Rail
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 319 HISTORY The British Rail Class 319 is a dual-voltage electric multiple unit train capable of operating on 25kV 50Hz AC from overhead wires or 750V DC from a third rail. They were built by British Rail Engineering Limited's York carriage works for use on north-south cross-London services. Built in two batches in 1987–88 and 1990 for BR's Network SouthEast sector, the units were primarily used on the then-new Thameslink service operating from Bedford to Brighton and various other destinations south of London. The majority of the fleet remained in use on the Thameslink network after its reshaping and privatisation in 1997, with a few units moving to Southern. Some of the fleet was also used on various other services operating out of London Victoria, including flagship expresses to Brighton. Since delivery of new Class 700 rolling stock for Thameslink services commenced in 2015, Class 319 units have been redeployed for use in the Northwest of England on newly electrified lines as well as being converted to self-powered trains for use away from the electricity supply.
Our Price:
£297.45
377-526D
BR 20T Brake Van BR Grey (Early)
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£26.95
377-529A
BR 20T Brake Van BR Engineers Grey & Yellow [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£28.75
377-530
BR 20T Brake Van BR Bauxite (TOPS) 'Air Piped' [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£28.75
38-021A
CEA Covered Hopper Loadhaul [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£34.15
38-049
MTA Open Wagon Ex-Loadhaul (EWS) [W, WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£34.15
38-052A
MTA Open Wagon EWS [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£34.15
38-272A
BR 22T 'Presflo' Cement Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS) 'Rugby Cement'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£44.95
38-273
BR 22T 'Presflo' Cement Wagon 'Blue Circle Cement' Yellow
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£44.95
38-345B
BR FNA Nuclear Flask Wagon Flat Floor with Flask
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
38-347B
BR FNA Nuclear Flask Wagon Sloping Floor with Flask
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
38-874
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Bauxite (TOPS) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
38-875
BR 12T 'Vanwide' Ventilated Van BR Departmental Olive Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
39-735DC
BR Mk2F DBSO (Refurb.) Driving Brake Sec. Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/06/22
DCC Fitted
Era 8
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 8 Pristine InterCity (Swallow) livery Running No. 9710 Accessory Pack including Obstacle Deflectors NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm Directional Lighting Interior Lighting Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder
Our Price:
£134.95
371-065
Class 03 Ex-D2054 British Industrial Sand White
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/06/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 7
CLASS 03 HISTORY The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits. Weighing in at 30 Tons, some 18 Tons less than the Class 08 diesel shunter, the Class 03’s were fitted with Gardner engines and their distinctive jackshaft drive arrangement gave the locomotives a top speed of 28½ mph. Despite their usefulness, a downturn in shunting requirements meant that withdrawals began in 1968, although the last remained in service on mainland Britain until 1987. Two examples operated on the Isle of Wight, with lowered cab roofs to account for the restricted loading gauge, and these remained in traffic on the island until 1993. One of these Isle of Wight locos, No. 03179, was resurrected by West Anglia Great Northern in 1998 to shunt their Hornsey Depot. Subsequently operated by First Capital Connect, the loco was finally withdrawn in 2008 after which the locomotive was preserved bringing the total number of surviving examples to 56.
Our Price:
£118.95
35-335
Class 37/4 Refurbished 37430 'Cwmbran' BR Blue (Large Logo)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/07/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£208.20
R619
Track Planning Symbols
Released: 04/08/22
Before you spend money on the real track: model your track layout ideas with these quarter scale track section replicas. Sections clip together to build your layout in miniature. Pack contains more than 100 track pieces, representing most types of section that you may use.
Our Price:
£9.99
39-735ADC
BR Mk2F DBSO (Refurb.) Driving Brake Sec. Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/08/22
DCC Fitted
Era 8
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 8 Pristine InterCity (Swallow) livery Running No. 9708 Accessory Pack including Obstacle Deflectors NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm Directional Lighting Interior Lighting Door Interlock Lighting (when used on DCC) DCC-control of all lighting via the integrated DCC decoder
Our Price:
£134.95
32-954A
BR Standard 4MT with BR2A Tender 76084 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The BR Standard Class 4 2-6-0 is a steam locomotive designed by Robert Riddles for British Railways (BR). The type was designed at the former LNER works at Doncaster which was also responsible for building 25 of the 115-strong class. The remaining 90 were split between Horwich and Derby Works. The last in the series, No.76114, was also the final steam engine to be constructed at the 'Plant' (as Doncaster works was known). The Standard Four Mogul was essentially a standardised version of the LMS Ivatt Class 4, and was primarily intended for freight use and its route availability was virtually unrestricted. Batches were allocated to every BR region except the Western. The class was extremely versatile and well-travelled, and one example lasted into 1968, the final year of BR steam. Examples survive in preservation.
Our Price:
£169.95
35-418SFX
Class 47/0 47004 BR Railfreight Construction Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling Up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10*** - Fan Operation and Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes *** Fan operation and sounds are randomised with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate, along with randomised fan operation and sounds when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£314.45
374-271C
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' S Second BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£28.75
374-281C
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' C Composite BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£28.75
374-291C
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' SO Second Open BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£28.75
374-310C
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' BS Brake Second BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£28.75
374-314
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' BS Brake Second BR Departmental Yellow
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£28.75
R40187
Transport for Wales, Mk4 Standard, 12447
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 11
Our Price:
£40.49
R40187A
Transport for Wales, Mk4 Standard, 12454
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/08/22
Era 11
Our Price:
£40.49
32-124
Class 08 08785 Freightliner G&W
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
CLASS 08 HISTORY The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£134.95
37-625A
BRA Steel Carrier EWS
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£44.95
37-629A
BRA Steel Carrier (Ex-EWS) DB Schenker [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 10
Our Price:
£48.55
37-712D
8T Cattle Wagon BR Bauxite (Late)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£26.05
377-328C
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) with BR Crimson BD Container [W, WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 4/5
Our Price:
£22.45
377-330
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) with 'Pickfords' BD Container [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£20.65
377-331
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) with 'Door-To-Door' BD Cont. [W, WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 5/6
Our Price:
£22.45
377-340B
Conflat Wagon BR Bauxite (Early) with 2 BR White AF Containers [W, WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£24.25
377-343
BR Ex-Conflat Runner Wagon BR Yellow & Black Wasp Stripes
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£17.95
38-701A
BR 12T Pipe Wagon BR Bauxite (Late) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£31.45
38-703
BR 12T Pipe Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£28.75
38-752A
BR 22T Tube Wagon BR Bauxite (Late) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£37.75
38-753
BR 22T Tube Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
39-780
LMS 50ft Inspection Saloon LMS Crimson Lake
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£80.95
39-781
LMS 50ft Inspection Saloon BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£80.95
39-782
50ft Inspection Saloon BR InterCity (Swallow)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/08/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£80.95
R30046
RailRoad Plus ROG, Class 47, Co-Co, 47812
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/09/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Built between 1962 and 1968, the Class 47 Co-Co Diesel-Electric locomotive was once the most numerous class of mainline diesel in Britain with 512 examples. 310 locomotives were constructed by Brush in Loughborough, and the remaining 202 at Crewe. The locomotives were used for passenger and freight operations. In 2020, 24 of the class remain operational on the national network with more in storage and an additional 31 preserved. Between 2016 and 2017, ROG purchased a total of five Class 47 locomotives from Riviera Trains and Direct Rail Services to complement their Class 37s. The first Class 47 obtained was No. 47812 which was modified at Arlington Fleet Services' Eastleigh Works, including the fitting of Dellner couplings to enable the haulage of EMUs. The locomotive was built in 1965 and had previously served with Virgin Trains and Riviera Trains.
Our Price:
£87.29
R3850
BR, 61XX Class 'Large Prairie', 2-6-2T, 6147
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 5
In 1903, George Churchward, Chief Mechanical Engineer of the Great Western Railway, embarked upon his locomotive improvement scheme with three types of 'standard' class engines, of which his 2-6-2T design was destined to become probably the GWR's most useful locomotive, lasting in traffic until the last month of Western Region steam operations in December 1965. The Class prototype, No. 99, spent two years working across the GWR system and the lessons learnt from its performance were incorporated into the thirty-nine production locomotives of the 3100 Class, introduced during 1905/1906. At eighteen tons, they were designated as red route engines, initially being able to cover 42% of the GWR network. In 1927 experiments were undertaken to reduce the weight distribution of the class leading to the locomotives gaining blue route clearance and being renumbered in the 5111-5149 range, changing the class designation to 5100 in the process. At the same time as the 3100 class locomotives were being converted to 5100 class, further locomotives to the same design and blue route designation were built, designated as the 5101 class. 140 locomotives were built between 1929 and 1949, incorporating all the modifications applied to the 3100 class. The need for new locomotives to work accelerated London suburban services at the beginning of the 1930s led to further development of the 5101 class, an uprated Standard 2 boiler being fitted to seventy new locomotives built between 1931 and 1935. Numbered in the 6100- 6169 range, they were designated as the 6100 class, being stationed at every London depot and replacing all other passenger tank locomotives except the auto-train fitted engines. It was only the reorganisation of the London suburban timetables in 1955 that led to some locomotives being transferred away from London and it was these examples that survived to the end of steam on the Western Region. Built at Swindon Works under Lot No. 278 in January 1933, Diagram A10 Class 6100 'Large Prairie' No. 6147 entered traffic with the London Division, remaining there until 3 December 1960. From London, 6147 was moved to Bristol, first at St. Philips Marsh and then at Bristol Barrow Road, before moving to Westbury in November 1963 and the locomotive ended its working life at 85A Worcester Shed in January 1966, having moved there in January 1964.
Our Price:
£160.19
R3851
BR, 51XX Class 'Large Prairie', 2-6-2T 5189
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
In 1903, George Churchward, Chief Mechanical Engineer of the Great Western Railway, embarked upon his locomotive improvement scheme with three types of 'standard' class engines, of which his 2-6-2T design was destined to become probably the GWR's most useful locomotive, lasting in traffic until the last month of Western Region steam operations in December 1965. The Class prototype, No. 99, spent two years working across the GWR system and the lessons learnt from its performance were incorporated into the thirty-nine production locomotives of the 3100 Class, introduced during 1905/1906. At eighteen tons, they were designated as red route engines, initially being able to cover 42% of the GWR network. In 1927 experiments were undertaken to reduce the weight distribution of the class leading to the locomotives gaining blue route clearance and being renumbered in the 5111-5149 range, changing the class designation to 5100 in the process. At the same time as the 3100 class locomotives were being converted to 5100 class, further locomotives to the same design and blue route designation were built, designated as the 5101 class. 140 locomotives were built between 1929 and 1949, incorporating all the modifications applied to the 3100 class. The need for new locomotives to work accelerated London suburban services at the beginning of the 1930s led to further development of the 5101 class, an uprated Standard 2 boiler being fitted to seventy new locomotives built between 1931 and 1935. Numbered in the 6100- 6169 range, they were designated as the 6100 class, being stationed at every London depot and replacing all other passenger tank locomotives except the auto-train fitted engines. It was only the reorganisation of the London suburban timetables in 1955 that led to some locomotives being transferred away from London and it was these examples that survived to the end of steam on the Western Region. Built at Swindon Works under Lot No. 278 in January 1933, Diagram A10 Class 6100 'Large Prairie' No. 6147 entered traffic with the London Division, remaining there until 3 December 1960. From London, 6147 was moved to Bristol, first at St. Philips Marsh and then at Bristol Barrow Road, before moving to Westbury in November 1963 and the locomotive ended its working life at 85A Worcester Shed in January 1966, having moved there in January 1964.
Our Price:
£160.19
35-414
Class 47/4 47435 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/09/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
35-414SFX
Class 47/4 47435 BR Blue with DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£314.45
35-415
Class 47/7 47711 'Greyfriars Bobby' BR Blue (Large Logo)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/09/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
371-361
Class 60 60040 'The Territorial Army Centenary' DB Schenker/Army Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 22/09/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 60 HISTORY The British Rail Class 60 is a Class of Diesel-Electric Locomotive built by Brush Traction in Loughborough, Leicestershire between 1989 and 1993. Affectionately known as ‘Tugs’ by enthusiasts due to their Mirrlees marine-derived powerplant, 100 locomotives were built and the first entered service in late-1990 – more than a year after the first example had been ceremoniously handed over to BR – after various technical issues were uncovered during testing of the first locos. Designed for heavy freight trains, the Class 60s entered service at a time when BR’s Railfreight operations had been split into various sub-sectors and locomotives were assigned to the Coal, Metals, Construction and Petroleum divisions of BR Railfreight, with each carrying the triple-grey base livery with the addition of the relevant graphics for the sub-sector and depot plaques. In 1994 and in the runup to the Privatisation of British Rail, the Class 60 fleet was split between three of the shadow freight operators – Loadhaul, Mainline and Transrail – that had been created to handle BR’s freight business. All three operators were purchased by EWS in 1996, resulting in the entire class falling under EWS ownership. With the introduction of the Class 66s at the end of the century and coupled with a decline in EWS heavy freight traffic, several Class 60s were put into store and the future of the fleet was uncertain at times. However, a number of locomotives were retained as the heaviest trains could not be hauled by a single Class 66 and instead required the superior power of a Class 60. EWS was acquired by DB Schenker in 2007 (later renamed DB Cargo) and the new owners put several Class 60s up for sale, however they also announced overhauls for some 60s, giving the class glimmers of hopes for the future. In 2014 Colas Rail purchased ten Class 60s and these remained with the company until 2018 when they were replaced by Class 70s. These ten Class 60s were subsequently sold to GB Railfreight who still operate the fleet which includes No. 60002 that was named ‘Graham Farish – 50th Anniversary 1970 – 2020’ to mark 50th anniversary of production of British N scale models by the brand which is now owned by Bachmann Europe. Despite their ups and downs, the Class 60s continue to serve DB Cargo, GB Railfreight and other private operators including DC Rail and the class remains a popular sight across the UK where they can be found hauling the heavy freight trains for which they were originally designed.
Our Price:
£143.95
R40154
BR, Mk4 Open First, Coach H, 11212
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/09/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies.
Our Price:
£40.49
R40156
BR, Mk4 Standard, Coach D, 12413
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/09/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies.
Our Price:
£40.49
R40160
BR, Mk4 Restaurant First, Coach F, 10307
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/09/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies.
Our Price:
£40.49
R40152
BR, Mk4 Open First, Coach G, 11213
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/09/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies.
Our Price:
£40.49
R30073
BR, Class 56, Co-Co, 56047
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/09/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
The British Rail Class 56 Type 5 Co-Co diesel locomotive was first introduced in 1976 to cope with the increased requirement for heavy freight. British Rail awarded the contract to design and build these new engines to Brush Traction in Loughborough, who subsequently sub-contracted the construction to Electroputere in Romania, due to the lack of capacity in their own works. The initial 30 locomotives to be delivered from Romania suffered from transit damage and construction deficiencies and had to be extensively rebuilt before entering service. With this in mind the decision was made to build the remaining 105 locomotives in England, British Rail Engineering Ltd manufacturing them at their Doncaster Works (nos. 56031 to 56115). The design specification was based upon the Class 47 bodyshell, with the omission of redundant features such as the headcode panel. Power came from a Ruston-Paxman unit that was similar to that fitted in the Class 50 locomotives, which provided the capability for heavy haul freight. Air brakes were fitted for the first time in a British Rail engine and the electrics were improved in a number of areas, resulting in a more robust power unit. Nicknamed as Gridirons or 'Grids', the Class 56 displaced the Class 20 and Class 47 locomotives and commonly undertook the transportation of iron ore, coal, aggregate and steel across the Eastern and London Midland Regions and on the Western Region for aggregate duties. Strong and reliable performers, the locomotives were popular but needed heavy maintenance, particularly when compared against the Class 66 locomotives that came to displace them in service. The introduction of the Class 60 locomotives saw a gradual reduction in the use of the Class 56 locomotives and with the arrival of the Class 66 locomotives, with their greater availability and lower maintenance, the Class 56 fleet were placed into storage between 1998 and 2004. Most of the locomotives remain in depots around the UK, despite being variously sold for scrap and then re-acquired and reinstated in service. Colas Railfreight operate a small fleet on a rotating basis and British American Railway Services and UK Rail Leasing have a number available for working. Five locomotives, 56006, 56097, 56098, 56301 and 56302 have been preserved. No. 56060 was built in June 1979 by BREL in Doncaster. The locomotive received the name 'The Cardiff Rod Mill' in December 1992 and ran under this name until March 1997.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30040TTS
RailRoad Plus BR, Class 47, Co-Co, 47583 ‘County of Hertfordshire’
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
Built between 1962 and 1968, the British Rail (BR) Class 47 Co-Co Diesel-Electric locomotive was once the most numerous class of mainline diesel in Britain with 512 examples. 310 locomotives were constructed by Brush in Loughborough, and the remaining 202 at Crewe. The locomotives were used for passenger and freight operations. In 2020, 24 of the class remain operational on the national network with more in storage and an additional 31 preserved. Built in October 1964 as D1767 the locomotive was initially assigned to the Tinsley depot. Under TOPS the locomotive was initially numbered 47172. The locomotive received the name 'County of Hertfordshire' in 1979 before being reclassified a class 47/4 and renumbered 47583 in November 1980. In 1981 the livery of the locomotive was updated to mark the wedding of HRH Prince Charles and Lady Diana Spencer featuring a large BR arrow uniquely lined in Red and Blue.
Our Price:
£108.89
R30042TTS
RailRoad Plus ROG, Class 47, Co-Co, 47813 ‘Jack Frost’
'HO' Gauge
Released: 28/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 11
Built between 1962 and 1968, the British Rail (BR) Class 47 Co-Co Diesel-Electric locomotive was once the most numerous class of mainline diesel in Britain with 512 examples. 310 locomotives were constructed by Brush in Loughborough, and the remaining 202 at Crewe. The locomotives were used for passenger and freight operations. In 2020, 24 of the class remain operational on the national network with more in storage and an additional 31 preserved. Built in October 1964 as D1767 the locomotive was initially assigned to the Tinsley depot. Under TOPS the locomotive was initially numbered 47172. The locomotive received the name 'County of Hertfordshire' in 1979 before being reclassified a class 47/4 and renumbered 47583 in November 1980. In 1981 the livery of the locomotive was updated to mark the wedding of HRH Prince Charles and Lady Diana Spencer featuring a large BR arrow uniquely lined in Red and Blue.
Our Price:
£108.89
31-265A
Class 419 MLV S68002 BR (SR) Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
CLASS 419 MLV HISTORY Ten single car Motor Luggage Vans (MLV) were built between 1959 and 1961 to provide additional luggage carrying capacity for boat trains operating on the newly electrified Kent Coast line from London to ports on the South Coast which connected with cross-channel ferries. They were designed to be fully compatible with units that operated services on the stretch of the South Eastern network between London and the Kent ports, principally 4CEP and 4BEP units (later Class 411 and 410 respectively). Each MLV was also fitted with two sets of batteries which were charged by a motor generator during operation on the third rail electrified lines - this enabled the vehicles to work independently and away from electrified routes which was particularly useful upon reaching the ferry ports in the south. The MLV would be detached from the train and could then traverse the dockyard to enable direct loading of luggage onto the ship, with the vehicle added back onto the London end of the train for the return journey. Originally numbered S68001-S68010, with the implementation of TOPS (Total Operating Processing System) the MLVs were designated Class 419 with numbers in the series 419001 – 419010. When renumbered, the units retained their original numbers on the bodysides (albeit without the ‘S’ prefix) and the last four digits of the new TOPS number were applied to the unit ends. As boat traffic reduced, the vehicles saw increased use on other services, particularly carrying parcels and mail, or in departmental use where they served as tractors units on electrified lines. Their use on mail traffic saw two examples (Nos. 419001 and 419004) receive Royal Mail livery, however this livery made the units obvious targets for thieves and No. 419004 was the subject of a robbery in March 1989 whilst working a Brighton to London Bridge service. Withdrawals commenced in 1994 and all had been retired by 2004, although remarkably only two examples were lost – the other eight having been preserved.
Our Price:
£135.95
31-265ASF
Class 419 MLV S68002 BR (SR) Green With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off F1 - Sound - On/Off F2* - Brake F3** - Air Horn (High) F4*** - Air Horn (Various) F5 - Heavy Engine F6 - Southern Region Whistle F7 - 3rd Rail Arcing F8**** - Coupling F9 - Flange Squeal F10 - On - Guard's Whistle / Off - Driver's Response F11 - Buffering Up F12 - On - Driver's Single Buzzer / Off - Guard’s Response F13 - On - Driver's Double Buzzer / Off - Guard’s Response F14 - On - Cab Door Opening / Off - Cab Door Closing F15 - Luggage Loading/Unloading F16 - AWS Horn F17 - Air Tank Drain Down F18 - Fade All Sounds F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Compressor F21***** - Rail Clank F22 - Spirax Valve F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Handbrake F25 - Station Announcement F26 - Brake Set/Release * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **/***Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes **** Alternative Coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes ***** Alternative Rail Clank sound can be selected via CV change Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 419 MLV HISTORY Ten single car Motor Luggage Vans (MLV) were built between 1959 and 1961 to provide additional luggage carrying capacity for boat trains operating on the newly electrified Kent Coast line from London to ports on the South Coast which connected with cross-channel ferries. They were designed to be fully compatible with units that operated services on the stretch of the South Eastern network between London and the Kent ports, principally 4CEP and 4BEP units (later Class 411 and 410 respectively). Each MLV was also fitted with two sets of batteries which were charged by a motor generator during operation on the third rail electrified lines - this enabled the vehicles to work independently and away from electrified routes which was particularly useful upon reaching the ferry ports in the south. The MLV would be detached from the train and could then traverse the dockyard to enable direct loading of luggage onto the ship, with the vehicle added back onto the London end of the train for the return journey. Originally numbered S68001-S68010, with the implementation of TOPS (Total Operating Processing System) the MLVs were designated Class 419 with numbers in the series 419001 – 419010. When renumbered, the units retained their original numbers on the bodysides (albeit without the ‘S’ prefix) and the last four digits of the new TOPS number were applied to the unit ends. As boat traffic reduced, the vehicles saw increased use on other services, particularly carrying parcels and mail, or in departmental use where they served as tractors units on electrified lines. Their use on mail traffic saw two examples (Nos. 419001 and 419004) receive Royal Mail livery, however this livery made the units obvious targets for thieves and No. 419004 was the subject of a robbery in March 1989 whilst working a Brighton to London Bridge service. Withdrawals commenced in 1994 and all had been retired by 2004, although remarkably only two examples were lost – the other eight having been preserved.
Our Price:
£220.95
31-267A
Class 419 MLV S68008 BR Blue & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
CLASS 419 MLV HISTORY Ten single car Motor Luggage Vans (MLV) were built between 1959 and 1961 to provide additional luggage carrying capacity for boat trains operating on the newly electrified Kent Coast line from London to ports on the South Coast which connected with cross-channel ferries. They were designed to be fully compatible with units that operated services on the stretch of the South Eastern network between London and the Kent ports, principally 4CEP and 4BEP units (later Class 411 and 410 respectively). Each MLV was also fitted with two sets of batteries which were charged by a motor generator during operation on the third rail electrified lines - this enabled the vehicles to work independently and away from electrified routes which was particularly useful upon reaching the ferry ports in the south. The MLV would be detached from the train and could then traverse the dockyard to enable direct loading of luggage onto the ship, with the vehicle added back onto the London end of the train for the return journey. Originally numbered S68001-S68010, with the implementation of TOPS (Total Operating Processing System) the MLVs were designated Class 419 with numbers in the series 419001 – 419010. When renumbered, the units retained their original numbers on the bodysides (albeit without the ‘S’ prefix) and the last four digits of the new TOPS number were applied to the unit ends. As boat traffic reduced, the vehicles saw increased use on other services, particularly carrying parcels and mail, or in departmental use where they served as tractors units on electrified lines. Their use on mail traffic saw two examples (Nos. 419001 and 419004) receive Royal Mail livery, however this livery made the units obvious targets for thieves and No. 419004 was the subject of a robbery in March 1989 whilst working a Brighton to London Bridge service. Withdrawals commenced in 1994 and all had been retired by 2004, although remarkably only two examples were lost – the other eight having been preserved.
Our Price:
£135.95
31-267ASF
Class 419 MLV S68008 BR Blue & Grey With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off F1 - Sound - On/Off F2* - Brake F3** - Air Horn (High) F4*** - Air Horn (Various) F5 - Heavy Engine F6 - Southern Region Whistle F7 - 3rd Rail Arcing F8**** - Coupling F9 - Flange Squeal F10 - On - Guard's Whistle / Off - Driver's Response F11 - Buffering Up F12 - On - Driver's Single Buzzer / Off - Guard’s Response F13 - On - Driver's Double Buzzer / Off - Guard’s Response F14 - On - Cab Door Opening / Off - Cab Door Closing F15 - Luggage Loading/Unloading F16 - AWS Horn F17 - Air Tank Drain Down F18 - Fade All Sounds F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Compressor F21***** - Rail Clank F22 - Spirax Valve F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Handbrake F25 - Station Announcement F26 - Brake Set/Release * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **/***Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes **** Alternative Coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes ***** Alternative Rail Clank sound can be selected via CV change Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 419 MLV HISTORY Ten single car Motor Luggage Vans (MLV) were built between 1959 and 1961 to provide additional luggage carrying capacity for boat trains operating on the newly electrified Kent Coast line from London to ports on the South Coast which connected with cross-channel ferries. They were designed to be fully compatible with units that operated services on the stretch of the South Eastern network between London and the Kent ports, principally 4CEP and 4BEP units (later Class 411 and 410 respectively). Each MLV was also fitted with two sets of batteries which were charged by a motor generator during operation on the third rail electrified lines - this enabled the vehicles to work independently and away from electrified routes which was particularly useful upon reaching the ferry ports in the south. The MLV would be detached from the train and could then traverse the dockyard to enable direct loading of luggage onto the ship, with the vehicle added back onto the London end of the train for the return journey. Originally numbered S68001-S68010, with the implementation of TOPS (Total Operating Processing System) the MLVs were designated Class 419 with numbers in the series 419001 – 419010. When renumbered, the units retained their original numbers on the bodysides (albeit without the ‘S’ prefix) and the last four digits of the new TOPS number were applied to the unit ends. As boat traffic reduced, the vehicles saw increased use on other services, particularly carrying parcels and mail, or in departmental use where they served as tractors units on electrified lines. Their use on mail traffic saw two examples (Nos. 419001 and 419004) receive Royal Mail livery, however this livery made the units obvious targets for thieves and No. 419004 was the subject of a robbery in March 1989 whilst working a Brighton to London Bridge service. Withdrawals commenced in 1994 and all had been retired by 2004, although remarkably only two examples were lost – the other eight having been preserved.
Our Price:
£220.95
35-421
Class 47/4 47526 BR Blue (Large Logo) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£216.70
35-421SF
Class 47/4 47526 BR Blue (Large Logo) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£301.70
35-430
Class 47/3 47376 'Freightliner 1995' Freightliner Grey [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£216.70
35-430SF
Class 47/3 47376 'Freightliner 1995' Freightliner Grey [W] With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£301.70
35-430SFX
Class 47/3 47376 'Freightliner 1995' Freightliner Grey [W] With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£327.20
35-432
Class 47/7 47790 'Galloway Princess' DRS Compass (Original)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£203.95
35-432SF
Class 47/7 47790 'Galloway Princess' DRS Compass (Original) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn (Playable) F4* - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Engine Room Lights On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F12 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 47 HISTORY Towards the end of the 1950s, British Railways began planning a new fleet of diesel locomotives and after investigating several prototypes, BR decided to place an order with Brush Engineering for 20 locomotives during February 1961. The resulting design became the iconic Brush Type 4 Diesel locomotive, a practical, versatile design with a very distinctive cab. Powered with a Sulzer engine and initially rated at 2,750hp, the locomotive could achieve a top speed of 75mph with a tractive effort of 55,000lb. Building commenced in January 1962 and the first locomotive No. D1500 appeared in late September of the same year with test runs on the London Midland Region and Western Region. The design was a success and BR went on to order a total of 512 with continuous production through to early 1967, forming the largest single class of main-line diesel locomotives in the UK. During this time and subsequent years, several variations appeared with an increase in speed and tractive effort to 95mph and 62,000lb respectively. Originally fitted with four character train reporting head-codes, these changed to marker lights, with the addition of high intensity lights and roof aerials in the late 1980s. Other variations involved the fitting of different types of steam heating boiler for early BR coaching stock, later replaced with electric train heating for use with modern rolling stock. The numbering system started with four figures but changed to five with the introduction of the TOPS coding system which saw the locomotives classified as Class 47 Diesels with variations such as 47/0, 47/2, 47/3, 47/4 and 47/7. By the end of the 1990s, half of the Class 47 fleet had been withdrawn or scrapped, 33 have been converted into Class 57 locomotives and several have been preserved, including the original No. D1500, now numbered 47401.
Our Price:
£288.95
371-351A
Class 60 60044 'Ailsa Craig' Mainline Freight
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
CLASS 60 HISTORY The British Rail Class 60 is a Class of Diesel-Electric Locomotive built by Brush Traction in Loughborough, Leicestershire between 1989 and 1993. Affectionately known as ‘Tugs’ by enthusiasts due to their Mirrlees marine-derived powerplant, 100 locomotives were built and the first entered service in late-1990 – more than a year after the first example had been ceremoniously handed over to BR – after various technical issues were uncovered during testing of the first locos. Designed for heavy freight trains, the Class 60s entered service at a time when BR’s Railfreight operations had been split into various sub-sectors and locomotives were assigned to the Coal, Metals, Construction and Petroleum divisions of BR Railfreight, with each carrying the triple-grey base livery with the addition of the relevant graphics for the sub-sector and depot plaques. In 1994 and in the runup to the Privatisation of British Rail, the Class 60 fleet was split between three of the shadow freight operators – Loadhaul, Mainline and Transrail – that had been created to handle BR’s freight business. All three operators were purchased by EWS in 1996, resulting in the entire class falling under EWS ownership. With the introduction of the Class 66s at the end of the century and coupled with a decline in EWS heavy freight traffic, several Class 60s were put into store and the future of the fleet was uncertain at times. However, a number of locomotives were retained as the heaviest trains could not be hauled by a single Class 66 and instead required the superior power of a Class 60. EWS was acquired by DB Schenker in 2007 (later renamed DB Cargo) and the new owners put several Class 60s up for sale, however they also announced overhauls for some 60s, giving the class glimmers of hopes for the future. In 2014 Colas Rail purchased ten Class 60s and these remained with the company until 2018 when they were replaced by Class 70s. These ten Class 60s were subsequently sold to GB Railfreight who still operate the fleet which includes No. 60002 that was named ‘Graham Farish – 50th Anniversary 1970 – 2020’ to mark 50th anniversary of production of British N scale models by the brand which is now owned by Bachmann Europe. Despite their ups and downs, the Class 60s continue to serve DB Cargo, GB Railfreight and other private operators including DC Rail and the class remains a popular sight across the UK where they can be found hauling the heavy freight trains for which they were originally designed.
Our Price:
£135.95
371-358A
Class 60 60096 Colas Rail Freight
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 60 HISTORY The British Rail Class 60 is a Class of Diesel-Electric Locomotive built by Brush Traction in Loughborough, Leicestershire between 1989 and 1993. Affectionately known as ‘Tugs’ by enthusiasts due to their Mirrlees marine-derived powerplant, 100 locomotives were built and the first entered service in late-1990 – more than a year after the first example had been ceremoniously handed over to BR – after various technical issues were uncovered during testing of the first locos. Designed for heavy freight trains, the Class 60s entered service at a time when BR’s Railfreight operations had been split into various sub-sectors and locomotives were assigned to the Coal, Metals, Construction and Petroleum divisions of BR Railfreight, with each carrying the triple-grey base livery with the addition of the relevant graphics for the sub-sector and depot plaques. In 1994 and in the runup to the Privatisation of British Rail, the Class 60 fleet was split between three of the shadow freight operators – Loadhaul, Mainline and Transrail – that had been created to handle BR’s freight business. All three operators were purchased by EWS in 1996, resulting in the entire class falling under EWS ownership. With the introduction of the Class 66s at the end of the century and coupled with a decline in EWS heavy freight traffic, several Class 60s were put into store and the future of the fleet was uncertain at times. However, a number of locomotives were retained as the heaviest trains could not be hauled by a single Class 66 and instead required the superior power of a Class 60. EWS was acquired by DB Schenker in 2007 (later renamed DB Cargo) and the new owners put several Class 60s up for sale, however they also announced overhauls for some 60s, giving the class glimmers of hopes for the future. In 2014 Colas Rail purchased ten Class 60s and these remained with the company until 2018 when they were replaced by Class 70s. These ten Class 60s were subsequently sold to GB Railfreight who still operate the fleet which includes No. 60002 that was named ‘Graham Farish – 50th Anniversary 1970 – 2020’ to mark 50th anniversary of production of British N scale models by the brand which is now owned by Bachmann Europe. Despite their ups and downs, the Class 60s continue to serve DB Cargo, GB Railfreight and other private operators including DC Rail and the class remains a popular sight across the UK where they can be found hauling the heavy freight trains for which they were originally designed.
Our Price:
£135.95
371-359
Class 60 60100 'Midland Railway - Butterley' DB Cargo
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/09/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 60 HISTORY The British Rail Class 60 is a Class of Diesel-Electric Locomotive built by Brush Traction in Loughborough, Leicestershire between 1989 and 1993. Affectionately known as ‘Tugs’ by enthusiasts due to their Mirrlees marine-derived powerplant, 100 locomotives were built and the first entered service in late-1990 – more than a year after the first example had been ceremoniously handed over to BR – after various technical issues were uncovered during testing of the first locos. Designed for heavy freight trains, the Class 60s entered service at a time when BR’s Railfreight operations had been split into various sub-sectors and locomotives were assigned to the Coal, Metals, Construction and Petroleum divisions of BR Railfreight, with each carrying the triple-grey base livery with the addition of the relevant graphics for the sub-sector and depot plaques. In 1994 and in the runup to the Privatisation of British Rail, the Class 60 fleet was split between three of the shadow freight operators – Loadhaul, Mainline and Transrail – that had been created to handle BR’s freight business. All three operators were purchased by EWS in 1996, resulting in the entire class falling under EWS ownership. With the introduction of the Class 66s at the end of the century and coupled with a decline in EWS heavy freight traffic, several Class 60s were put into store and the future of the fleet was uncertain at times. However, a number of locomotives were retained as the heaviest trains could not be hauled by a single Class 66 and instead required the superior power of a Class 60. EWS was acquired by DB Schenker in 2007 (later renamed DB Cargo) and the new owners put several Class 60s up for sale, however they also announced overhauls for some 60s, giving the class glimmers of hopes for the future. In 2014 Colas Rail purchased ten Class 60s and these remained with the company until 2018 when they were replaced by Class 70s. These ten Class 60s were subsequently sold to GB Railfreight who still operate the fleet which includes No. 60002 that was named ‘Graham Farish – 50th Anniversary 1970 – 2020’ to mark 50th anniversary of production of British N scale models by the brand which is now owned by Bachmann Europe. Despite their ups and downs, the Class 60s continue to serve DB Cargo, GB Railfreight and other private operators including DC Rail and the class remains a popular sight across the UK where they can be found hauling the heavy freight trains for which they were originally designed.
Our Price:
£135.95
34-726
SR Bulleid Brake Third Semi-Open 10'' Vents BR (SR) Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£67.45
34-775
SR Bulleid Third Corridor 10'' Vents BR (Ex-SR) Malachite Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
34-800
SR Bulleid Brake Composite 10'' Vents BR (SR) Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£67.45
35-301
Class 37/0 Split Headcode 37034 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£208.20
35-301SF
Class 37/0 Split Headcode 37034 BR Blue With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£293.20
35-301SFX
Class 37/0 Split Headcode 37034 BR Blue With DCC Sound and Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Operation & Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Operation and Sounds are activated as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate, along with fan operation and sounds (according to the particular Sound Project) when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£318.70
37-601C
BR VGA Van BR Railfreight Red (Speedlink)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 7/8
Our Price:
£30.55
37-608
BR RBA Van DB Cargo
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 9/10
Our Price:
£30.55
34-727
SR Bulleid Brake Third Semi-Open 15'' Vents BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
34-727A
SR Bulleid Brake Third Semi-Open 15'' Vents BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
34-751
SR Bulleid Composite Corridor 15'' Vents BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
34-776
SR Bulleid Third Corridor 15'' Vents BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
34-776A
SR Bulleid Third Corridor 15'' Vents BR Crimson & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£67.45
927001
SECR No.15782 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
927002
SECR No.16737 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
927003
SR No.45784 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
927004
SR No.47162 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
927005
SR (POST1936) No.45779 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
927006
SR (POST1936) No.47159 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
927007
BR No.S45819 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£29.65
927008
BR No.S47144 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£29.65
927009
BR DEPARTMENTAL No.DS47182 COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
927010
BR DEPARTMENTAL No.DS776 COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
927011
SECR No.15750 10T COVERED VAN
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
928001
SECR No.567 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
928002
SECR No.11835 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
928003
SECR No.1789 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
928004
SR No.62454 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
928005
SR No.62398 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
928006
SR (POST 1936) No.62371 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
928007
SR (POST 1936) No.62466 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
928008
BR DEPARTMENTAL No.62444 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
928009
BR DEPARTMENTAL No.DS62402 BALLAST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
928010
BR (S) No.62433 BALLST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
928011
BR (S) No.62388 BALLST WAGON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/10/22
Era 5
Our Price:
£29.65
R40191
BR, Mk4 Standard, Coach A,
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/10/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies. Mk4s entered service in 1989 and helped drive a significant increase in passenger traffic. With privatisation in 1996, all Mk4 coaches were sold to Evershot Rail Group who have since leased them out to the holder of the InterCity East Coast Franchise. The franchise was initially awarded to Great North Eastern Railway (GNER) and has since been operated by National Express East Coast, East Coast, Virgin Trains East Coast and London North Eastern Railway (LNER) owned by the Department for Transport. Between October 2003 and November 2005 Bombardier Transportation, under contract from GNER, commenced refurbishment of the Mk4 stock, fitting new seating arrangements and introduced onboard Wi-Fi, a first for British rail services. This refurbishment programme was called 'Project Mallard' named after the Mallard steam locomotive, built in the 1930s by the London & North Eastern Railway and holder of the world speed record for steam locomotives. Although Mk4 coaches have spent most of their lives on the ECML, there are plans to cascade them down to other lines due to the introduction of the Class 800 and Class 801 IEPs.
Our Price:
£40.49
R40159
BR, Mk4 Standard (Accessible Toilet), Coach E, 12305
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/10/22
Era 8
Built at Metro-Cammell's Washwood Heath factory, 314 Mk4 coaches were produced between 1989 and 1992. They were built specifically for use on the newly electrified East Coast Main Line, along with hopes that a second order for the West Coast Main Line would be placed at a later date, although this second order never transpired. Mk4 coaches featured many improvements over the Mk3s such as push-button operated plug-type doors, fully sealed gangways and a designed top speed of 140mph. Much of the Mk4 design was based upon the Advanced Passenger Train. In particular, Mk4 coaches feature sides profiled to allow a tilt of up to 6° with newly fitted tilting bogies. Mk4s entered service in 1989 and helped drive a significant increase in passenger traffic. With privatisation in 1996, all Mk4 coaches were sold to Evershot Rail Group who have since leased them out to the holder of the InterCity East Coast Franchise. The franchise was initially awarded to Great North Eastern Railway (GNER) and has since been operated by National Express East Coast, East Coast, Virgin Trains East Coast and London North Eastern Railway (LNER) owned by the Department for Transport. Between October 2003 and November 2005 Bombardier Transportation, under contract from GNER, commenced refurbishment of the Mk4 stock, fitting new seating arrangements and introduced onboard Wi-Fi, a first for British rail services. This refurbishment programme was called 'Project Mallard' named after the Mallard steam locomotive, built in the 1930s by the London & North Eastern Railway and holder of the world speed record for steam locomotives. Although Mk4 coaches have spent most of their lives on the ECML, there are plans to cascade them down to other lines due to the introduction of the Class 800 and Class 801 IEPs.
Our Price:
£40.49
37-855
HTA Bogie Hopper (Ex-EWS) DB Schenker [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 9
Our Price:
£62.95
38-351B
BR BAA Steel Carrier Wagon BR Railfreight Red [W, WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£58.45
37-856
HTA Bogie Hopper DB Schenker
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£57.55
38-354
BR BAA Steel Carrier Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS) [WL]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 7
Our Price:
£53.95
391-125SF
Mainine Hunslet 0-4-0ST 'Blanche' Penrhyn Quarry Lined Black (Early) With DCC Sound
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 09/11/22
Era 3
SOUNDS F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Bell Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - On - Firebox Door Open / Off - Firebox Door Closed F7 - Coal Shovelling (only with F6 On) F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Speed Lock F11 - Hand Brake (Functional) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard's Whistle F17 - Enable Auto Wagon Buffering F18 - Injector F19 - Alternative Whistle (Speed Related) F20 - Shunting Mode F21 - Safety Valves Lifted F22 - 'Clear my side’ F23 - 'Red light ahead’ F24 - 'Coal on the fire’ F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£246.45
R40156A
BR, Mk4 Standard, Coach C, 12412
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40156B
BR, Mk4 Standard, Coach C, 12413
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/11/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
DCC02
PRODIGY ADVANCE2 STARTER PACKAGE
Released: 16/11/22
PRODIGY ADVANCE² consists of three elements. The POWER PACK transforms the power from your mains socket ready for the Base Unit. The BASE UNIT is the brains behind the operation. It contains all the technology you need to send DCC commands to your trains and accessories. However, short of turning the power on and off, you'll find your closest companion is the Walkaround controller which plugs straight into the Base Unit. The WALKAROUND is a hand-held controller that you use to send your commands to the Base Unit, which then sends them on to the relevant decoder on your layout. You control the speed and direction of your trains from here. One of the key features of DCC operation is that each of your locomotives has a numeric address which you select as and when you want to run that locomotive. DCC allows you to run it anywhere on your railway at the same time as other trains are moving as well. You can operate points (individually or route set) and signals from the Walkaround. You can use it to programme your decoders to replicate the running characteristics of your locomotives, or even introduce a speed clock that allows you to run a 24 hour timetable within one operating session. The possibilities are almost endless with DCC and with locomotives becoming available with factory-fitted decoders as standard, we are entering an exciting new era. Of course, you can also retro-fit your older locomotives with decoders if you wish.
Our Price:
£386.75
35-304
Class 37/0 Split Headcode 37043 'Loch Lomond' BR Blue (Large Logo)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/11/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£208.20
35-336
Class 37/4 Refurbished 37401 'Mary Queen of Scots' BR IC (Mainline)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/11/22
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£208.20
35-304SF
Class 37/0 Split Headcode 37043 'Loch Lomond' BR Blue (Large Logo) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/11/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£293.20
35-336SF
Class 37/4 Refurbished 37401 'Mary Queen of Scots' BR IC (Mainline) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/11/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£293.20
371-364
Class 60 Graham Farish 50th Anniversary Collectors Pack
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/11/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
Following the celebrations of 50 years of N scale models by Graham Farish, which culminated in the naming of Class 60 locomotive No. 60002 ‘Graham Farish’ by GB Railfreight, we are delighted to present this 50th Anniversary Collectors Pack as part of the Autumn 2022 British Railway Announcements. Presented in a bespoke wooden case, every pack includes: N scale Class 60 No. 60002 ‘Graham Farish’ in GBRf livery Commemorative Nameplate Enamel Pin Badge £35 Bachmann Collectors Club Voucher (redeemable by current members against their next Club purchase or by new members towards their initial membership fee) Certificate of Authenticity
Our Price:
£208.20
R30096
FGW, Class 43 HST Train Pack, Power car & Dummy Car
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/12/22
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 10
Following the FirstGroup’s decision to buyout their partner’s shares in Great Western Holdings a decision was made to rebrand the Great Western Trains HST units to First Great Western (FGW). Visually this change involved the fitting of a new vinyl gold strip and colour fading as well as fitting new FGW logos. Power car 43136 entered service at the end of November 1979 and was overhauled and fitted with a new MTU engine between February and April 2007. Power car 43189 entered service in May 1982 and received its Brush overhaul between November 2007 and January 2008.
Our Price:
£326.69
391-126
Mainline Hunslet 0-4-0ST 'Charles' Penrhyn Quarry Lined Black (Late)
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 08/12/22
Era 4
Most famous for their operation on the North Wales narrow gauge railways, the first main line Hunslet was built in 1882 by the Hunslet Engine Company of Leeds for the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. Named ‘Charles’, the locomotive’s somewhat unconventional appearance, with steeply inclined cylinders and connecting rods located on the inside of the coupling rods, would be repeated eleven years later when ‘Linda’ and ‘Blanche’ were constructed. Known affectionately by many enthusiasts as ‘the Ladies’, they were ostensibly built to the same 0-4-0 saddle tank design as ‘Charles’, although the ‘Ladies’ did incorporate some differences when compared to their elder. They had larger fire grates for one, round spectacle glasses in the front cab sheet rather than the square ones fitted to ‘Charles’ for another, and were also fractionally longer. Penrhyn Quarry was the largest slate quarry in the world at the end of the nineteenth century and the trio of Hunslets spent their days hauling slate trains over the Penrhyn main line from the vast quarry complex at Coed-y-Parc, near Bethesda, to Port Penrhyn, just a stone’s throw from Bangor on the North Wales coast. Here, slate products were transferred to standard gauge railway wagons or ships for onward transport around the UK and further afield. Whilst smaller locomotive such as the Quarry Hunslets were used to work the quarry’s internal railways, the larger, more powerful Mainline Hunslets worked the full trains from the quarry down to Port Penrhyn and brought the empty wagons back again – similar duties to those for which the Ffestiniog Railway employed the famous Double Fairlies. During their working lives the three locomotives underwent several changes, all gained full-height rear cab sheets, replacing the original half-height sheets, welded tanks were fitted in place of the original rivetted versions and various sandbox arrangements were seen, amongst other improvements during their time on the Penrhyn line. By the mid-twentieth century traffic on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway was in decline and in 1962 the last trains ran. ‘Charles’ had already been retired in in the mid-1950s, but the Ladies worked on until the very end. Offered for sale upon closure of the railway, ‘Linda’ was quickly loaned to the Ffestiniog Railway, arriving there only three days after hauling her last train on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. In 1963 ‘Linda’ was purchased by the Ffestiniog Railway and ‘Blanche’ too was acquired in the same year, arriving at the railway in December 1963. Both Ladies have been modified by the Ffestiniog Railway since their acquisition, most notably with the fitting of front pony wheels and tenders, becoming 2-4-0ST+Ts (saddle tank tender engines). With 2023 marking 60 years since the pair were brought by the Ffestiniog Railway, they are unquestionably two of the most useful engines in the railway’s fleet and are as popular as ever with visitors, staff and volunteers alike. ‘Charles’ was also offered for sale, but with the boiler condemned, the Ffestiniog Railway declined. Instead, ‘Charles’ was loaned to the National Trust and is now displayed at Penrhyn Castle – once the family home of the owners of Penrhyn Quarry.
Our Price:
£161.45
372-981
Class 24/1 D5100 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/12/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 5
History The widely travelled British Railways Class 24 diesel locomotives, also known as the Sulzer Type 2, were built from 1958 to 1961. One hundred and fifty-one were built at Derby, Crewe and Darlington, the first twenty of them as part of the British Railways 1955 Modernisation Plan. This class was used as the basis for the development of the class 25 locomotives. The final survivor, no. 24081, was withdrawn from Crewe depot in 1980. Four class members are preserved. Initial deliveries were for operation in the Crewe and Derby areas, but fifteen of the initial twenty were diverted for use on the Southern Region to cover for delays in the Kent Coast Electrification scheme. As deliveries continued allocations were made to both the London Midland Region and Eastern Region, and with the class becoming familiar to crews and staff around London they were used on freight trains over the Metropolitan Widened Lines. Locos allocated to East Anglia for use on freight soon became redundant due to the rundown of freight in that region, and these were, in turn, moved to Wales and Lancashire. Class 24s took over the 'Condor' fast freight service between London (Hendon) and Glasgow (Gushetfaulds) in 1961. Thus the class was also used when a second "Condor" fast overnight freight service was introduced, running from Aston to Glasgow. These were the usual motive power from its introduction on 17 January 1963 when D5082 hauled the Down train and D5083 the up train until replaced by the first Freightliner service in 1965. The batch D5096–D5113 were all allocated to Gateshead depot in 1966 to replace 9F steam locos on the Tyne Dock to Consett iron ore trains. These workings used a special design of bogie hopper wagon, and these locos had an additional compressor and associated pipework. These workings, typically with loads of around 1,000 tons, were double-headed and continued until taken over by Class 37s in the 1970s, when these locos were reallocated to Scottish depots.
Our Price:
£118.95
371-135DBSF
Class 31/4 Refurb. 31423 'Jerome K. Jerome' BR InterCity (Mainline) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
The BR Class 31 Diesel Locomotives, originally known as the Brush Type 2s, were built by Brush Traction from 1957-1962, with a total of 263 locomotives constructed. The first Class 31 entered service in November 1957 and the design was one of the Pilot Scheme locomotives ordered by British Railways to replace steam traction. The Class was originally allocated to the Eastern Region, but gradually became common on both the Western and London Midland regions too. The Class 31/1s were the standard locomotives, distinguished from the first batch of locos – the 31/0s – which had Red Circle multiple-working control equipment, a non-standard feature that led to them being withdrawn relatively early in the late-1970s. The 31/1s were fitted with Blue Star multiple-working equipment, as found on many other BR classes, and all had steam heating boilers from new, making them ideal for hauling passenger services. The Class 31/1s could be found on a variety of secondary and relief passenger duties as well as parcels and freight traffic. Commonly used in East Anglia, with allocations at Stratford and March depots, they were also found throughout the Eastern Region of BR with Finsbury Park sporting a large allocation, along with the depots at Tinsley, Immingham and Thornaby. Examples were also allocated to Bristol Bath Road and Old Oak Common on the Western Region, where they could be found working passenger trains as far west as Barnstaple and Paignton. In the early 1980s, Healey Mills and Bescot on the Midland Region also gained an allocation as replacements for Class 25s. During the 1970s some Class 31s were fitted with Electric Train Heating (ETH) and these were reclassified as 31/4s to denote this feature. The 1980s would see BR undertake a programme of refurbishment for much of the fleet, this included the fitting of ETH to more locomotives but refurbishment was not reserved exclusively for the 31/4s, Class 31/1s were also refurbished without receiving ETH equipment. During refurbishment bufferbeam cowlings were removed along with the bodyside band, headcode boxes were plated over and fitted with two marker lights, and any remaining disc headcodes were removed. Where steam heat boilers remained, these were removed and a concrete block added instead to maintain the weight balance. As passenger work dried up, many of the 31/4s were displaced and found themselves allocated to the departmental sector. In 1990, to reduce maintenance costs and prevent their ETH-fitted locos being borrowed for passenger work when extra traction was needed, the departmental sector isolated the ETH and removed the jumper cables from some of its 31/4s, resulting in these locos being reclassified as 31/5s. There were also two locomotives classified as 31/6, these had through ETH wiring fitted allowing them to work double-headed with an ETH-fitted loco. The first withdrawal came in 1975 following accident damage, but most survived until the 1990s when EWS took on 153 examples from BR’s Transrail and Mainline freight divisions, although EWS spent little time running down its inherited fleet. Other operators however kept Class 31s active on the mainline and in 2022 it is still possible to see a 31 on the mainline. The Class has also been popular with the preservation movement, with more than 25 examples now preserved.
Our Price:
£237.95
31-498SF
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158729 ScotRail Saltire With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 11
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off F1 - On - Warm Start / F13 - On, then F1 - On - Warm Start with Compressor Speed-up / F5 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start / F5 - On, then F13 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start with Compressor Speed-up F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Single Horn F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal F8 - On - Doors Opening (F1 On) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 On) F9 - Passenger Compartment Lights - On / Off F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - On - Driver's Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F12 - On - Driver's Twin Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F13 - Engine Speed Up F14 - On - Directional Lights Day Mode / Off - Directional Lights Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights (Trailing End) - On / Off F16 - Air Conditioning Fan F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18 - On - Doors Opening (F1 Off) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 Off) F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off (Car A, 57xxx) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Car B, 52xxx) F22 - Station Ambience F23 - Remote Telephone Test F24 - Detonators F25 - AWS F26 - No User Access F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that basic prime mover sounds will operate and will vary according to use when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! Directional lights and passenger compartment lights will also illuminate when power is applied. CLASS 158 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All the Class 158s remain in service today, with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates.
Our Price:
£365.45
371-360
Class 60 60095 GBRf
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/12/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 60 is Co-Co heavy freight diesel-electric locomotive type built by Brush Traction. The 100-strong class are nicknamed Tugs by some rail enthusiasts. The class was the last to be constructed in the UK for domestic main line use, this and the network wide deployment of the locos is partly the reason for their immense popularity with rail fans. They command a fanatical following, many of their daily workings are discussed and photographed, and they are seeing something of a renaissance with long-stored examples being restored to service with new operators, wearing new liveries; the well-liked Class 60 has much responsibility for sustaining enthusiast interest in the contemporary rail scene in the UK.
Our Price:
£135.95
372-065
MR 3835 4F with Fowler Tender 43931 BR Black (Late Crest) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/12/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The Midland Railway (MR) 3835 Class is an 0-6-0 steam locomotive designed for freight work. The first two were introduced in 1911 by Henry Fowler. After the grouping in 1923 they continued to be built up to 1941 by the LMS as the LMS Fowler Class 4F. A total of 197 engines were built, 192 being sequentially numbered 3835–4026 for the Midland Railway. After nationalisation in 1948 British Railways added 40000 to their numbers so they became 43835–44026. Five engines were constructed by Armstrong Whitworth for the Somerset and Dorset Joint Railway in 1922, numbered 57–61. They were absorbed into LMS stock in 1930, becoming 4557–4561.
Our Price:
£140.20
391-126SF
Mainline Hunslet 0-4-0ST 'Charles' Penrhyn Quarry Lined Black (Late) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Bell Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - On - Firebox Door Open / Off - Firebox Door Closed F7 - Coal Shovelling (only with F6 On) F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Speed Lock F11 - Hand Brake (Functional) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard's Whistle F17 - Enable Auto Wagon Buffering F18 - Injector F19 - Alternative Whistle (Speed Related) F20 - Shunting Mode F21 - Safety Valves Lifted F22 - 'Clear my side’ F23 - 'Red light ahead’ F24 - 'Coal on the fire’ F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! MAINLINE HUNSLET HISTORY Most famous for their operation on the North Wales narrow gauge railways, the first main line Hunslet was built in 1882 by the Hunslet Engine Company of Leeds for the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. Named ‘Charles’, the locomotive’s somewhat unconventional appearance, with steeply inclined cylinders and connecting rods located on the inside of the coupling rods, would be repeated eleven years later when ‘Linda’ and ‘Blanche’ were constructed. Known affectionately by many enthusiasts as ‘the Ladies’, they were ostensibly built to the same 0-4-0 saddle tank design as ‘Charles’, although the ‘Ladies’ did incorporate some differences when compared to their elder. They had larger fire grates for one, round spectacle glasses in the front cab sheet rather than the square ones fitted to ‘Charles’ for another, and were also fractionally longer. Penrhyn Quarry was the largest slate quarry in the world at the end of the nineteenth century and the trio of Hunslets spent their days hauling slate trains over the Penrhyn main line from the vast quarry complex at Coed-y-Parc, near Bethesda, to Port Penrhyn, just a stone’s throw from Bangor on the North Wales coast. Here, slate products were transferred to standard gauge railway wagons or ships for onward transport around the UK and further afield. Whilst smaller locomotive such as the Quarry Hunslets were used to work the quarry’s internal railways, the larger, more powerful Mainline Hunslets worked the full trains from the quarry down to Port Penrhyn and brought the empty wagons back again – similar duties to those for which the Ffestiniog Railway employed the famous Double Fairlies. During their working lives the three locomotives underwent several changes, all gained full-height rear cab sheets, replacing the original half-height sheets, welded tanks were fitted in place of the original rivetted versions and various sandbox arrangements were seen, amongst other improvements during their time on the Penrhyn line. By the mid-twentieth century traffic on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway was in decline and in 1962 the last trains ran. ‘Charles’ had already been retired in in the mid-1950s, but the Ladies worked on until the very end. Offered for sale upon closure of the railway, ‘Linda’ was quickly loaned to the Ffestiniog Railway, arriving there only three days after hauling her last train on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. In 1963 ‘Linda’ was purchased by the Ffestiniog Railway and ‘Blanche’ too was acquired in the same year, arriving at the railway in December 1963. Both Ladies have been modified by the Ffestiniog Railway since their acquisition, most notably with the fitting of front pony wheels and tenders, becoming 2-4-0ST+Ts (saddle tank tender engines). With 2023 marking 60 years since the pair were brought by the Ffestiniog Railway, they are unquestionably two of the most useful engines in the railway’s fleet and are as popular as ever with visitors, staff and volunteers alike. ‘Charles’ was also offered for sale, but with the boiler condemned, the Ffestiniog Railway declined. Instead, ‘Charles’ was loaned to the National Trust and is now displayed at Penrhyn Castle – once the family home of the owners of Penrhyn Quarry.
Our Price:
£246.45
391-127
Mainline Hunslet 0-4-0ST 'Linda' Penrhyn Quarry Lined Black (Late) [W]
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 4
MAINLINE HUNSLET HISTORY Most famous for their operation on the North Wales narrow gauge railways, the first main line Hunslet was built in 1882 by the Hunslet Engine Company of Leeds for the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. Named ‘Charles’, the locomotive’s somewhat unconventional appearance, with steeply inclined cylinders and connecting rods located on the inside of the coupling rods, would be repeated eleven years later when ‘Linda’ and ‘Blanche’ were constructed. Known affectionately by many enthusiasts as ‘the Ladies’, they were ostensibly built to the same 0-4-0 saddle tank design as ‘Charles’, although the ‘Ladies’ did incorporate some differences when compared to their elder. They had larger fire grates for one, round spectacle glasses in the front cab sheet rather than the square ones fitted to ‘Charles’ for another, and were also fractionally longer. Penrhyn Quarry was the largest slate quarry in the world at the end of the nineteenth century and the trio of Hunslets spent their days hauling slate trains over the Penrhyn main line from the vast quarry complex at Coed-y-Parc, near Bethesda, to Port Penrhyn, just a stone’s throw from Bangor on the North Wales coast. Here, slate products were transferred to standard gauge railway wagons or ships for onward transport around the UK and further afield. Whilst smaller locomotive such as the Quarry Hunslets were used to work the quarry’s internal railways, the larger, more powerful Mainline Hunslets worked the full trains from the quarry down to Port Penrhyn and brought the empty wagons back again – similar duties to those for which the Ffestiniog Railway employed the famous Double Fairlies. During their working lives the three locomotives underwent several changes, all gained full-height rear cab sheets, replacing the original half-height sheets, welded tanks were fitted in place of the original rivetted versions and various sandbox arrangements were seen, amongst other improvements during their time on the Penrhyn line. By the mid-twentieth century traffic on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway was in decline and in 1962 the last trains ran. ‘Charles’ had already been retired in in the mid-1950s, but the Ladies worked on until the very end. Offered for sale upon closure of the railway, ‘Linda’ was quickly loaned to the Ffestiniog Railway, arriving there only three days after hauling her last train on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. In 1963 ‘Linda’ was purchased by the Ffestiniog Railway and ‘Blanche’ too was acquired in the same year, arriving at the railway in December 1963. Both Ladies have been modified by the Ffestiniog Railway since their acquisition, most notably with the fitting of front pony wheels and tenders, becoming 2-4-0ST+Ts (saddle tank tender engines). With 2023 marking 60 years since the pair were brought by the Ffestiniog Railway, they are unquestionably two of the most useful engines in the railway’s fleet and are as popular as ever with visitors, staff and volunteers alike. ‘Charles’ was also offered for sale, but with the boiler condemned, the Ffestiniog Railway declined. Instead, ‘Charles’ was loaned to the National Trust and is now displayed at Penrhyn Castle – once the family home of the owners of Penrhyn Quarry.
Our Price:
£169.95
371-781SF
Class 90/0 90037 BR Railfreight Distribution Sector With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds only) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - Station Announcement F13 - AWS F14 - Cab Light (non-Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Cab Light (Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£250.70
371-782
Class 90/0 90019 'Penny Black' Rail Express Systems
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£165.70
371-783SF
Class 90/0 90004 'City of Glasgow' Virgin Trains (Original) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds only) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - Station Announcement F13 - AWS F14 - Cab Light (non-Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Cab Light (Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£250.70
371-785
Class 90/0 90047 Freightliner G&W
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 90 HISTORY Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£165.70
371-785SF
Class 90/0 90047 Freightliner G&W With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds only) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - Station Announcement F13 - AWS F14 - Cab Light (non-Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Cab Light (Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£250.70
R60078
ZUA 'Shark' Ballast Plough, DB993826
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
Era 8
Our Price:
£38.24
R60092
BR, Newspaper Van
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
Era 6
Our Price:
£43.64
R60107
LMS, Container Service, Conflat A
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
Era 3
Our Price:
£19.79
R60108
BR, Conflat A
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/12/22
Era 4
Our Price:
£19.79
4F-005-001
ARC CLASS 59 59103 'VILLAGE OF MELLS'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
The Class 59. The Class 59 3,300 bhp Co-Co diesel-electric locomotives were built between 1985 and 1995 by Electro-Motive Diesel for operation in Great Britain. A total of 15 locomotives were built for three different operators.
Our Price:
£147.22
4F-005-002
DB SCHENKER CLASS 59 59206 'JOHN F YEOMAN'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
The Class 59. The Class 59 3,300 bhp Co-Co diesel-electric locomotives were built between 1985 and 1995 by Electro-Motive Diesel for operation in Great Britain. A total of 15 locomotives were built for three different operators.
Our Price:
£147.22
4F-005-003
NATIONAL POWER CLASS 59 59204
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
The Class 59. The Class 59 3,300 bhp Co-Co diesel-electric locomotives were built between 1985 and 1995 by Electro-Motive Diesel for operation in Great Britain. A total of 15 locomotives were built for three different operators.
Our Price:
£147.22
391-127SF
Mainline Hunslet 0-4-0ST 'Linda' Penrhyn Quarry Lined Black (Late) [W]
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 21/12/22
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Bell Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - On - Firebox Door Open / Off - Firebox Door Closed F7 - Coal Shovelling (only with F6 On) F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Speed Lock F11 - Hand Brake (Functional) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard's Whistle F17 - Enable Auto Wagon Buffering F18 - Injector F19 - Alternative Whistle (Speed Related) F20 - Shunting Mode F21 - Safety Valves Lifted F22 - 'Clear my side’ F23 - 'Red light ahead’ F24 - 'Coal on the fire’ F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! MAINLINE HUNSLET HISTORY Most famous for their operation on the North Wales narrow gauge railways, the first main line Hunslet was built in 1882 by the Hunslet Engine Company of Leeds for the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. Named ‘Charles’, the locomotive’s somewhat unconventional appearance, with steeply inclined cylinders and connecting rods located on the inside of the coupling rods, would be repeated eleven years later when ‘Linda’ and ‘Blanche’ were constructed. Known affectionately by many enthusiasts as ‘the Ladies’, they were ostensibly built to the same 0-4-0 saddle tank design as ‘Charles’, although the ‘Ladies’ did incorporate some differences when compared to their elder. They had larger fire grates for one, round spectacle glasses in the front cab sheet rather than the square ones fitted to ‘Charles’ for another, and were also fractionally longer. Penrhyn Quarry was the largest slate quarry in the world at the end of the nineteenth century and the trio of Hunslets spent their days hauling slate trains over the Penrhyn main line from the vast quarry complex at Coed-y-Parc, near Bethesda, to Port Penrhyn, just a stone’s throw from Bangor on the North Wales coast. Here, slate products were transferred to standard gauge railway wagons or ships for onward transport around the UK and further afield. Whilst smaller locomotive such as the Quarry Hunslets were used to work the quarry’s internal railways, the larger, more powerful Mainline Hunslets worked the full trains from the quarry down to Port Penrhyn and brought the empty wagons back again – similar duties to those for which the Ffestiniog Railway employed the famous Double Fairlies. During their working lives the three locomotives underwent several changes, all gained full-height rear cab sheets, replacing the original half-height sheets, welded tanks were fitted in place of the original rivetted versions and various sandbox arrangements were seen, amongst other improvements during their time on the Penrhyn line. By the mid-twentieth century traffic on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway was in decline and in 1962 the last trains ran. ‘Charles’ had already been retired in in the mid-1950s, but the Ladies worked on until the very end. Offered for sale upon closure of the railway, ‘Linda’ was quickly loaned to the Ffestiniog Railway, arriving there only three days after hauling her last train on the Penrhyn Quarry Railway. In 1963 ‘Linda’ was purchased by the Ffestiniog Railway and ‘Blanche’ too was acquired in the same year, arriving at the railway in December 1963. Both Ladies have been modified by the Ffestiniog Railway since their acquisition, most notably with the fitting of front pony wheels and tenders, becoming 2-4-0ST+Ts (saddle tank tender engines). With 2023 marking 60 years since the pair were brought by the Ffestiniog Railway, they are unquestionably two of the most useful engines in the railway’s fleet and are as popular as ever with visitors, staff and volunteers alike. ‘Charles’ was also offered for sale, but with the boiler condemned, the Ffestiniog Railway declined. Instead, ‘Charles’ was loaned to the National Trust and is now displayed at Penrhyn Castle – once the family home of the owners of Penrhyn Quarry.
Our Price:
£254.95
R30156
BR, Class 60, Co-Co, 60001 'Steadfast'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 19/12/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
No. 60001, the first of the Class 60s to be delivered, was handed over to British Rail in 1989 after being ordered only 13 months earlier. The locomotive was named 'Steadfast' as the result of a suggestion competition. 'Steadfast' would go on to be operated by EWS until an engine failure in 2006, which forced the locomotive out of service until an overhaul in 2013.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30157
BR, Class 60, Co-Co, 60002 'Capability Brown' Petroleum Sector
'OO' Gauge
Released: 19/12/22
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
BR Class 60 No. 60002 was delivered to British Rail in 1989 before undergoing extensive testing. Due to the many problems the Class 60 initially faced and the requirement for 1000 hours of trouble free running, 'Capability Brown' was only officially accepted into British Rail service at the end of 1992.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30154
BR, Class 50, Co-Co, 50042 'Triumph'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/01/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
'Triumph' was allocated to the Stoke Division in 1968, being re-numbered 50042 in 1973 under the TOPS classification system replacing D442 which was its first number. In 1974 No. 50042 was relocated to the Bristol Bath Road Shed and remained there throughout its later life and where it was named 'Triumph' in 1978. The locomotive was eventually withdrawn at the end of 1990 having spent almost 22 years in service.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30153
BR, Class 50, Co-Co, 50044 'Exeter'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/01/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
In 1974 50044 was relocated to the Bristol Bath Road Shed where it would remain for the remainder of its life. In a nice mathematic and literary coincidence, exactly 50 of the Class 50 locomotives were built and all of them named, 'Exeter' receiving its name in 1978.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30122
Departmental, Class A1 'Terrier', 0-6-0, D.S.680
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/01/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 6
Created in 1876 for working on the East London Line, No. 54 'Waddon' was bought by the SE&CR in 1904, acting as a motor train preforming light passenger services across Kent. Later the locomotive was employed on shunting and piloting duties before being re-numbered 680S and refurbished, and again refurbished by BR and numbered D.S680 in 1952. In 1962 the locomotive was presented to the Canada Railway Historical Association and decorated in LB&SCR before being shipped to Canada for exhibition.
Our Price:
£108.89
R60101
BR, Loriot Y Machinery Truck
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/01/23
Era 4
The Loriot Y was a design of well wagon intended to transport machinery that would be too large for the GWR loading gauge. Two wagons were built, and one Loriot Y was used by BR up until the early 90s.
Our Price:
£42.29
908001
GWR Iron Mink pre 1904 No.11152
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
908002
GWR Iron Mink No.57066 GWR Grey (25
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908004
GWR Iron Mink No.59217 GWR Grey (16
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908007
GWR Iron Mink No.69627 GWR 1937 Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908008
BR Grey Iron Mink No. W69121
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£29.65
908009
GWR Iron Mink No. 47528 GWR Salvage For Victory (White Roundels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908010
GWR Iron Mink No. 47035 GWR Salvage For Victory (Yellow Roundels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908014
GWR Iron Mink No. 35374 GWR Sand Van (Reading West Junction)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£29.65
908015
BR Iron Mink No. W292 BR Grey (Sand Van)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£29.65
908019
BR Iron Mink No. W204925 BR Grey (For use at Corwen only)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£29.65
51-251A
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 'PRINCESS' MAROON
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 16/02/23
Our Price:
£135.00
51-251B
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 'PRINCE' MAROON
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 16/02/23
Our Price:
£135.00
51-251F
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 'PRINCESS' GREEN
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 16/02/23
Our Price:
£135.00
51-251G
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 'PRINCE' GREEN
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 16/02/23
Our Price:
£135.00
57-201
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 MOTOR UNIT
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 16/02/23
Our Price:
£58.50
R3961
Isle of Wight Central Railway, Terrier Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/02/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 4
W11 'Newport' is the Terrier that has been on the Island the longest and the only surviving engine to have served on the Isle of Wight Central Railway. In January 1981, 'Newport' had the honour of being the first locomotive to be worked on in the in the new workshop at Havenstreet, although the locomotive was pushed rather than travelling under its own steam. 'Newport' was fully restored in 1989, and returned to service in 2014.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30233
L&MR No. 58, 'Tiger' Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/03/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 1
Number 58 'Tiger' was the sister engine to 'Lion', one of a plethora of locomotives named after animals as became the norm for the fledgling L&MR. Like its sister engine, 'Tiger' was designed as a luggage engine and was delivered from Todd, Kitson and Laird alongside 'Lion', having been constructed at the same time as part of the same order, the first two locomotives to be built at the Railway Foundry in Leeds. Information regarding 'Tiger' is scant, built to the same specifications it is a reasonable assumption that the engine would have served the same duties as its more notable sister, and also likely that the engine was also rebuilt at Edge Hill in 1841. Likely still in service when the L&MR was absorbed into Grand Junction Railway and then the London and North Western Railway, 'Tiger' would gave also been renumbered under its new operator. Not in preservation, it is assumed that at the time 'Lion' was withdrawn and converted into a stationary pump 'Tiger' was also withdrawn and scrapped. In this pack, 'Tiger' is paired with coal wagons of the kind that would often be found in the early days of the L&MR. Coal traffic was reasonably common in the early days of the railway, with the substance required for the running of locomotives. Coal wagons were constructed in response to failings in the then current system of coal haulage, where separate coal containers would be loaded onto flat wagons and unloaded at the destination, a system which led to heavy wear on both the wagon and container and one that was phased out by 1833. Tiger is a newly tooled locomotive, a Next18 decoder socket for DCC operation with a pre-fitted speaker allows this model to be enhanced on a digital layout. The locomotive itself features separately fitted brass details, a plethora of diecast and etched parts as well as a stunning electroplated boiler.
Our Price:
£206.99
32-255B
WD Austerity 77196 WD Khaki Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The War Department (WD) "Austerity" 2-8-0 is a type of heavy freight steam locomotive that was introduced in 1943 for war service. Designed by R. A. Riddles, who had been appointed Director of Transport Equipment at the Ministry of Supply with the outbreak of World War Two, the WD Austerity met a clear demand for locomotives to aid the war effort in Europe. Riddles based his new locomotive on the Stanier 8F, which he had adopted as the staple military goods locomotive during his time with the Ministry of Supply, and construction began in January 1943. The WD Austerity had many parts in common with the 8F but was given a simpler parallel boiler with a round-topped firebox. Low cost was prioritised over design life and cast metal parts were kept to a minimum as that material was in short supply for armoured fighting vehicles. There were a few problems with the design, most notably with regard to the firebox and its drop-grate mechanism, and many of the WD Austerities were adapted and fitted with improved parts following the war. A total of 935 were built, making this one of the most numerous classes of British locomotive, but until the D-Day landings, the British Army had little use for the Austerities and as a result many were loaned out to the ‘Big Four’ railway companies. From June 1944 to February 1945, all of the initial locomotives were shipped to the Continent. Following the end of World War Two, the army proceeded to repatriate the Austerities, beginning in November 1945. Now army surplus, the first company to step in was the LNER which purchased 200 of them at the end of 1946. These were reclassified as Class 07 in January of the following year. In 1948, 533 more were purchased by the British Transport Commission. With the formation of British Railways, the 733 locomotives were renumbered into the 90000–90732 series, and of these, 123 remained in service at the start of 1967. Two locomotives continued to be held in WD stock, seeing service on the Longmoor Military Railway in Hampshire. One WD 2-8-0 has survived in preservation at the Keighley & Worth Valley Railway.
Our Price:
£179.95
32-285A
Class 101 2-Car DMU BR Green (Roundel)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
The Class 101 Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) was one of the most numerous and widely used types of all the first generation DMUs. Typically formed into two-, three- or four-car sets, the first examples were introduced in 1956 and more than 600 vehicles, including driving vehicles fitted with a cab at one end and corridor gangway at the other, and intermediate cars with corridor gangways at both ends, were built by Metropolitan Cammell at Washwood Heath in Birmingham. Construction continued until 1959. Initially allocated to the North Eastern, London Midland and Scottish Regions, the units later saw use on the Eastern and Western Regions, with occasional running into Southern Region territory too. Fitted with the Blue Square control system, the Class 101s could work in multiple with other 101s and numerous other DMUs when additional capacity was required. During the 1970s BR embarked on a refurbishment programme to provide passengers with an improved travelling environment and the Class 101s were used as a testbed for these works which resulted in the majority of Class 101 vehicles being refurbished over a period of almost ten years. In later years many sets were given an additional makeover to extend their passenger service life, whilst others found new roles carrying parcels, as route learning units and for sandite operations. Around thirty two-car units were still in traffic at the start of the 21st century making the Class 101 one of the final first generation DMUs to remain in revenue-earning service. The type remains popular today, with more than forty vehicles being preserved and these can now be found operating on preserved railways around the UK.
Our Price:
£256.45
32-287B
Class 101 2-Car DMU BR Blue & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
The Class 101 Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) was one of the most numerous and widely used types of all the first generation DMUs. Typically formed into two-, three- or four-car sets, the first examples were introduced in 1956 and more than 600 vehicles, including driving vehicles fitted with a cab at one end and corridor gangway at the other, and intermediate cars with corridor gangways at both ends, were built by Metropolitan Cammell at Washwood Heath in Birmingham. Construction continued until 1959. Initially allocated to the North Eastern, London Midland and Scottish Regions, the units later saw use on the Eastern and Western Regions, with occasional running into Southern Region territory too. Fitted with the Blue Square control system, the Class 101s could work in multiple with other 101s and numerous other DMUs when additional capacity was required. During the 1970s BR embarked on a refurbishment programme to provide passengers with an improved travelling environment and the Class 101s were used as a testbed for these works which resulted in the majority of Class 101 vehicles being refurbished over a period of almost ten years. In later years many sets were given an additional makeover to extend their passenger service life, whilst others found new roles carrying parcels, as route learning units and for sandite operations. Around thirty two-car units were still in traffic at the start of the 21st century making the Class 101 one of the final first generation DMUs to remain in revenue-earning service. The type remains popular today, with more than forty vehicles being preserved and these can now be found operating on preserved railways around the UK.
Our Price:
£256.45
32-287BSF
Class 101 2-Car DMU BR Blue & Grey With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (and Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed & Direction Related) F4 - Two-Tone Horn (Speed & Direction Related) F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Stationary - Engine Speed Up for Compressor / Moving - Engine at Cruise F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Detonators (Speed Related) F9 - Air Tank Drain Down F10 - Guard’s Whistle F11 - On - Guard’s Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F12 - On - Guard’s Double Buzzer / Off - Driver’s Response F13 - On - Driver’s Window Opening / Off - Driver's Window Closing F14 - On - Driver’s Door Opening / Off - Driver's Door Closing F15 - Passenger Doors Slamming F16 - Passengers Disembarking F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18 - Fade All Sounds F19 - Hand Brake F20 - Speed Restricted Movement F21 - Rail Clack Sound Off F22 - Saloon Heater F23 - Passenger Requesting Destination F24 - Tannoy F25 - 'Mind the Step’ F26 - Station Ambience F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£346.45
R30180
RailRoad Plus BR InterCity, Class 37, Co-Co, 37251 'The Northern Lights'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
he British Rail Class 37 is a diesel-electric locomotive. Also known as the English Electric Type 3, and by some railway enthusiasts as 'tractors' due to their agricultural sound, the class was ordered as part of the British Rail modernisation plan. They were numbered in two series, D6600–D6608 and D6700–D6999.The Class 37 became a familiar sight on many parts of the British Rail network, in particular forming the main motive power for InterCity services in East Anglia and within Scotland. They also performed well on secondary and inter-regional services for many years. The class was designed for both passenger and freight work. Many of the original locomotives were fitted with boilers for steam heating. With the withdrawal of many Type 2 and Type 3 locomotives in the 1980s the 37s were selected as the standard Type 3 and many of the fleet were given a heavy overhaul to prolong their life into the 1990s and beyond. Some were fitted with electrical train heating (ETH) equipment in the 1980s to become the 37/4 sub-class, initially for use on the West Highland Line, the Welsh Marches line and South Wales - Bristol area services and Far North Lines but later seeing use in north/mid Wales and occasionally the West Country. In 2010, they were used on passenger services on the Cumbrian Coast line and Wherry lines. Class 37 locomotives have proved to be very popular, with many examples saved for preservation on heritage railways as well by enthusiast groups. A staple of the Hornby line, who produced the first version of the BR Class 37 in Dublo back in 1965.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30185
RailRoad Plus BR, Class 37, Co-Co, 37116 'Comet'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
he British Rail Class 37 is a diesel-electric locomotive. Also known as the English Electric Type 3, and by some railway enthusiasts as 'tractors' due to their agricultural sound, the class was ordered as part of the British Rail modernisation plan. They were numbered in two series, D6600–D6608 and D6700–D6999.The Class 37 became a familiar sight on many parts of the British Rail network, in particular forming the main motive power for InterCity services in East Anglia and within Scotland. They also performed well on secondary and inter-regional services for many years. The class was designed for both passenger and freight work. Many of the original locomotives were fitted with boilers for steam heating. With the withdrawal of many Type 2 and Type 3 locomotives in the 1980s the 37s were selected as the standard Type 3 and many of the fleet were given a heavy overhaul to prolong their life into the 1990s and beyond. Some were fitted with electrical train heating (ETH) equipment in the 1980s to become the 37/4 sub-class, initially for use on the West Highland Line, the Welsh Marches line and South Wales - Bristol area services and Far North Lines but later seeing use in north/mid Wales and occasionally the West Country. In 2010, they were used on passenger services on the Cumbrian Coast line and Wherry lines. Class 37 locomotives have proved to be very popular, with many examples saved for preservation on heritage railways as well by enthusiast groups. A staple of the Hornby line, who produced the first version of the BR Class 37 in Dublo back in 1965.
Our Price:
£87.29
R3434
SR, Merchant Navy Class, 4-6-2, 21C1 'Channel Packet'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Locomotive 21C1 'Channel Packet' was the first of the Class, entering service in 1941 at Salisbury and then Exmouth Junction from 1942. Renumbered 35001 under British Railways in 1948, 'Channel Packet' was allocated to Stewarts Lane from 1957 until rebuilding in 1959.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30152
GBRf, Class 66, Co-Co, 66793
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Class 66 No. 6608 began its life working in Europe for Netherlands based ERS Railways in December 2003. In 2009 the locomotive was bought by Beacon Rail Leasing and given the name 'Dave Meehan'. In March 2021 GB Railfreight renumbered the locomotive 66793 and unveiled a recreation of the British Railfreight Construction livery, featuring contrasting tones of grey, construction sector markings, the classic British Rail double arrow logo and a black mask around the cab's windows.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30150
GBRf, Class 66, Co-Co, 66748
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 10
One of the newer Class 66 operating in the UK, the Beacon Rail owned locomotive first entered the country through the Channel Tunnel clad in plain grey livery at the end of 2012. After reaching GB Railfreight the livery was updated to include orange GBRF lettering, with minor modifications occurring to ready the locomotive for service in the UK. The locomotive received the number 66748. The grey and orange GBRf livery remained until April 2015 when the locomotive was repainted into the more common blue and orange GBRf livery.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30151
GBRf, HS2 Class 66, Co-Co, 66796 'The Green Progressor'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
While the Class 66s began their service in 1998, No. 66796s unique livery and service reflect a modern preoccupation with promoting environmental awareness.The HS2 owned locomotive is part of an active drive to promote the environmental benefits of delivering construction materials by rail instead of road, which inspired the name 'The Green Progressor'. The intention is that for every locomotive HS2 uses to transport aggregates and construction materials, up to 76 lorries are removed from the UK's roads and motorway network. 'The Green Progressor' is both innovative and a benefit of tradition; in returning focus to our beloved railways we boost efficiency and reduce emissions.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30167
FASTLINE CLASS 66 '66301'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 9
TIER ONE EXCLUSIVE.
Our Price:
£87.29
31-496SF
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158761 BR Provincial (Express) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off F1 - On - Warm Start / F13 - On, then F1 - On - Warm Start with Compressor Speed-up / F5 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start / F5 - On, then F13 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start with Compressor Speed-up F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Single Horn F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal F8 - On - Doors Opening (F1 On) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 On) F9 - Passenger Compartment Lights - On / Off F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - On - Driver's Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F12 - On - Driver's Twin Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F13 - Engine Speed Up F14 - On - Directional Lights Day Mode / Off - Directional Lights Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights (Trailing End) - On / Off F16 - Air Conditioning Fan F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18 - On - Doors Opening (F1 Off) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 Off) F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off (Car A, 57xxx) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Car B, 52xxx) F22 - Station Ambience F23 - Remote Telephone Test F24 - Detonators F25 - AWS F26 - No User Access F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that basic prime mover sounds will operate and will vary according to use when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! Directional lights and passenger compartment lights will also illuminate when power is applied.
Our Price:
£386.95
32-259ASF
WD Austerity 90074 BR Black (Late Crest) [W] With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Fixed Length Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£278.95
32-259ASF
WD Austerity 90074 BR Black (Late Crest) [W] With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Fixed Length Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£278.95
373-650B
14T Tank Wagon 'National Benzole' Silver 757
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-650C
14T Tank Wagon 'National Benzole' Silver 752
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-658
14T Tank Wagon 'Fina' Silver 138
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-658A
14T Tank Wagon 'Fina' Silver 136
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-659
14T Tank Wagon 'Crossfield Chemicals' Green 127
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-659A
14T Tank Wagon 'Crossfield Chemicals' Green 129
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-660
14T Tank Wagon 'Shell/BP' Black 3973
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-660A
14T Tank Wagon 'Shell/BP' Black 3977
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-682A
14T Tank Wagon 'ICI' Maroon 309
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
373-682B
14T Tank Wagon 'ICI' Maroon 314
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£23.35
393-100
RNAD Enclosed-End Brake Van RNAD Grey
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 7
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Enclosed-End Brake Van depicts one of the vans used at a RNAD site where it would have provided braking force to the unfitted trains of wagons.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-101
RNAD Open-End Brake Van Statfold Barn Railway Brown
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Open-End Brake Van is one such example and now, residing at the Statfold Barn Railway, carries a GWR-inspired livery and markings for Statfold Jct..
Our Price:
£26.95
393-125
RNAD Van RNAD Grey
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 7
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Van features roof hatches allowing large munitions to be loaded directly into the van from above via a crane and our model is finished in RNAD Grey, depicting a wagon in use at an RNAD site.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-127
RNAD Van Statfold Barn Railway White 'MICA B'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This RNAD Van is one such example and now, residing at the Statfold Barn Railway, has had its roof loading doors removed and carries a GWR-inspired livery and the telegraph code ‘Mica B’.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-150
RNAD Rebuilt Open Wagon Statfold Barn Railway Grey
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Rebuilt Open Wagon is one such example and now, residing at the Statfold Barn Railway, carries a GWR-inspired livery and is marked ‘Loco’.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-151
RNAD Rebuilt Open Wagon Welsh Highland Railway Red
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Rebuilt Open Wagon is one such example that once operated at RNAD Fauld but now can be found on the Welsh Highland Railway carrying the railway’s Red livery.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-176
RNAD Flat Wagon Statfold Barn Railway Grey 'Serpent B'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 14/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Flat Wagon is one such example and now, residing at the Statfold Barn Railway, carries a GWR-inspired livery and the telegraph code ‘Serpent B’.
Our Price:
£26.95
31-325A
Class 105 2-Car DMU BR Blue [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7/8
The British Rail Class 105 Diesel Multiple Units were built by Cravens Ltd. of Sheffield between 1956 and 1959. A total of 302 vehicles were built – each of which shared the same body profile as BR Mark 1 coaching stock – and these were formed into two- and three-car units. Although these Cravens units were used principally on Eastern Region services around Hull, Lincolnshire, East Anglia and local services to/from London King's Cross, the Class was delivered to no fewer than four different regions when first built, with examples also going to the London Midland, North Eastern and Scottish Regions – this variety was unprecedented amongst First Generation DMUs. The majority were two-car sets, with only the Midland Region receiving any quantity of 3-car units. Their looks and similarities to the Mk1, along with other quirks of the type, made for a characterful unit that became popular with enthusiasts. As traffic requirements changed and transfers occurred, several of the Class that were first assigned to work on the former Midland and Great Northern Joint Railway lines were moved to work in and out of London King's Cross. As lines closed, the Cravens units were dispersed further and examples could be found across the UK, notably at Tyseley depot in Birmingham. The electrification of the lines from London King's Cross and the introduction of the Class 313 EMUs in 1976 saw many Cravens units transferred away to other cities and regions. Although several First Generation DMUs were selected for Refurbishment programmes during the late-1970s, the 105s were not among them and so withdrawals began as newer units were introduced. Norwich was the last depot to operate the Cravens units, with one unit being returned to green livery, and gaining a somewhat celebrity status towards the end of its service life. The final vehicles were withdrawn from passenger service in 1988, however a small number had already been repurposed for parcels traffic and the final such examples survived until 1989, whilst others found a short reprieve in route learning or Sandite use – but these too had gone by May 1990. The presence of Asbestos deterred most preservations and so ultimately most of the 105s were scrapped, however one two-car set survives at the East Lancashire Railway and has recently returned to traffic after a 20 year refurbishment, whilst a third vehicle survives at the Llangollen Railway.
Our Price:
£242.20
31-326B
Class 105 2-Car DMU BR Green (Speed Whiskers)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/03/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 5
The British Rail Class 105 Diesel Multiple Units were built by Cravens Ltd. of Sheffield between 1956 and 1959. A total of 302 vehicles were built – each of which shared the same body profile as BR Mark 1 coaching stock – and these were formed into two- and three-car units. Although these Cravens units were used principally on Eastern Region services around Hull, Lincolnshire, East Anglia and local services to/from London King's Cross, the Class was delivered to no fewer than four different regions when first built, with examples also going to the London Midland, North Eastern and Scottish Regions – this variety was unprecedented amongst First Generation DMUs. The majority were two-car sets, with only the Midland Region receiving any quantity of 3-car units. Their looks and similarities to the Mk1, along with other quirks of the type, made for a characterful unit that became popular with enthusiasts. As traffic requirements changed and transfers occurred, several of the Class that were first assigned to work on the former Midland and Great Northern Joint Railway lines were moved to work in and out of London King's Cross. As lines closed, the Cravens units were dispersed further and examples could be found across the UK, notably at Tyseley depot in Birmingham. The electrification of the lines from London King's Cross and the introduction of the Class 313 EMUs in 1976 saw many Cravens units transferred away to other cities and regions. Although several First Generation DMUs were selected for Refurbishment programmes during the late-1970s, the 105s were not among them and so withdrawals began as newer units were introduced. Norwich was the last depot to operate the Cravens units, with one unit being returned to green livery, and gaining a somewhat celebrity status towards the end of its service life. The final vehicles were withdrawn from passenger service in 1988, however a small number had already been repurposed for parcels traffic and the final such examples survived until 1989, whilst others found a short reprieve in route learning or Sandite use – but these too had gone by May 1990. The presence of Asbestos deterred most preservations and so ultimately most of the 105s were scrapped, however one two-car set survives at the East Lancashire Railway and has recently returned to traffic after a 20 year refurbishment, whilst a third vehicle survives at the Llangollen Railway.
Our Price:
£229.45
31-511A
Class 158 2-Car DMU Arriva Trains Wales (Revised)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/03/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All the Class 158s remain in service today, with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates.
Our Price:
£280.45
31-511ASF
Class 158 2-Car DMU Arriva Trains Wales (Revised) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off F1 - On - Warm Start / F13 - On, then F1 - On - Warm Start with Compressor Speed-up / F5 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start / F5 - On, then F13 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start with Compressor Speed-up F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Single Horn F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal F8 - On - Doors Opening (F1 On) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 On) F9 - Passenger Compartment Lights - On / Off F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - On - Driver's Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F12 - On - Driver's Twin Buzzer / Off - Guard's Response F13 - Engine Speed Up F14 - On - Directional Lights Day Mode / Off - Directional Lights Night Mode F15 - Cab Lights (Trailing End) - On / Off F16 - Air Conditioning Fan F17 - Windscreen Wipers F18 - On - Doors Opening (F1 Off) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 Off) F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off (Car A, 57xxx) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Car B, 52xxx) F22 - Station Ambience F23 - Remote Telephone Test F24 - Detonators F25 - AWS F26 - No User Access F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that basic prime mover sounds will operate and will vary according to use when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! Directional lights and passenger compartment lights will also illuminate when power is applied.
Our Price:
£365.45
371-364SF
Class 60 Graham Farish 50th Anniversary Collectors Pack SOUND FITTED
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
Following the celebrations of 50 years of N scale models by Graham Farish, which culminated in the naming of Class 60 locomotive No. 60002 ‘Graham Farish’ by GB Railfreight, we are delighted to present this 50th Anniversary Collectors Pack as part of the Autumn 2022 British Railway Announcements. Presented in a bespoke wooden case, every pack includes: N scale Class 60 No. 60002 ‘Graham Farish’ in GBRf livery Commemorative Nameplate Enamel Pin Badge £35 Bachmann Collectors Club Voucher (redeemable by current members against their next Club purchase or by new members towards their initial membership fee) Certificate of Authenticity F0 - Directional Lights F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Engine Speed-up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle (When Stationary) / Speed Related Detonators (When Moving) F11 - Parking Brake (Functional) F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valves Venting F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Driver's Telephone Test F17 - Fire Bell F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 1 End) F21 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 2 End) F22 - Cab Light (No. 1 End) F23 - Cab Light (No. 2 End) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - On - 'Morning’ / Off - Driver's Response F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.29
R30031
BR, Class 87, Bo-Bo, 87009 'City of Birmingham'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
The Class 87 locomotive design resulted from a requirement for a more powerful mixed traffic electrical locomotive by British Rail, needed to cope with the route gradients of the West Coast Main Line between Weaver Junction and Glasgow. Electrification had been newly authorised over this section in 1970 and was scheduled for completion by May 1974, leaving little time to design a completely new locomotive from scratch and so British Rail decided to base the new class on the existing Class 86 locomotives. The British Railways Board placed an order for thirty four locomotives, later to be increased to thirty six, with British Rail Engineering Ltd at Crewe, GEC Traction providing the electrical equipment. Designed from the outset to work in pairs, as well as in parallel with the Class 86 fleet, the Class 87 was broadly similar to the Class 86 in terms of layout and styling, but mechanically it was a very different. Immediately identifiable by its new twin windscreen cab, multiple-unit control cables and a redesigned BP9 bogie with Flexicoil suspension, the new locomotives were assembled during 1973-74 and were geared for 110mph running on the WCML, being able to haul 450 ton passenger trains, or 750 ton freight trains single handed. With a power rating of 5000hp, they were to be the most powerful locomotives to run under British Rail until the late 1980s. The first locomotive, 87001, entered traffic in June 1973, the remainder of the fleet being deployed in the general West Coast pool as they entered service, operating Euston to Preston services as the WCML's electrification spread north. On April 22, 1974 the new West Coast 'Electric Scot' service was introduced, marking a major launch for the class and journey times from London-Glasgow were cut to just five hours. When British Railways reversed its locomotive naming policy in 1977, the class were given the generic title of 'Royal Scot' and named from a selection of famous steam hauled predecessors. Sectorisation of the railways in the late 1980s/early 1990s meant rail freight operations were wound down and the fleet were engaged solely on passenger services. Following complete privatisation in the mid-1990s, Porterbrook leasing took over ownership of the fleet, but the introduction of the Pendolino trains led to the Class 87s being withdrawn from the core InterCity routes and complete withdrawal began in 2003, with 87016 being the first to be dismantled in November 2004. The last mainstream locomotive hauled service took place on June 10, 2005 and Porterbrook began to look at how best to employ the locomotives, spells with DRS, Cotswold Rail and First GBRf ensuing. The fleet, not being fitted with On Train Monitoring and Recording (OTMR) could not operate beyond January 1, 2008 and were finally withdrawn from service, some going to Bulgaria between 2008 and 2012. No. 87009 entered traffic in November 1973 named 'City of Birmingham'. In 2012, 87009 was exported to Bulmarket, Bulgaria.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30030
BR, Class 87, Bo-Bo, 87006 'City of Glasgow'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
The Class 87 locomotive design resulted from a requirement for a more powerful mixed traffic electrical locomotive by British Rail, needed to cope with the route gradients of the West Coast Main Line between Weaver Junction and Glasgow. Electrification had been newly authorised over this section in 1970 and was scheduled for completion by May 1974, leaving little time to design a completely new locomotive from scratch and so British Rail decided to base the new class on the existing Class 86 locomotives. The British Railways Board placed an order for thirty four locomotives, later to be increased to thirty six, with British Rail Engineering Ltd at Crewe, GEC Traction providing the electrical equipment. Designed from the outset to work in pairs, as well as in parallel with the Class 86 fleet, the Class 87 was broadly similar to the Class 86 in terms of layout and styling, but mechanically it was a very different. Immediately identifiable by its new twin windscreen cab, multiple-unit control cables and a redesigned BP9 bogie with Flexicoil suspension, the new locomotives were assembled during 1973-74 and were geared for 110mph running on the WCML, being able to haul 450 ton passenger trains, or 750 ton freight trains single handed. With a power rating of 5000hp, they were to be the most powerful locomotives to run under British Rail until the late 1980s. The first locomotive, 87001, entered traffic in June 1973, the remainder of the fleet being deployed in the general West Coast pool as they entered service, operating Euston to Preston services as the WCML's electrification spread north. On April 22, 1974 the new West Coast 'Electric Scot' service was introduced, marking a major launch for the class and journey times from London-Glasgow were cut to just five hours. When British Railways reversed its locomotive naming policy in 1977, the class were given the generic title of 'Royal Scot' and named from a selection of famous steam hauled predecessors. Sectorisation of the railways in the late 1980s/early 1990s meant rail freight operations were wound down and the fleet were engaged solely on passenger services. Following complete privatisation in the mid-1990s, Porterbrook leasing took over ownership of the fleet, but the introduction of the Pendolino trains led to the Class 87s being withdrawn from the core InterCity routes and complete withdrawal began in 2003, with 87016 being the first to be dismantled in November 2004. The last mainstream locomotive hauled service took place on June 10, 2005 and Porterbrook began to look at how best to employ the locomotives, spells with DRS, Cotswold Rail and First GBRf ensuing. The fleet, not being fitted with On Train Monitoring and Recording (OTMR) could not operate beyond January 1, 2008 and were finally withdrawn from service, some going to Bulgaria between 2008 and 2012. No. 87006 entered traffic in November 1973 and was named 'City of Glasgow' between December 1977 and 1987. After this it was briefly named 'Glasgow Garden Festival' until 1989 at which point it returned to being called 'City of Glasgow' until 1997. In 1984, 87006 and 87012 were selected to trial new liveries in advance of an improved 110mph service on the WCML. 87006 received a version of the large-logo livery, but with dark grey as the base colour rather than Rail Blue, while 87012 received a version of the APT-P livery, which became known as InterCity Executive livery. In 2009 87006 was one of the class to be exported to work for the Bulgarian Railway Company.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30120
BR, Class 31, A1A-A1A, D5500
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
The first locomotive built under the 1955 British Transport Commission's modernisation plan, D5500 hauled mainline services out of London Liverpool Street. Renumbered to 31018 under the TOPS system in 1974, and withdrawn in 1976; D5500 can now be found within the National Railway Museum.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30158
BR, Class 31, A1A-A1A, 31139
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
Carrying D5557 as its first number, the locomotive was initially allocated to the Ipswich Engine Shed before moving to a great many others across the country. Given the number 31139 under TOPS, upgraded to Class 31/4 specification in 1984, re-numbered again to 31438.The storied locomotive's final reallocation to Crewe occurred in 1988, with another re-numbering to 31538 in 1993 following modifications, with the locomotive remaining in BR service until 1995. The locomotive was chosen for preservation and is currently located at the Epping Ongar Railway numbered 31438.
Our Price:
£201.59
31-578
Windhoff MPV 2-Car Set Network Rail Yellow
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/03/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
The Windhoff MPV (Multi Purpose Vehicle) is a purpose-built two-car engineering/infrastructure train designed to meet the demands of the modern rail network. Introduced in 1999, the MPVs were introduced to replace the ageing fleet of departmental vehicles, many of which had been adapted or repurposed to meet departmental needs rather than being designed for the role they would eventually serve.
Our Price:
£271.95
34-387
Thompson Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-387A
Thompson Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-412
Thompson Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-412A
Thompson Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-437
Thompson Brake Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-437A
Thompson Brake Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-462
Thompson Brake Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-462A
Thompson Brake Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-487
Thompson First Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
34-487A
Thompson First Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 5
Entering traffic just after World War Two, the Thompson coaches were the last mainline corridor coaches to be built by the LNER, and indeed examples continued to be outshopped after Nationalisation in 1948. Utilising steel panelling, a departure from the teak panelling traditionally seen on coaches built by the LNER and its predecessors, the Thompson coaches were sleek and modern in appearance. Whilst much of the fleet would remain in service until the final days of steam, many of their hallmarks would also be seen in their successors, the British Railway Mark 1 Standard Coaching Stock.
Our Price:
£62.95
393-102
RNAD Enclosed-End Brake Van WHR Red
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Enclosed-End Brake Van is one such example that once operated at RNAD Trecwn but now can be found on the Welsh Highland Railway carrying the railway’s Red livery.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-126
RNAD Box Van SR Brown
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 3
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Box Van is decorated in Southern Railway Brown livery, complementing the range of SR-liveried models offered previously by Bachmann Narrow Gauge.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-152
RNAD Rebuilt Open Wagon 'ICI Buxton Lime'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 3
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Rebuilt Open Wagon is finished in the livery of ICI Buxton Lime, a prominent operator of goods wagons throughout the history of Britain’s railways and the model complements previous Narrow Gauge releases finished in this livery.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-153
RNAD Rebuilt Open Wagon 'Lenham Storage' Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 9
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Rebuilt Open Wagon is one such example that is now part of the Bredgar & Wormshill Light Railway fleet painted in the livery of local company Lenham Storage.
Our Price:
£26.95
393-177
RNAD Flat Wagon RNAD Dean Hill
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/03/23
Era 7
Royal Navy Armaments Depots (RNAD) were strategic sites located around the UK for the storage and supply of armaments to the Royal Navy and other British and Commonwealth Armed Forces. Usually comprising several underground ‘magazines’, they were usually rail served by the national network and many had internal narrow gauge railway systems in order to aid movements between the standard gauge facility, magazines and workshops. The railways were equipped with their own fleets of locomotives and rolling stock designed specifically for the task in hand. Although some of the railways operated as recently as the early-21st century, as closures occurred stock became redundant however a significant number of items have subsequently entered preservation gaining a new lease of life. This Flat Wagon depicts a wagon in use at RNAD Dean Hill.
Our Price:
£26.95
371-351ASF
Class 60 60044 'Ailsa Craig' Mainline Freight
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Engine Speed-up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle (When Stationary) / Speed Related Detonators (When Moving) F11 - Parking Brake (Functional) F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valves Venting F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Driver's Telephone Test F17 - Fire Bell F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 1 End) F21 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 2 End) F22 - Cab Light (No. 1 End) F23 - Cab Light (No. 2 End) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - On - 'Morning’ / Off - Driver's Response F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£220.95
371-358ASF
Class 60 60096 Colas Rail Freight
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Engine Speed-up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle (When Stationary) / Speed Related Detonators (When Moving) F11 - Parking Brake (Functional) F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valves Venting F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Driver's Telephone Test F17 - Fire Bell F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 1 End) F21 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 2 End) F22 - Cab Light (No. 1 End) F23 - Cab Light (No. 2 End) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - On - 'Morning’ / Off - Driver's Response F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£220.95
371-359SF
Class 60 60100 'Midland Railway - Butterley' DB Cargo
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Engine Speed-up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle (When Stationary) / Speed Related Detonators (When Moving) F11 - Parking Brake (Functional) F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valves Venting F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Driver's Telephone Test F17 - Fire Bell F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 1 End) F21 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 2 End) F22 - Cab Light (No. 1 End) F23 - Cab Light (No. 2 End) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - On - 'Morning’ / Off - Driver's Response F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£220.95
371-361SF
Class 60 60040 'The Territorial Army Centenary' DB Schenker/Army Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Engine Speed-up F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard’s Whistle (When Stationary) / Speed Related Detonators (When Moving) F11 - Parking Brake (Functional) F12 - Coupling F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valves Venting F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Driver's Telephone Test F17 - Fire Bell F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 1 End) F21 - Directional Lighting Off (No. 2 End) F22 - Cab Light (No. 1 End) F23 - Cab Light (No. 2 End) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - On - 'Morning’ / Off - Driver's Response F26 - Shunting Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Directional lights and basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£220.95
39-334
BR Mk2Z FK First Corridor BR ScotRail
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
Era 8
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-353
BR Mk2Z TSO Tourist Second Open BR ScotRail
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
Era 8
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors. Bachmann has produced early and late types of Mk2 vehicles, Mk2A with the characteristic early features of this widely-travelled type, and the final evolution of the Mk2, the Mk2F, including the popular Mk2F DBSO that was converted from the standard BSO for push-pull operation between Edinburgh and Glasgow in the late 1970s, with the dedicated Class 47/7 'shove duff' fleet, converted from members of Class 47/4. The Mk2Fs are available with DCC operated lighting, and the DBSO itself has DCC controlled cab and interior lighting. Bachmann also produces the Class 47 and Class 90 that have operated with the DBSO Mk2F. Mk2s have carried a wide range of liveries including BR Blue & Grey, Inter-City, Swallow, Regional Railways, ScotRail, Virgin Trains, Anglia, Network SouthEast, Virgin CrossCountry, Arriva, and many current liveries with railtour and heritage operators including Locomotive Services Limited (LSL), West Coast Railway Company and more. Mk2s have during their 50+ operating life formed many of the famous named trains including The Flying Scotsman, hauled by Class 55 Deltics, the Royal Scot, Caledonian, the Electric Scot, and many more. Regional Railways Class 37s were a long time favourite of enthusiasts, working with Mk2 coaching stock on rural routes especially in Scotland, Wales and more recently the Cumbrian Coast and Norfolk, and older enthusiasts will remember early Mk2s operating alongside steam in the North West during the well-liked and rich in modelling inspiration 'Transition Era' 1965-68.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-354
Mk2 TSO Tourist Second Open WCRC Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/03/23
Era 9
British Rail's second generation of Standard Coach design is known as the Mark 2. Design and construction followed on from the universal and ubiquitous Mk1 family of coaching stock, with the prototype example built in 1963. Series production continued until 1975 at Derby Carriage Works. They were of steel construction, and of a more monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in event of collision or mishap. As passenger expectations and railway operations had moved on since the vast Mk1 range was conceived, and because there was still much life left in the Mk1s by the mid-sixties, a much reduced number of vehicle types were built. The basic Mk2 types included First and Second class accommodation, with corridors and compartments only available to First Class passengers, all Second Class coaches were conceived as open saloons. First and Second class Brake coaches were built, but no full brakes, catering cars, restaurants, buffets or sleeping cars were included, Mark 1 coaches fulfilling these needs until Mark 3s came along in the late seventies. The Mark 2 family underwent a number of tweaks and improvements during the 12 years construction period. The principal visual differences included air braking from Mk2A, removal of the central bodyside doors and vestibule (Mk2B), introduction of wrap-around corner doors and provision of one WC at each end in lieu of two at one end (Mk2B), air conditioning - so no opening windows in the saloon area (Mk2D), no side corridor First Class compartment vehicles (from Mk2E onwards), varying style and colours of end gangway doors. Bachmann has produced early and late types of Mk2 vehicles, Mk2A with the characteristic early features of this widely-travelled type, and the final evolution of the Mk2, the Mk2F, including the popular Mk2F DBSO that was converted from the standard BSO for push-pull operation between Edinburgh and Glasgow in the late 1970s, with the dedicated Class 47/7 'shove duff' fleet, converted from members of Class 47/4. The Mk2Fs are available with DCC operated lighting, and the DBSO itself has DCC controlled cab and interior lighting. Bachmann also produces the Class 47 and Class 90 that have operated with the DBSO Mk2F. Mk2s have carried a wide range of liveries including BR Blue & Grey, Inter-City, Swallow, Regional Railways, ScotRail, Virgin Trains, Anglia, Network SouthEast, Virgin CrossCountry, Arriva, and many current liveries with railtour and heritage operators including Locomotive Services Limited (LSL), West Coast Railway Company and more. Mk2s have during their 50+ operating life formed many of the famous named trains including The Flying Scotsman, hauled by Class 55 Deltics, the Royal Scot, Caledonian, the Electric Scot, and many more. Regional Railways Class 37s were a long time favourite of enthusiasts, working with Mk2 coaching stock on rural routes especially in Scotland, Wales and more recently the Cumbrian Coast and Norfolk, and older enthusiasts will remember early Mk2s operating alongside steam in the North West during the well-liked and rich in modelling inspiration 'Transition Era' 1965-68.
Our Price:
£62.95
371-679
Class 220 4-Car DEMU 220009 Arriva Cross Country
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/04/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
The Class 220 Voyager is a class of diesel-electric high-speed multiple-unit trains built in Belgium by Bombardier Transportation in 2000 and 2001. They were introduced in 2001 to replace the 20-year-old InterCity 125 and 30-year-old Class 47-hauled Mark 2 fleets operating on the Cross Country Route, initially for Virgin CrossCountry and since 2007 by CrossCountry, within the Arriva group (now owned by DB). The Class 220s operate in four-coach sets with a top speed of 125 mph (200 km/h) and a maximum range of approximately 1,350 miles between refuelling and servicing. Because CrossCountry's network has such a wide geographic reach, Class 220 Voyagers can be seen from Aberdeen to Penzance, Manchester to Bournemouth and Newcastle to Reading. They are most common at Birmingham New Street, which is the hub of the CrossCountry network.
Our Price:
£339.95
371-680
Class 220 4-Car DEMU 220018 'Dorset Voyager' Virgin Trains (Revised)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/04/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
The Class 220 Voyager is a class of diesel-electric high-speed multiple-unit trains built in Belgium by Bombardier Transportation in 2000 and 2001. They were introduced in 2001 to replace the 20-year-old InterCity 125 and 30-year-old Class 47-hauled Mark 2 fleets operating on the Cross Country Route, initially for Virgin CrossCountry and since 2007 by CrossCountry, within the Arriva group (now owned by DB). The Class 220s operate in four-coach sets with a top speed of 125 mph (200 km/h) and a maximum range of approximately 1,350 miles between refuelling and servicing. Because CrossCountry's network has such a wide geographic reach, Class 220 Voyagers can be seen from Aberdeen to Penzance, Manchester to Bournemouth and Newcastle to Reading. They are most common at Birmingham New Street, which is the hub of the CrossCountry network.
Our Price:
£339.95
R40310
GWR, 4 Wheel Coach, Passenger Brake, 505
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
Era 23
Brake Baggage Coaches combined the installation of a brake with the ability to move luggage as well. This GWR model features the addition of oil lamps and step boards, lamps easing visibility and the step board designed to enable access at stations with low platforms.
Our Price:
£32.85
31-578SF
Windhoff MPV 2-Car Set Network Rail Yellow With DCC Sound fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
The Windhoff MPV (Multi Purpose Vehicle) is a purpose-built two-car engineering/infrastructure train designed to meet the demands of the modern rail network. Introduced in 1999, the MPVs were introduced to replace the ageing fleet of departmental vehicles, many of which had been adapted or repurposed to meet departmental needs rather than being designed for the role they would eventually serve. The MPVs entered service with Railtrack and are now operated by Network Rail, making this Branchline model a must for anyone with an interest in modern rail operations in the UK. Offered in the Network Rail Yellow colour scheme for the first time, the Branchline model comprises two highly detailed vehicles each adorned with multiple modules which sit on the two decks. Produced with a full complement of seven modules – most are removable allowing you to run the model with your choice of modules, or even without most of the modules at all. Numerous parts and countless decorations processes are used to accurately capture the minute detail seen on both vehicles and each of the seven modules, resulting in this stunning model. Supplied complete with SOUND FITTED, this model will add that extra level of realism straight out of the box whether you’re running on DCC or Analogue control. MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 9 Pristine Network Rail Yellow livery Two Car Set Comprising Vehicle Nos. DR98923 and DR98973 Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Powerful 3 Pole Motor with Flywheel Directional Lighting SOUND FITTED - Fitted with a ESU Loksound V5DDC Sound Decoder – See below for the function list Length 531mm SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound On / Off/ Two Engine Start F2* - Brake F3** - Horn (Two-tone) F4** - Horn (Single) F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting F7 - Maximum Revs F8*** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Leaf Removal Water Jet F12 - De-Icing Scraper & Hot Liquid Anti-Icer Spray F13 - Auxiliary Power Unit F14 - Warning Siren F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Car Horn F21 - Spirax Valve F22 - Station Announcement F23 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off – Driver's Door Shut F24 - Air Dump F25 - Impact Wrench F26 - Power Cutter F27 - Chainsaw F28 - Brushcutter F29 - Air Compressor * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes *** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£356.95
31-579SF
Windhoff MPV 2-Car Set Network Rail Orange With DCC Sound fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
The Windhoff MPV (Multi Purpose Vehicle) is a purpose-built two-car engineering/infrastructure train designed to meet the demands of the modern rail network. Introduced in 1999, the MPVs were introduced to replace the ageing fleet of departmental vehicles, many of which had been adapted or repurposed to meet departmental needs rather than being designed for the role they would eventually serve. The MPVs entered service with Railtrack and are now operated by Network Rail, making this Branchline model a must for anyone with an interest in modern rail operations in the UK. Offered in the Network Rail Yellow colour scheme for the first time, the Branchline model comprises two highly detailed vehicles each adorned with multiple modules which sit on the two decks. Produced with a full complement of seven modules – most are removable allowing you to run the model with your choice of modules, or even without most of the modules at all. Numerous parts and countless decorations processes are used to accurately capture the minute detail seen on both vehicles and each of the seven modules, resulting in this stunning model. Supplied complete with SOUND FITTED, this model will add that extra level of realism straight out of the box whether you’re running on DCC or Analogue control. MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 9 Pristine Network Rail Yellow livery Two Car Set Comprising Vehicle Nos. DR98923 and DR98973 Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Powerful 3 Pole Motor with Flywheel Directional Lighting SOUND FITTED - Fitted with a ESU Loksound V5DDC Sound Decoder – See below for the function list Length 531mm SOUNDS F0 - Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound On / Off/ Two Engine Start F2* - Brake F3** - Horn (Two-tone) F4** - Horn (Single) F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting F7 - Maximum Revs F8*** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - Leaf Removal Water Jet F12 - De-Icing Scraper & Hot Liquid Anti-Icer Spray F13 - Auxiliary Power Unit F14 - Warning Siren F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - Car Horn F21 - Spirax Valve F22 - Station Announcement F23 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off – Driver's Door Shut F24 - Air Dump F25 - Impact Wrench F26 - Power Cutter F27 - Chainsaw F28 - Brushcutter F29 - Air Compressor * Alterative Brake sounds can be selected via CV changes **Alternative Horn characteristics can be selected via CV changes *** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£356.95
31-579
Windhoff MPV 2-Car Set Network Rail Orange
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
The Windhoff MPV (Multi Purpose Vehicle) is a purpose-built two-car engineering/infrastructure train designed to meet the demands of the modern rail network. Introduced in 1999, the MPVs were introduced to replace the ageing fleet of departmental vehicles, many of which had been adapted or repurposed to meet departmental needs rather than being designed for the role they would eventually serve. The MPVs entered service with Railtrack and are now operated by Network Rail, making this Branchline model a must for anyone with an interest in modern rail operations in the UK. Offered in the Network Rail Orange colour scheme for the first time, the Branchline model comprises two highly detailed vehicles each adorned with multiple modules which sit on the two decks. Produced with a full complement of seven modules – most are removable allowing you to run the model with your choice of modules, or even without most of the modules at all. Numerous parts and countless decorations processes are used to accurately capture the minute detail seen on both vehicles and each of the seven modules, resulting in this stunning model
Our Price:
£271.95
371-790
Class 90/0 90042 Freightliner 'PowerHaul'
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The Class 90 has been a mainstay of the British Rail electric locomotive fleet since the first examples were introduced in the late-1980s, and these popular locomotives are brought to life in N scale thanks to this all-new Graham Farish model. Still used by several operators today including Freightliner, this example depicts No. 90042 in the company’s ‘Powerhaul’ livery.
Our Price:
£165.70
371-790SF
Class 90/0 90042 Freightliner 'PowerHaul' with DCC Sound fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/05/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds only) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - Station Announcement F13 - AWS F14 - Cab Light (non-Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Cab Light (Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£250.70
32-852A
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92069 BR Black (Early Emblem) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 4
STANDARD CLASS 9F HISTORY The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£208.20
32-852ASF
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92069 BR Black (Early Emblem) [W] With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied! STANDARD CLASS 9F HISTORY The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£293.20
32-861A
BR Standard 9F with BR1G Tender 92090 BR Black (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
STANDARD CLASS 9F HISTORY The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-861ASF
BR Standard 9F with BR1G Tender 92090 BR Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied! STANDARD CLASS 9F HISTORY The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£280.45
34-725
SR Bulleid Brake Third Semi-Open 10'' Vents SR Malachite Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 3
DETAIL VARIANTS SPECIFIC TO THIS MODEL: 10” Window Ventilators Smooth Bodysides Twin Vacuum Brakes Cylinders Bulleid-pattern Battery Boxes, Mounted Centrally Bulleid-pattern Dynamo Long Footboards Six-piece Bogie Steps at the Brake end Twin Guard’s Door Handrails Twin Luggage Door Handrails Short Roof Tank
Our Price:
£67.45
34-725A
SR Bulleid Brake Third Semi-Open 10'' Vents SR Malachite Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 3
DETAIL VARIANTS SPECIFIC TO THIS MODEL: 10” Window Ventilators Smooth Bodysides Twin Vacuum Brakes Cylinders Bulleid-pattern Battery Boxes, Mounted Centrally Bulleid-pattern Dynamo Long Footboards Six-piece Bogie Steps at the Brake end Twin Guard’s Door Handrails Twin Luggage Door Handrails Short Roof Tank
Our Price:
£67.45
34-750
SR Bulleid Composite Corridor 10'' Vents SR Malachite Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 3
DETAIL VARIANTS SPECIFIC TO THIS MODEL: 10” Window Ventilators Smooth Bodysides Twin Vacuum Brakes Cylinders Bulleid-pattern Battery Boxes, Mounted Centrally Bulleid-pattern Dynamo Long Footboards Short Roof Tank
Our Price:
£67.45
373-925C
30T 'Prawn' Bogie Bolster BR Gulf Red [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 5
Our Price:
£30.55
373-925D
30T 'Prawn' Bogie Bolster BR Gulf Red [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 5
Our Price:
£30.55
373-926E
30T 'Bogie Bolster C' Bogie Bolster BR Grey [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£30.55
373-926F
30T 30T 'Bogie Bolster C' Bogie Bolster BR Grey [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£30.55
373-927C
30T 'Macaw B' Bogie Bolster GWR Grey [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£30.55
373-927D
30T 'Macaw B' Bogie Bolster GWR Grey [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 23/05/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£30.55
R30165
LNER, Class 91, Bo-Bo, 91101 'Flying Scotsman'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/05/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 10
91001, the first of the Class, was built in April 1988 and soon unveiled to the press. The Locomotive was named 'Swallow' and carried the InterCity Swallow Livery until privatisation in 1996. Refurbished and named 'City of London' under GNER, the locomotive was re-numbered 91101 in 2002.In 2011 the locomotive was re-named 'Flying Scotsman' and repainted in a special livery to celebrate the famous train. Under Virgin Trains East Coast in 2015, 91101 was repainted in a new livery combining the standard LNER livery with the Scottish flag, while new 'Flying Scotsman' nameplates were fitted.
Our Price:
£201.59
R30146
ScotRail, Class 153, 157305
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Originally built as a two-car Class 155 ‘Super Sprinter’ by British Leyland between 1987 and 1988, using a construction technique similar to that used in the Pacers. Pre-formed panels were riveted together, creating a lightweight body on a welded floor assembly. Powered by a 285hp Cummins NT855-R5 Diesel, working through a Voith Hydraulic transmission, the maximum speed of a Class 153 is 75 mph, making it perfectly suited for small cross-country services
Our Price:
£137.24
R30011
ScotRail, Class 153, 153377
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
The origins of the Class 153 date back to 1990, when British Rail needed replacements for its ageing fleet of Class 121 and 122 'Bubble Car' diesel railcars for use on the quiet Cornish, Welsh, North-Western, Norfolk and Lincolnshire branch lines, as well as augmenting rural two car units. Originally built as a two-car Class 155 'Super Sprinter' by British Leyland between 1987 and 1988, using a construction technique similar to that used in the Pacers, pre-formed panels were riveted together, creating a lightweight body on a welded floor assembly. Introduction was rapid, but teething troubles with the door mechanisms soon emerged, consequently the fleet was taken out of use and modified, with the Class 156 units taking over the duties. The conversion to Class 153 was carried out by Hunslet-Barclay at Kilmarnock between 1991 and 1992, with 70 vehicles being produced. The layout of the original non-cab ends was different from the original cab end, so the ends are noticeably distinct with the vehicles not being symmetrical. Powered by a 285hp Cummins NT855-R5 Diesel, working through a Voith Hydraulic transmission, the maximum speed of a Class 153 is 75 mph, making it perfectly suited for small cross-country services. They are fitted with standard BSI auto-couplers, allowing them to work in tandem with other multiple units from the 14X and 15X Classes fitted with the same coupler, as well as newer units like the Class 170. In 2019/2020, five former GWR 153s moved from Northern to Abellio ScotRail for use on the West Highland Line attached to Class 156s as 'active travel' carriages. These units have had their interiors heavily modified to carry up to 20 bicycles, along with large bags and sports equipment.
Our Price:
£137.24
R30071
ScotRail, Class 153, 153380
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
The origins of the Class 153 date back to 1990, when British Rail needed replacements for its ageing fleet of Class 121 and 122 'Bubble Car' diesel railcars for use on the quiet Cornish, Welsh, North-Western, Norfolk and Lincolnshire branch lines, as well as augmenting rural two car units. Originally built as a two-car Class 155 'Super Sprinter' by British Leyland between 1987 and 1988, using a construction technique similar to that used in the Pacers, pre-formed panels were riveted together, creating a lightweight body on a welded floor assembly. Introduction was rapid, but teething troubles with the door mechanisms soon emerged, consequently the fleet was taken out of use and modified, with the Class 156 units taking over the duties. The conversion to Class 153 was carried out by Hunslet-Barclay at Kilmarnock between 1991 and 1992, with 70 vehicles being produced. The layout of the original non-cab ends was different from the original cab end, so the ends are noticeably distinct with the vehicles not being symmetrical. Powered by a 285hp Cummins NT855-R5 Diesel, working through a Voith Hydraulic transmission, the maximum speed of a Class 153 is 75 mph, making it perfectly suited for small cross-country services. They are fitted with standard BSI auto-couplers, allowing them to work in tandem with other multiple units from the 14X and 15X Classes fitted with the same coupler, as well as newer units like the Class 170. In 2019/2020, five former GWR 153s moved from Northern to Abellio ScotRail for use on the West Highland Line attached to Class 156s as 'active travel' carriages. These units have had their interiors heavily modified to carry up to 20 bicycles, along with large bags and sports equipment.
Our Price:
£137.24
R1282
Mallard Record Breaker Train Set
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
On the 3rd of July 1938 the LNER A4 locomotive 'Mallard' set the world speed record for a steam engine at 126 mph at Stoke Bank, south of Grantham. Years later with the nationalisation of the railways the locomotive's feat was not forgotten, with 'Mallard' maintaining its celebrity status among the trainspotters of the day while continuing to haul express passenger trains along the East Coast Mainline. This Train Set encapsulates the enduring allure of 'Mallard' as it would have appeared during the early 1950s.
Our Price:
£224.99
R3872
GWR, Class 800, Trainbow Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/05/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Class 800/0 No. 800008 was delivered to Great Western Railway (GWR) on the 7th of June 2018. The train featured a specially designed livery featuring the Pride flag on both driving cars.The livery was introduced in-order to mark the summer of Pride events taking place across the UK and to celebrate the diverse communities across the GWR network.
Our Price:
£452.25
R40346
BR Departmental, exMk1 First Open, DB977351
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/05/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
ACC2410
Siphon G - Dia. O.33 - BR Carmine Red: W2977W
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 5
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2411
Siphon G - Dia. O.33 - BR Carmine Red: W2938W
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 5
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2412
Siphon G - Dia. O.33 - GWR Brown: 2789
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2413
Siphon G - Dia. O.33 - GWR Brown: 2924
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2415
Siphon G - Dia. O.33 (NMV) - BR Rail Blue: W2980
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2416
Siphon G - Dia. O.59 - Transitional BR (in GWR Brown): W2780
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2418
Siphon G - Dia. O.62 - BR Rail Blue: W1023
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2419
Siphon G - Dia. O.62 (NNV) - BR Rail Blue : W1013
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2424
Siphon G - Dia. M34 - BR Rail Blue: W2774W
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£54.95
ACC2425
Siphon G - Dia. M34 - BR Rail Blue: W2768W
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£54.95
377-276B
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon BR Grey 'Chalk'
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£18.85
377-276C
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon BR Grey 'Chalk'
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£18.85
377-278A
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS) [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£20.65
377-278B
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS) [WL]
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£20.65
377-282
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon NCB Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£18.85
377-282A
BR 27T Steel Tippler Wagon NCB Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£18.85
32-852B
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92010 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 4
The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-852BSF
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92010 BR Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£280.45
32-859B
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92184 BR Black (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
STANDARD CLASS 9F HISTORY The British Railways BR Standard Class 9F 2-10-0 was introduced from 1954, with a total of 251 built at BR’s Swindon Works (53) and Crewe Works (198). Designed by Robert Riddles, the 9F is just one of Riddles’ BR Standard designs, with different Classes designed for specific duties with the vision that such standardisation would bring improved efficiencies to BR operations. The Class was designed primarily to haul fast, heavy freight trains, but the 9Fs also found favour on passenger turns, in particular summer holiday specials when their lack of steam heating capabilities did not present a problem. Impressive in both size and performance, the 9Fs’ lives were cut shockingly short with No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ – the 999th BR Standard to be built and the final steam locomotive outshopped by British Railways – entering traffic in 1960, only 4 years before the first examples were withdrawn. ‘Evening Star’ itself did not fare much better and was withdrawn in March 1965 after just 60 months in traffic – thankfully the locomotive was saved for the National Collection. Despite the early withdrawals, some 9Fs continued in traffic until the final months of steam on British Rail and the last was withdrawn in June 1968. In addition to ‘Evening Star’, eight further 9Fs were purchased by the preservation movement, mainly from the Woodham Brothers Scrapyard in Barry, but so far only six have been returned to serviceable condition in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-859BSF
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92184 BR Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£280.45
35-302SF
Class 37/0 Split Headcode D6710 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
35-302SFX
Class 37/0 Split Headcode D6710 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Operation & Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Operation and Sounds are activated as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate, along with fan operation and sounds (according to the particular Sound Project) when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
37-830
MXA 'Lobster' Bogie Open Wagon DB Cargo
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£52.15
37-830A
MXA 'Lobster' Bogie Open Wagon DB Cargo
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£52.15
373-811A
HKA Bogie Hopper 'National Power' Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£46.75
373-811B
HKA Bogie Hopper 'National Power' Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£46.00
373-813A
HKA Bogie Hopper DB Schenker
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£46.75
373-813B
HKA Bogie Hopper DB Schenker
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/06/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£46.75
32-859ASF
BR Standard 9F with BR1F Tender 92212 BR Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£280.45
32-861SF
BR Standard 9F with BR1G Tender 92134 BR Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS: F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 - On - Firebox Door Opening / Off - Firebox Door Closing F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Sound Fades Out / Sound Fades In F19 - Shunt Mode (Reduces Speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) F22 - Rail Join Clatter F23 - AWS Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£280.45
35-303
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37305 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-303SF
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37305 BR Blue With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
371-029
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode 20064 'River Sheaf' BR Green (Red Solebar)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 8
CLASS 20/0 HISTORY The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£135.95
371-042
Class 20/0 Headcode Box 20172 'Redmire' BR Blue (Red Solebar)
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/06/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 8
CLASS 20/0 HISTORY The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£135.95
35-308
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37201 'St. Margaret' BR Eng. Grey & Yellow
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/06/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 37 HISTORY The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-308SF
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37201 'St. Margaret' BR Eng. Grey & Yellow With DCC Sound Fitted.
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
35-308SFX
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37201 'St. Margaret' BR Eng. Grey & Yellow With DCC Sound and Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/06/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
R30229
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train, Sets 370003 and 370004, 7 Car Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/06/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
The Advanced Passenger Train (APT) programme is remembered by many as one of British Rail's greatest embarrassments, an ambitious but ultimately unsuccessful design. The APT-P multiple units incorporated ideas that were well ahead of their time, most famously including a computerised tilting system which allowed the trains to navigate the tight turns of Britain's ageing railways up to 40% faster than anything else of the time. The first APT-P unit was introduced in 1979 and the trains were progressively developed until 1987, the highlight being a period of passenger service between 1983 and 1985. Ultimately the complexity and cost of the unreliable APT saw it replaced by the simpler and considerably cheaper IC125 HST programme, but lessons learned were incorporated into the IC225 programme and later the tilting Alstom Pendolino trains still operating on the West Coast Mainline.
Our Price:
£528.29
R30104
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train, Sets 370001 and 370002, 5-car Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/06/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
The Advanced Passenger Train (APT) programme is remembered by many as one of British Rail's greatest embarrassments, an ambitious but ultimately unsuccessful design. The APT-P multiple units incorporated ideas that were well ahead of their time, most famously including a computerised tilting system which allowed the trains to navigate the tight turns of Britain's ageing railways up to 40% faster than anything else of the time. The first APT-P unit was introduced in 1979 and the trains were progressively developed until 1987, the highlight being a period of passenger service between 1983 and 1985. Ultimately the complexity and cost of the unreliable APT saw it replaced by the simpler and considerably cheaper IC125 HST programme, but lessons learned were incorporated into the IC225 programme and later the tilting Alstom Pendolino trains still operating on the West Coast Mainline.
Our Price:
£430.19
R30179
RailRoad Plus BR, Class 47, Co-Co, 47656
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/06/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7
The British Rail Class 47 or Brush Type 4 is a class of diesel-electric locomotive that was developed in the 1960s by Brush Traction. A total of 512 Class 47s were built at Brush's Falcon Works in Loughborough and at British Railways' Crewe Works between 1962 and 1968, which made them the most numerous class of British mainline diesel locomotive.They were fitted with the Sulzer 12LDA28C twin-bank twelve-cylinder unit producing 2,750 bhp (2,050 kW) – though this was later derated to 2,580 bhp (1,920 kW) to improve reliability – and have been used on both passenger and freight trains on Britain's railways for over 55 years. Despite the introduction of more modern types of traction, a significant number are still in use, both on the mainline and on heritage railways.As of January 2020, 78 locomotives still exist as Class 47s, with further examples having been converted to other classes; 32 Class 47s have been preserved, and 34 retain "operational status" on the mainline.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30187
RailRoad Plus NSE, Class 47, Co-Co, 47598
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/06/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 47 or Brush Type 4 is a class of diesel-electric locomotive that was developed in the 1960s by Brush Traction. A total of 512 Class 47s were built at Brush's Falcon Works in Loughborough and at British Railways' Crewe Works between 1962 and 1968, which made them the most numerous class of British mainline diesel locomotive.They were fitted with the Sulzer 12LDA28C twin-bank twelve-cylinder unit producing 2,750 bhp (2,050 kW) – though this was later derated to 2,580 bhp (1,920 kW) to improve reliability – and have been used on both passenger and freight trains on Britain's railways for over 55 years. Despite the introduction of more modern types of traction, a significant number are still in use, both on the mainline and on heritage railways.As of January 2020, 78 locomotives still exist as Class 47s, with further examples having been converted to other classes; 32 Class 47s have been preserved, and 34 retain "operational status" on the mainline.
Our Price:
£82.29
R30186
RailRoad Plus BR Infrastructure, Class 47, Co-Co, 47803
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/06/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
The British Rail Class 47 is a class of British railway diesel-electric locomotive that was developed in the 1960s by Brush Traction. A total of 512 Class 47s were built at Crewe Works and Brush's Falcon Works, Loughborough between 1962 and 1968, which made them the most numerous Class of British mainline diesel locomotive. They were classified as Type 4s.They were fitted with the Sulzer 12LDA28C twin-bank twelve-cylinder unit producing 2,750 bhp (2,050 kW) - though this was later derated to 2,580 bhp (1,920 kW) to improve reliability - and have been used on both passenger and freight trains on Britain's railways for over 50 years. Despite the introduction of more modern types of traction, a significant number are still in use, both on the mainline and on heritage railways. As of October 2016, 81 locomotives still exist as Class 47s, with further examples having been converted to other classes; 30 retain "operational status" on the mainline.By 1986, only five of the original 512 locomotives had been withdrawn from service, all because of serious accident damage. However, with work for the Class declining due to the introduction of new rolling stock and spare parts becoming difficult to source, some inroads started being made.The first locomotives to be targeted were the non-standard pilot batch of 20, now numbered 47 401-47 420. Three locomotives were withdrawn as life-expired in February 1986 and the remainder of the batch that had not recently been overhauled followed in the next two years. All 20 were withdrawn by 1992.Meanwhile, BR drew up a 'hit-list' of locomotives for early withdrawal, mainly including those with non-standard electrical equipment, known as series parallel locomotives. In the outset, withdrawals were slow, mainly due to the surplus of spare parts and new flows of freight traffic which required extra locomotives; only 61 locomotives had been withdrawn by the end of 1992. However, with the introduction of new locomotives, the rate of withdrawal quickly rose, with 86 more 47s reaching the end of their lives in the next three years. With most of the non-standard locomotives withdrawn, the reduction of the fleet again proceeded more slowly. The privatisation of British Rail also produced new independent rail companies needing available traction until they could order new locomotives. From 1996 to 2006, an average of around fifteen locomotives per year were taken out of service.
Our Price:
£87.29
917001
GWR LORIOT Y 41989
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/07/23
Era 3
The GWR allocated the code ‘Loriot’ to flat wagons designed to move earth moving and plant machinery. The first appeared in 1892 and a family look soon evolved, with the wagon’s deck angled upwards at each end to clear the axles. One new ‘Loriot’ was built in 1937. It was built to Diagram G39 and coded ‘Loriot Y’. But it didn’t look like the rest of the ‘Loriot’ family. Originally, the GWR considered it to be an addition to its ‘Loriot W’ fleet. However, it was built from assembled ‘I’ beam girders rather than rolled beams, a feature first used on the ‘Crocodile’ bogie well wagons of 1908. Consequently, it was re-classified ‘Loriot Y’. A second ‘Loriot Y’ was built in 1939. Both were painted with instructions that, when empty, they must be returned to Swindon. They would have run over large areas of the GWR’s network, moving excavators and other plant, particularly during the Second World War. However, records for these two vehicles are few and far between. No. 41989 found fame when it starred in The Titfield Thunderbolt, where it was pressed into service to carry Dan’s house. It is believed to have been scrapped not long after the filming in 1953. Sister ‘Loriot Y’ No. 41990 fared better. It remained in revenue-earning service until at least 1990 at Radyr Engineers Yard. Eventually, as DW41990 (coded ‘ZXP’ on TOPS), it moved to Bescot from where it was condemned in 1994. Saved at the 11th hour, it moved to the Severn Valley Railway where it remains to this day.
Our Price:
£35.95
917002
GWR LORIOT Y 41990
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/07/23
Era 3
The GWR allocated the code ‘Loriot’ to flat wagons designed to move earth moving and plant machinery. The first appeared in 1892 and a family look soon evolved, with the wagon’s deck angled upwards at each end to clear the axles. One new ‘Loriot’ was built in 1937. It was built to Diagram G39 and coded ‘Loriot Y’. But it didn’t look like the rest of the ‘Loriot’ family. Originally, the GWR considered it to be an addition to its ‘Loriot W’ fleet. However, it was built from assembled ‘I’ beam girders rather than rolled beams, a feature first used on the ‘Crocodile’ bogie well wagons of 1908. Consequently, it was re-classified ‘Loriot Y’. A second ‘Loriot Y’ was built in 1939. Both were painted with instructions that, when empty, they must be returned to Swindon. They would have run over large areas of the GWR’s network, moving excavators and other plant, particularly during the Second World War. However, records for these two vehicles are few and far between. No. 41989 found fame when it starred in The Titfield Thunderbolt, where it was pressed into service to carry Dan’s house. It is believed to have been scrapped not long after the filming in 1953. Sister ‘Loriot Y’ No. 41990 fared better. It remained in revenue-earning service until at least 1990 at Radyr Engineers Yard. Eventually, as DW41990 (coded ‘ZXP’ on TOPS), it moved to Bescot from where it was condemned in 1994. Saved at the 11th hour, it moved to the Severn Valley Railway where it remains to this day.
Our Price:
£35.95
917003
BR LORIOT Y 'DW41990 CODE ZXP'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/07/23
Era 4/5/6
The GWR allocated the code ‘Loriot’ to flat wagons designed to move earth moving and plant machinery. The first appeared in 1892 and a family look soon evolved, with the wagon’s deck angled upwards at each end to clear the axles. One new ‘Loriot’ was built in 1937. It was built to Diagram G39 and coded ‘Loriot Y’. But it didn’t look like the rest of the ‘Loriot’ family. Originally, the GWR considered it to be an addition to its ‘Loriot W’ fleet. However, it was built from assembled ‘I’ beam girders rather than rolled beams, a feature first used on the ‘Crocodile’ bogie well wagons of 1908. Consequently, it was re-classified ‘Loriot Y’. A second ‘Loriot Y’ was built in 1939. Both were painted with instructions that, when empty, they must be returned to Swindon. They would have run over large areas of the GWR’s network, moving excavators and other plant, particularly during the Second World War. However, records for these two vehicles are few and far between. No. 41989 found fame when it starred in The Titfield Thunderbolt, where it was pressed into service to carry Dan’s house. It is believed to have been scrapped not long after the filming in 1953. Sister ‘Loriot Y’ No. 41990 fared better. It remained in revenue-earning service until at least 1990 at Radyr Engineers Yard. Eventually, as DW41990 (coded ‘ZXP’ on TOPS), it moved to Bescot from where it was condemned in 1994. Saved at the 11th hour, it moved to the Severn Valley Railway where it remains to this day.
Our Price:
£35.95
918009
BR WR DEPARTMENTAL GREY TOAD BRAKE VAN DW17247
'HO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 6/7
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918008
BR GREY TOAD BRAKE VAN YEOVIL PEN MILL W114764
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 4/5
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918007
BR GREY TOAD BRAKE VAN WORCESTER R.U. 'W114751'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 4/5
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918006
BR WR GREY TOAD BRAKE VAN LEAMINGTON 'W68868'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 4
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918005
GWR TOAD BRAKE VAN '68764'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 3
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918004
GWR TOAD BRAKE VAN '17295'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 3
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918002
GWR TOAD BRAKE VAN NEWTON ABBOT '68777'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 3
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
918001
GWR TOAD BRAKE VAN HEREFORD BARTON '114756'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/06/23
Era 3
It was required by law that all goods trains had to have a brake van at the rear and the Great Western Railway settled upon a design that was as recognisable as its locomotives. The first ‘van with the single ended veranda and large, enclosed body for the use of the guard appeared circa 1871 and variants based on this configuration continued to be built into the 1950s. The GWR allocated telegraphic codes to its goods vehicles and brake vans were dubbed ‘Toad’. Consequently, this name is how both railwaymen and enthusiasts referred to these vehicles. Internally, the vans feature a desk, seating, storage lockers for equipment and a stove for keeping warm. Internal lighting was not provided. Sand boxes and sanders were fitted to both ends of the vans to aid with braking whilst the handbrake was fitted externally on the veranda along with the levers for operating the sanders. Full length footboards and handrails allowed the guard stand on the side of the vehicle during shunting operations. The GWR allocated diagram numbers in the ‘AA’ series to 23 versions of post-1888 built ‘Toads’. Our model depicts the ‘AA20’, which was introduced in 1934. The requirement for brake vans ended in 1968 but that didn’t mean the end of the ‘Toads’. Many lasted into Departmental and even industrial use and a large number of ‘Toads’, including several ‘AA20s’, have been preserved. The model includes a full interior alongside a removable roof.
Our Price:
£35.95
31-591A
Class 70 with Air Intake Modifications 70811 Colas Rail Freight
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 9
On 26th November 2007, Freightliner UK and General Electric announced Project Genesis, later re-named PowerHaul, to design and develop a new Co-Co freight locomotive for the British rail network – the Class 70. Construction of the first modules for the PowerHaul locomotives took place in various locations across the world, for instance the bogie frames were manufactured in Austria and delivered to the GE plant in Pennsylvania for final assembly. The locomotive’s design is similar to that of the BR Class 58, with a narrow body bookended by two cabs which are accessed from walkways on the narrow part of the body – similar to many American diesel locomotive designs. When introduced, the Class 70 dethroned the Class 59 as having the highest tractive effort of any Co-Co diesel operating in the UK. Designed to be powerful yet more fuel-efficient than older types, the Class 70 has a top speed of 75mph (120 km/h), which the 129 tonne machine achieves from its 2,750 kW (3,690 bhp) engine. The first Class 70s arrived in the UK in November 2009 as part of Freightliner’s initial order for twenty locomotives. An option for a further ten locomotives was not taken up by Freightliner, but instead Colas Rail Freight took over this order and their first Class 70 entered service in 2014. Colas subsequently ordered seven more locos, with all of the Colas fleet being numbered in the 708xx series.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-307
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37194 'British Int. Freight Assoc.' BR RF
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-307SFX
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37194 'British Int. Freight Assoc.' BR RF With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
35-311
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37262 'Dounreay' BR Engineers Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-311SF
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37262 'Dounreay' BR Engineers Grey DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
35-311SFX
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37262 'Dounreay' BR Engineers Grey With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
377-001B
BR YGH 'Sea-Lion' Bogie Hopper Wagon BR Engineers Grey & Yellow
'N' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
377-001C
BR YGH 'Sea-Lion' Bogie Hopper Wagon BR Engineers Grey & Yellow
'N' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
377-003
BR Bogie Hopper Wagon BR Departmental Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£53.95
377-005
BR YGB Bogie Hopper Wagon Mainline Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£53.95
377-006
BR YGB 'Stingray' Bogie Hopper Wagon Transrail Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£53.95
R30105
BR, Class 370 Advanced Passenger Train (NDM), 49002
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/07/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
After a number of reconfigurations and experimentations with the original APT-P, the NDM was the first vehicle completed for testing in June 1977 and in mid-1978 the power car was joined by the rest of 370 001, the first half set, for testing on the WCML. The Advanced Passenger Train (APT) programme is remembered by many as one of British Rail’s greatest embarrassments, an ambitious but ultimately unsuccessful design. The APT-P multiple units incorporated ideas that were well ahead of their time, most famously including a computerised tilting system which allowed the trains to navigate the tight turns of Britain’s ageing railways up to 40% faster than anything else of the time. The first APT-P unit was introduced in 1979 and the trains were progressively developed until 1987, the highlight being a period of passenger service between 1983 and 1985. Ultimately the complexity and cost of the unreliable APT saw it replaced by the simpler and considerably cheaper IC125 HST programme, but lessons learned were incorporated into the IC225 programme and later the tilting Alstom Pendolino trains still operating on the West Coast Mainline.'
Our Price:
£120.14
R30142
Loram, Class 08, 0-6-0, 08632
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/07/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Loram UK Ltd. offers a complete range of rolling stock engineering and restoration services as well as other track focused infrastructure operations with their Class 08 number 08632 being undoubtedly kept busy.
Our Price:
£167.39
35-338
Class 37/4 37414 'Cathays C&W Works 1846-1993' BR Regional Railways
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-338SF
Class 37/4 37414 'Cathays C&W Works 1846-1993' BR Regional Railways With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
35-338SFX
Class 37/4 37414 'Cathays C&W Works 1846-1993' BR Regional Railways With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
377-227F
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon with Top Flap Doors BR Grey [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£20.65
377-227G
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon with Top Flap Doors BR Grey [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£20.65
377-235B
BR 16T Steel Mineral with Top Flap Doors 3-Wagon Pack BR Grey [WL] [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£58.45
377-255B
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon BR Grey (TOPS)
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£19.75
377-257
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£19.75
377-257A
BR 16T Steel Mineral Wagon BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/07/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£19.75
35-306
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode D6829 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/07/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-306SF
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode D6829 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£297.45
35-306SFX
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode D6829 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels) With DCC Sound & Working Fans
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
913001
Liverpool & Manchester Railway ‘Lion’ (1930 condition)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/07/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 3
Built in 1837 at a cost of £1,100, Lion, along with its sister Tiger, was the first locomotive built by Todd, Kitson and Laird in Leeds. Designated a ‘luggage engine’, Lion was first used as a banking engine before resuming luggage duties for several years before finally working as a ballast engine. Lion was sold in 1859 to the Mersey Docks & Harbour Board where it was used around the docks before being turned into a stationary pumping engine. ‘Discovered’ by members of the Liverpool Engineering Society, Lion was presented to the society by the Dock Board in 1928. Society members then formed the Old Locomotive Committee, which continued to care for Lion for several decades. The LMS created the shape of Lion as we know it today during its overhaul at Crewe works. It undertook a prominent role in the Liverpool & Manchester Railway’s centenary celebrations in 1930, where it hauled a train of specially built 1830s-style coaches. Lion was removed from its plinth at Liverpool Lime Street to make its film debut, in the 1937 film Victoria the Great. It left Liverpool again in 1938 for the centenary celebrations of the London & Birmingham Railway and again during the Second World War for the safety of the Crewe Works paintshop. Its next public appearance would really throw it into the public spotlight. The producers at Ealing Studios need an antique locomotive to star in its new film about a local village that saves its branch line by running it themselves, with the help of an old engine from a museum. Lion was overhauled at Crewe and specially painted for its starring role, especially as this was the first Ealing Comedy to be shot in colour. The Titfield Thunderbolt was released in 1953 and Lion went back into store. It made a brief appearance in 1961 for more filming, albeit the TV show Lookaround. Then, in 1967, Lion took up position in the City of Liverpool Museums’ new transport gallery. Due to its condition, it was cosmetically restored between 1968 and 1969. Lion was awakened from its slumbers in 1979 in order for it to take part in the 150th anniversary celebrations of the Rainhill Trials. It was overhauled by apprentices at Ruston Diesels in Newton-le-Willows and starred at the Rainhill Cavalcade in 1980. It continued to appear in steam until 1984 when it required repairs. Lion’s final spell in traffic was between 1987 and 1988 when it celebrated its 150th birthday. Sadly, once the celebrations were over, it was decided to withdraw Lion permanently. After display in Liverpool and Manchester, Lion moved into its new home, the re-vamped Museum of Liverpool, which opened in 2011. Lion is still one of the museum’s star exhibits.
Our Price:
£152.95
913501
Liverpool & Manchester Railway ‘Lion’ (1930 condition) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 3
Built in 1837 at a cost of £1,100, Lion, along with its sister Tiger, was the first locomotive built by Todd, Kitson and Laird in Leeds. Designated a ‘luggage engine’, Lion was first used as a banking engine before resuming luggage duties for several years before finally working as a ballast engine. Lion was sold in 1859 to the Mersey Docks & Harbour Board where it was used around the docks before being turned into a stationary pumping engine. ‘Discovered’ by members of the Liverpool Engineering Society, Lion was presented to the society by the Dock Board in 1928. Society members then formed the Old Locomotive Committee, which continued to care for Lion for several decades. The LMS created the shape of Lion as we know it today during its overhaul at Crewe works. It undertook a prominent role in the Liverpool & Manchester Railway’s centenary celebrations in 1930, where it hauled a train of specially built 1830s-style coaches. Lion was removed from its plinth at Liverpool Lime Street to make its film debut, in the 1937 film Victoria the Great. It left Liverpool again in 1938 for the centenary celebrations of the London & Birmingham Railway and again during the Second World War for the safety of the Crewe Works paintshop. Its next public appearance would really throw it into the public spotlight. The producers at Ealing Studios need an antique locomotive to star in its new film about a local village that saves its branch line by running it themselves, with the help of an old engine from a museum. Lion was overhauled at Crewe and specially painted for its starring role, especially as this was the first Ealing Comedy to be shot in colour. The Titfield Thunderbolt was released in 1953 and Lion went back into store. It made a brief appearance in 1961 for more filming, albeit the TV show Lookaround. Then, in 1967, Lion took up position in the City of Liverpool Museums’ new transport gallery. Due to its condition, it was cosmetically restored between 1968 and 1969. Lion was awakened from its slumbers in 1979 in order for it to take part in the 150th anniversary celebrations of the Rainhill Trials. It was overhauled by apprentices at Ruston Diesels in Newton-le-Willows and starred at the Rainhill Cavalcade in 1980. It continued to appear in steam until 1984 when it required repairs. Lion’s final spell in traffic was between 1987 and 1988 when it celebrated its 150th birthday. Sadly, once the celebrations were over, it was decided to withdraw Lion permanently. After display in Liverpool and Manchester, Lion moved into its new home, the re-vamped Museum of Liverpool, which opened in 2011. Lion is still one of the museum’s star exhibits.
Our Price:
£237.95
913002
Liverpool & Manchester Railway ‘Lion’ (1980 condition)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/07/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 6/7
Built in 1837 at a cost of £1,100, Lion, along with its sister Tiger, was the first locomotive built by Todd, Kitson and Laird in Leeds. Designated a ‘luggage engine’, Lion was first used as a banking engine before resuming luggage duties for several years before finally working as a ballast engine. Lion was sold in 1859 to the Mersey Docks & Harbour Board where it was used around the docks before being turned into a stationary pumping engine. ‘Discovered’ by members of the Liverpool Engineering Society, Lion was presented to the society by the Dock Board in 1928. Society members then formed the Old Locomotive Committee, which continued to care for Lion for several decades. The LMS created the shape of Lion as we know it today during its overhaul at Crewe works. It undertook a prominent role in the Liverpool & Manchester Railway’s centenary celebrations in 1930, where it hauled a train of specially built 1830s-style coaches. Lion was removed from its plinth at Liverpool Lime Street to make its film debut, in the 1937 film Victoria the Great. It left Liverpool again in 1938 for the centenary celebrations of the London & Birmingham Railway and again during the Second World War for the safety of the Crewe Works paintshop. Its next public appearance would really throw it into the public spotlight. The producers at Ealing Studios need an antique locomotive to star in its new film about a local village that saves its branch line by running it themselves, with the help of an old engine from a museum. Lion was overhauled at Crewe and specially painted for its starring role, especially as this was the first Ealing Comedy to be shot in colour. The Titfield Thunderbolt was released in 1953 and Lion went back into store. It made a brief appearance in 1961 for more filming, albeit the TV show Lookaround. Then, in 1967, Lion took up position in the City of Liverpool Museums’ new transport gallery. Due to its condition, it was cosmetically restored between 1968 and 1969. Lion was awakened from its slumbers in 1979 in order for it to take part in the 150th anniversary celebrations of the Rainhill Trials. It was overhauled by apprentices at Ruston Diesels in Newton-le-Willows and starred at the Rainhill Cavalcade in 1980. It continued to appear in steam until 1984 when it required repairs. Lion’s final spell in traffic was between 1987 and 1988 when it celebrated its 150th birthday. Sadly, once the celebrations were over, it was decided to withdraw Lion permanently. After display in Liverpool and Manchester, Lion moved into its new home, the re-vamped Museum of Liverpool, which opened in 2011. Lion is still one of the museum’s star exhibits.
Our Price:
£152.95
913502
Liverpool & Manchester Railway ‘Lion’ (1980 condition) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 6/7
Built in 1837 at a cost of £1,100, Lion, along with its sister Tiger, was the first locomotive built by Todd, Kitson and Laird in Leeds. Designated a ‘luggage engine’, Lion was first used as a banking engine before resuming luggage duties for several years before finally working as a ballast engine. Lion was sold in 1859 to the Mersey Docks & Harbour Board where it was used around the docks before being turned into a stationary pumping engine. ‘Discovered’ by members of the Liverpool Engineering Society, Lion was presented to the society by the Dock Board in 1928. Society members then formed the Old Locomotive Committee, which continued to care for Lion for several decades. The LMS created the shape of Lion as we know it today during its overhaul at Crewe works. It undertook a prominent role in the Liverpool & Manchester Railway’s centenary celebrations in 1930, where it hauled a train of specially built 1830s-style coaches. Lion was removed from its plinth at Liverpool Lime Street to make its film debut, in the 1937 film Victoria the Great. It left Liverpool again in 1938 for the centenary celebrations of the London & Birmingham Railway and again during the Second World War for the safety of the Crewe Works paintshop. Its next public appearance would really throw it into the public spotlight. The producers at Ealing Studios need an antique locomotive to star in its new film about a local village that saves its branch line by running it themselves, with the help of an old engine from a museum. Lion was overhauled at Crewe and specially painted for its starring role, especially as this was the first Ealing Comedy to be shot in colour. The Titfield Thunderbolt was released in 1953 and Lion went back into store. It made a brief appearance in 1961 for more filming, albeit the TV show Lookaround. Then, in 1967, Lion took up position in the City of Liverpool Museums’ new transport gallery. Due to its condition, it was cosmetically restored between 1968 and 1969. Lion was awakened from its slumbers in 1979 in order for it to take part in the 150th anniversary celebrations of the Rainhill Trials. It was overhauled by apprentices at Ruston Diesels in Newton-le-Willows and starred at the Rainhill Cavalcade in 1980. It continued to appear in steam until 1984 when it required repairs. Lion’s final spell in traffic was between 1987 and 1988 when it celebrated its 150th birthday. Sadly, once the celebrations were over, it was decided to withdraw Lion permanently. After display in Liverpool and Manchester, Lion moved into its new home, the re-vamped Museum of Liverpool, which opened in 2011. Lion is still one of the museum’s star exhibits.
Our Price:
£237.95
R30307
Potter Logistics, Sentinel, 0-6-0, 'Pride of the Fens'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/07/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 11
Founded as Ally & MacLellan, Glasgow in 1875 and then later known as the Sentinel Waggon Works Ltd, the company went through various place and name changes until in 1957 Sentinel (Shrewsbury) Ltd was obtained by Rolls-Royce. At that time Sentinel were producing steam locomotives and lorries, but the manufacturing of these vehicles ceased in 1958. In 1959, Sentinel produced a prototype diesel shunter which was operated on the military controlled Shropshire & Montgomeryshire Railway. In total 17 were produced and operated quite successfully during that year. The 0-6-0 Sentinel was a larger version of their first 0-4-0 example. The first such 0-6-0 example was built in 1960, with full production beginning the following year with over 100 examples being built before the end of 1971. The locomotives were fitted with 8 cylinder 325 horsepower engines. So successful was the 0-6-0 design that the a further 36 examples were built in Lisbon by Sorefame, where they were designated the Class 1151. Sentinel 10255, its works number, left the production line on the 25th May 1966, being delivered into NCB ownership shortly after at their Baddesley Colliery in the South Midlands. Curiously, and unlike most other NCB examples the locomotive would not receive a running number, and would be known either by a name or its works number for most of its life. In the modern era the locomotive has changed hands a few times, being owned by Potter Logistics as their striking yellow 'Pride of the Fens' and Ed Murray and Sons.
Our Price:
£98.09
R30306
London Transport, Sentinel, 0-6-0, DL. 81
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/07/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 7
Founded as Ally & MacLellan, Glasgow in 1875 and then later known as the Sentinel Waggon Works Ltd, the company went through various place and name changes until in 1957 Sentinel (Shrewsbury) Ltd was obtained by Rolls-Royce. At that time Sentinel were producing steam locomotives and lorries, but the manufacturing of these vehicles ceased in 1958. In 1959, Sentinel produced a prototype diesel shunter which was operated on the military controlled Shropshire & Montgomeryshire Railway. In total 17 were produced and operated quite successfully during that year. The 0-6-0 Sentinel was a larger version of their first 0-4-0 example. The first such 0-6-0 example was built in 1960, with full production beginning the following year with over 100 examples being built before the end of 1971. The locomotives were fitted with 8 cylinder 325 horsepower engines. So successful was the 0-6-0 design that the a further 36 examples were built in Lisbon by Sorefame, where they were designated the Class 1151. Sentinel 10255, its works number, left the production line on the 25th May 1966, being delivered into NCB ownership shortly after at their Baddesley Colliery in the South Midlands. Curiously, and unlike most other NCB examples the locomotive would not receive a running number, and would be known either by a name or its works number for most of its life. In the modern era the locomotive has changed hands a few times, being owned by Potter Logistics as their striking yellow 'Pride of the Fens' and Ed Murray and Sons.
Our Price:
£98.09
R40221
SR, Maunsell Dining Saloon Comp, 7844
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/07/23
Era 3
Maunsell's diagram 2652 Third Class Dining Saloons were built in 1927 to provide an area for Third Class passengers to make use of the kitchen services provided in First Class kitchen/dining coaches. The exterior of the coaches utilised the 'low-window' Maunsell styling, with ventilators above the windows and doors at each end which were gently recessed to accommodate their grab handles within gauging limits. Inside, each coach could accommodate sixty-four diners and two toilets were located at the end of the coach furthest away from the kitchen/dining First Coach. Whereas a further 40 kitchen/dining Firsts were built to the same 'low-window' style from 1929 onwards, accompanying Third Class dining was felt to be better served by the new 'high-window' Open Third Saloons and as a consequence, from 1930, the six Third Class Restaurant Dining Saloons were reclassified as Open Thirds. In 1947 the six coaches received updated interiors, with four of the coaches becoming composite coaches and two becoming First Class Coaches. The four composite coaches, nos. 1365-1368, served on the South Western section of the railway network paired with diagram 2659 Kitchen & Buffet Cars.
Our Price:
£52.64
R30191
RailRoad Plus BR, Departmental, Class 40, 1Co-Co1, 97407 ‘Aureol’
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/08/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7
Introduced to service as D212 in May 1959 and the third of the production series to be delivered, 'Aureol' was officially named in 1960. By 1974 when the locomotive was re-numbered 40012 under TOPS the locomotive's nameplates had been removed, yet despite this the locomotive's name was painted onto the bodyside before 1985 withdrawal. Reinstated in 1985 to assist with the remodeling of Crewe Station, restricted to a top speed of 35mph, and given the departmental number 97407.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30013
Ruston & Hornsby 48DS, 0-4-0, 200792 'Gower Princess'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/08/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 10
Ruston & Hornsby Locomotive 200793 left Boultham Works in 1940, heading for William Evans & Co. Old Mills Colliery in Somerset. Sold into preservation and remaining at the Pontypool & Blaenavon Railway until 2014 as 'Gower Princess', 200793 has since been moved to the West Somerset Railway and works as the yard shunter at Williton on the West Somerset Railway.
Our Price:
£98.09
R3983
LNER, P2 Class, 2-8-2, 2007 Prince of Walesâ„¢
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/08/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
The London and North Eastern Railway (LNER) Edinburgh to Aberdeen route had steep gradients and tight curves and the express passenger service was usually worked by a double header of two small engines. To overcome this situation, Nigel Gresley, Chief Mechanical Engineer (CME) of the LNER began designing a new locomotive at the LNER Doncaster Works in 1932. The 2-8-2 configured locomotive was given the classification P2 and had four driving axles for greater adhesion, an A3 type boiler and a Kylchap type blastpipe/chimney system. A total of six of the Class were built. As the first two were returned to Doncaster for repairs they were fitted with streamlined fronts similar to the A4 Pacifics. The last four to be built were outshopped with streamlined fronts. By 1944 the whole Class had been withdrawn. The 'A1 Trust', builders of the A1 locomotive 'Tornado', are currently in the process of building a continuation of the P2 class; 2007 'Prince of Wales'. Whilst this locomotive will be based off of 2001 'Cock o' the North', 2007 will incorporate some changes such as sharing a boiler design with A1 'Tornado' and incorporating an improved pony truck design.
Our Price:
£229.05
R30317
RailRoad M&GNJR, 0-4-0T, 100
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/08/23
Era 2
This small locomotive, painted in the resplendent livery of the pre-grouping M&GNJR, is representative of the kind you might have found shunting around dockyards or hauling mixed traffic on a light railway or branch line in the countryside. Small locomotives like this were easy to operate and maintain and were capable of traversing the tightest radius curves as would often be found in industrial settings. Should a locomotive need to traverse tighter curves that these locomotives could then narrow gauge would be the only way to go.
Our Price:
£49.49
R60091
BR BLUE GUV
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/08/23
Era 5
A General Utility Van (GUV) is a type of rail vehicle built by British Rail primarily for transporting mail and parcels. They were used by both Rail Express Systems and Railtrack. Colas Rail and some train operating companies still use them. The Departmental Utility Van posessed the goods carrying potential vital for its task of carrying materials pertinent to the company. The BR Departmental Utility Van is a worthwhile addition to your burgeoning collection, if your interest is kindled in those rail vehicles dedicated to maintaning the processes and efficency of the railway as well as freight and customer travel.
Our Price:
£43.64
35-310
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37175 Colas Rail
'OO' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 11
The British Rail 1955 Modernisation Plan paved the way for the large-scale replacement of steam traction with diesel locomotives, and one of the most successful diesel locomotive designs to result from this was the English Electric Type 3. These 1,700hp Types 3 diesel-electric locomotives were built at English Electric’s Vulcan Foundry and by Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns between 1960 and 1965, with 309 examples produced in total. When TOPS was implemented the type was designated Class 37. The class proved popular with railwaymen and so in 1985, a major refurbishment programme for the Class 37 locomotives was sanctioned to extend the working lives of 135 locomotives. Features of the refurbishment involved plating over the four-character head codes and sealing off the nose end communication doors. Dedicated freight locomotives received lower gearing to increase the tractive effort, and some were fitted with extra ballast or even more powerful engines. A new subclass was created for locomotives refurbished with Electric Train Heating (ETH) equipment, allowing their use on passenger trains the whole year-round. With the sectorisation of British Rail taking hold in the early-1980s, the locomotives returned to traffic following refurbishment in a wide and diverse range of liveries. Passenger machines appeared in BR Blue Large Logo, InterCity and Regional Railways schemes to name just three, whilst freight engines received numerous varieties of Railfreight livery, Transrail, Mainline and Loadhaul. The Class continued to be widely used into the Privatisation-era, with examples operating for the likes of EWS, DRS, West Coast Railways and Colas, whilst others have received ‘retro’ heritage repaints.
Our Price:
£212.45
35-310SFX
Class 37/0 Centre Headcode 37175 Colas Rail With DCC Sound & Working Fans Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 11
F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Playable) F4 - Double Horn F5 - Light Engine Mode F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Speed Lock F8 - On - Sound Fade Out / Off - Sound Fade In F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10* - Fan Noise F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Stationary - Guard’s Whistle / Moving - Detonators F14 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering (Speed Related) F15 - High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F16 - Red Tail Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F17 - Marker Lights On Both Ends (Non Directional) F18 - Cab Light On - No. 1 End (Fan) F19 - Cab Light On - No. 2 End (non-Fan) F20 - No. 1 End Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End Directional Lights Off F22 - Compressor F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Engine Room Lights F25 - Spirax Valve F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * Fan Sounds play as part of the Sound Project with F1 On. F10 allows you to override this and activate on demand (not applicable to Sound Project 1 - Class 37/0s as-built) Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£322.95
374-010F
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 4
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-012E
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-012F
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-035B
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 4
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-036C
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-060E
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 4
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-061D
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-061E
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations
Our Price:
£43.15
374-065A
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Sealink
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 7
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations
Our Price:
£43.15
374-255D
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 4
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-257D
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-257E
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
377-004
BR YGH 'Sealion' Bogie Hopper Wagon LoadHaul Black & Orange
'N' Gauge
Released: 31/07/23
Era 9
Built by British Rail, these Bogie Ballast Hoppers were some of the largest wagons in the engineer’s fleet. Like most engineer’s wagons, these ballast hoppers received aquatic names and were usually known as Seacows or Sealions, depending on their braking arrangement. Used to carry ballast to work sites where it would be discharged via the chutes at the bottom of the hopper.
Our Price:
£53.95
373-900G
BR HAA Hopper BR Rail Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£18.85
373-900H
BR HAA Hopper BR Rail Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 7
Our Price:
£18.85
373-901D
BR HAA Hopper EWS
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£18.85
373-901E
BR HAA Hopper EWS
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£18.85
373-902D
BR HAA Hopper BR Railfreight Coal Sector
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£18.85
373-903
BR HAA Hopper BR Railfreight Red
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 7/8
Our Price:
£18.85
373-904
BR HAA Hopper BR Railfreight Red [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£20.65
373-904A
BR HAA Hopper BR Railfreight Red [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 8
Our Price:
£20.65
373-950C
BR HCA Hopper Transrail
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£19.75
373-950D
BR HCA Hopper Transrail
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£19.75
373-951B
BR HFA Hopper Mainline Freight (Ex-BR Railfreight Coal Sector) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 8/9
Our Price:
£21.55
373-951C
BR HFA Hopper Mainline Freight (Ex-BR Railfreight Coal Sector) [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 9
Our Price:
£21.55
374-014B
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-014C
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-064D
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-064E
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-256B
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-256C
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-013E
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-013F
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-018
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open WCRC Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 9
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-018A
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open WCRC Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 9
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-039D
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-062D
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Blue & Grey [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£44.95
379-062E
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations
Our Price:
£43.15
379-062E
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations
Our Price:
£43.15
374-062F
BR Mk1 SK Second Corridor BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations
Our Price:
£43.15
374-258E
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 10/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
34-604D
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' S Second BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
Era 5
When it comes to coaching stock the non-corridor ‘Suburban’ coaches were certainly not the celebrities, but nonetheless they played a vital role moving hundreds of commuters in and out of cities and providing accommodation on branch lines and local trains. Despite inheriting all manner of non-corridor coaches from its predecessors, BR built its own fleet of standard non-corridor coaches and these popular models depict the 57ft Mk1 ‘Suburbans’.
Our Price:
£31.45
34-630C
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' BS Brake Second BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
Era 5
When it comes to coaching stock the non-corridor ‘Suburban’ coaches were certainly not the celebrities, but nonetheless they played a vital role moving hundreds of commuters in and out of cities and providing accommodation on branch lines and local trains. Despite inheriting all manner of non-corridor coaches from its predecessors, BR built its own fleet of standard non-corridor coaches and these popular models depict the 57ft Mk1 ‘Suburbans’.
Our Price:
£31.45
34-700D
BR Mk1 57ft 'Suburban' C Composite BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
Era 5
When it comes to coaching stock the non-corridor ‘Suburban’ coaches were certainly not the celebrities, but nonetheless they played a vital role moving hundreds of commuters in and out of cities and providing accommodation on branch lines and local trains. Despite inheriting all manner of non-corridor coaches from its predecessors, BR built its own fleet of standard non-corridor coaches and these popular models depict the 57ft Mk1 ‘Suburbans’.
Our Price:
£31.45
371-783A
Class 90/0 90002 'Mission: Impossible' Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
Fifty Class 90 locomotives were ordered by British Rail in 1986 to replace the ageing Class 85 fleet on West Coast Main Line duties, whilst also allowing BR to cascade a number of Class 86s to East Anglia. Constructed at British Rail Engineering Limited, Crewe, the new locomotives were initially classified as 87/2s however this was soon changed to Class 90 as the design featured a completely new body-shell – although much of the technology within was shared with the Class 87s. Construction of the 110mph rated locomotives was completed in 1990 and the fleet was split between different sectors of British Rail – 15 were allocated to InterCity services, five for Rail Express Systems (mail and parcels traffic) and the remaining 30 for Railfreight Distribution. Most of those allocated to Railfreight Distribution would later be downgraded to 75mph and reclassified as 90/1s numbered in the 901xx series following work to isolate the Electric Train Heating and push-pull equipment making them dedicated freight locos. Upon privatisation the Class 90 fleet was split between Virgin Trains, EWS and Freightliner. By 1999 all of the Class 90/1s acquired by EWS had been converted back to 90/0s due to an increased requirement for passenger locomotives to work contracted ScotRail sleeper trains and for hire to GNER for East Coast Main Line services. Further renumbering by EWS occurred when nine locos were fitted with different brake blocks and these became Class 90/2s numbered in the 902xx series. The Freightliner locos were also converted back to their original specification in the early 2000s. The Class 90s have carried numerous liveries including three decorated in European liveries for the Freightconnection event in 1992 which coincided with the opening of the Channel Tunnel to freight services. No. 90128 was decorated in SNCB turquoise (Belgium), No. 90129 in DB red (Germany) and No. 90130 in SNCF orange and grey (France) and each carried the name Freightconnection in their respective languages, alongside No. 90022 which was named ‘Freightconnection’ and carried Railfreight Distribution livery. The majority of the Class have carried names whilst in service and the 90s have appeared a variety of other post-Privatisation liveries such as GNER, DB Schenker, First ScotRail, One (Anglia), Greater Anglia, National Express, DRS and Malcolm Logistics. Today, Class 90s remain in operation with Freightliner, DB Cargo UK (ex-EWS/DB Schenker) and most recently Locomotive Services which has acquired Nos. 90001 and 90002 and repainted them into InterCity Swallow livery for use on charters and excursions.
Our Price:
£165.70
371-783ASF
Class 90/0 90002 'Mission: Impossible' Virgin Trains (Original) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - Sound - On/Off (plus Battery Switch and Compressor Sounds) F2 - Brake F3 - Low Horn (Playable) F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Parking Brake On/Off (Loco won’t move with Parking Brake On) F6 - On - Pantograph Up / Off - Pantograph Down (Sounds only) F7 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F8 - Windscreen Wipers F9 - Air Dump F10 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response F11 - Spirax Valve F12 - Station Announcement F13 - AWS F14 - Cab Light (non-Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F15 - Cab Light (Pantograph End) On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F16 - Coupling Up F17 - Uncoupling F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Uncoupling Movement Cycle F20 - Directional Lights Off (Non-Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F21 - Directional Lights Off (Pantograph End) (plus Light Switch Sound) F22 - Fire Alarm Test F23 - Volume Control (6 levels) Analogue Users: Please note that any automated drive sounds will be played when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£250.70
372-727A
BR Standard 5MT with BR1B Tender 73109 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The BR Standard Class 5MT locomotives were constructed between 1951 and 1957, under the direction of R. A. Riddles. Drawing inspiration from the LMS’s Stanier 5MT ‘Black 5s’, the ‘Standard 5’ had higher running boards and modern features like roller bearings, mechanical lubricators, self-cleaning fireboxes, hopper ashpans and rocking fire grates. In all 172 examples were built at BR’s Derby and Doncaster Works and the Class was widely distributed, with locomotives being allocated to every region of the BR network. The 5MTs were coupled to a variety of tenders according to the needs of each region and the routes undertaken, for instance those allocated to the Southern Region received tender types with a greater water capacity than some delivered to the Midland Region, due to the lack of water troughs on the electrified Southern network. A significant engineering innovation was the fitting of the BR Caprotti valve gear to 30 members of the class – this part proved to be more mechanically efficient than the standard Walschaerts valve gear and the Caprotti locomotives were consequently more powerful for their size. Twenty of the Southern Region locomotives were named in 1959, with each name being transferred from SR King Arthur Class locomotives that were being withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Standard 5s commenced in 1964 with just 23 surviving until 1968, when, with steam coming to an end on BR, the final examples were withdrawn. Five locomotives have however been preserved, including one fitted with Caprotti valve gear, and all have steamed in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£152.95
372-727ASF
BR Standard 5MT with BR1B Tender 73109 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Unfitted Freight Mode F18 - Chime Whistle (Speed Related) F19 - Long Duration Whistle F20 - Short Duration Whistle F21 - 'Going under Harry’ F22 - 'That’s an all clear from the Guard’ F23 - Guard to Driver - Freight F24 - ‘Guard to Driver - Passenger F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£237.95
372-729
BR Standard 5MT with BR1 Tender 73050 BR Lined Black (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The BR Standard Class 5MT locomotives were constructed between 1951 and 1957, under the direction of R. A. Riddles. Drawing inspiration from the LMS’s Stanier 5MT ‘Black 5s’, the ‘Standard 5’ had higher running boards and modern features like roller bearings, mechanical lubricators, self-cleaning fireboxes, hopper ashpans and rocking fire grates. In all 172 examples were built at BR’s Derby and Doncaster Works and the Class was widely distributed, with locomotives being allocated to every region of the BR network. The 5MTs were coupled to a variety of tenders according to the needs of each region and the routes undertaken, for instance those allocated to the Southern Region received tender types with a greater water capacity than some delivered to the Midland Region, due to the lack of water troughs on the electrified Southern network. A significant engineering innovation was the fitting of the BR Caprotti valve gear to 30 members of the class – this part proved to be more mechanically efficient than the standard Walschaerts valve gear and the Caprotti locomotives were consequently more powerful for their size. Twenty of the Southern Region locomotives were named in 1959, with each name being transferred from SR King Arthur Class locomotives that were being withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Standard 5s commenced in 1964 with just 23 surviving until 1968, when, with steam coming to an end on BR, the final examples were withdrawn. Five locomotives have however been preserved, including one fitted with Caprotti valve gear, and all have steamed in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£152.95
372-729A
BR Standard 5MT with BR1 Tender 73006 BR Lined Black (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The BR Standard Class 5MT locomotives were constructed between 1951 and 1957, under the direction of R. A. Riddles. Drawing inspiration from the LMS’s Stanier 5MT ‘Black 5s’, the ‘Standard 5’ had higher running boards and modern features like roller bearings, mechanical lubricators, self-cleaning fireboxes, hopper ashpans and rocking fire grates. In all 172 examples were built at BR’s Derby and Doncaster Works and the Class was widely distributed, with locomotives being allocated to every region of the BR network. The 5MTs were coupled to a variety of tenders according to the needs of each region and the routes undertaken, for instance those allocated to the Southern Region received tender types with a greater water capacity than some delivered to the Midland Region, due to the lack of water troughs on the electrified Southern network. A significant engineering innovation was the fitting of the BR Caprotti valve gear to 30 members of the class – this part proved to be more mechanically efficient than the standard Walschaerts valve gear and the Caprotti locomotives were consequently more powerful for their size. Twenty of the Southern Region locomotives were named in 1959, with each name being transferred from SR King Arthur Class locomotives that were being withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Standard 5s commenced in 1964 with just 23 surviving until 1968, when, with steam coming to an end on BR, the final examples were withdrawn. Five locomotives have however been preserved, including one fitted with Caprotti valve gear, and all have steamed in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£152.95
372-729ASF
BR Standard 5MT with BR1 Tender 73006 BR Lined Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Unfitted Freight Mode F18 - Chime Whistle (Speed Related) F19 - Long Duration Whistle F20 - Short Duration Whistle F21 - 'Going under Harry’ F22 - 'That’s an all clear from the Guard’ F23 - Guard to Driver - Freight F24 - ‘Guard to Driver - Passenger F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£237.95
372-729SF
BR Standard 5MT with BR1 Tender 73050 BR Lined Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Unfitted Freight Mode F18 - Chime Whistle (Speed Related) F19 - Long Duration Whistle F20 - Short Duration Whistle F21 - 'Going under Harry’ F22 - 'That’s an all clear from the Guard’ F23 - Guard to Driver - Freight F24 - ‘Guard to Driver - Passenger F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£237.95
372-730SF
BR Standard 5MT with BR1C Tender 73065 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Unfitted Freight Mode F18 - Chime Whistle (Speed Related) F19 - Long Duration Whistle F20 - Short Duration Whistle F21 - 'Going under Harry’ F22 - 'That’s an all clear from the Guard’ F23 - Guard to Driver - Freight F24 - ‘Guard to Driver - Passenger F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£237.95
372-730
BR Standard 5MT with BR1C Tender 73065 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 16/08/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The BR Standard Class 5MT locomotives were constructed between 1951 and 1957, under the direction of R. A. Riddles. Drawing inspiration from the LMS’s Stanier 5MT ‘Black 5s’, the ‘Standard 5’ had higher running boards and modern features like roller bearings, mechanical lubricators, self-cleaning fireboxes, hopper ashpans and rocking fire grates. In all 172 examples were built at BR’s Derby and Doncaster Works and the Class was widely distributed, with locomotives being allocated to every region of the BR network. The 5MTs were coupled to a variety of tenders according to the needs of each region and the routes undertaken, for instance those allocated to the Southern Region received tender types with a greater water capacity than some delivered to the Midland Region, due to the lack of water troughs on the electrified Southern network. A significant engineering innovation was the fitting of the BR Caprotti valve gear to 30 members of the class – this part proved to be more mechanically efficient than the standard Walschaerts valve gear and the Caprotti locomotives were consequently more powerful for their size. Twenty of the Southern Region locomotives were named in 1959, with each name being transferred from SR King Arthur Class locomotives that were being withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Standard 5s commenced in 1964 with just 23 surviving until 1968, when, with steam coming to an end on BR, the final examples were withdrawn. Five locomotives have however been preserved, including one fitted with Caprotti valve gear, and all have steamed in the preservation era.
Our Price:
£152.95
32-488SF
Class 40 Disc Headcode D292 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/08/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn F4* - Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F12 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 End (plus Light Switch Sound) F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 End (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - High Intensity Headlight (if fitted, F0 must be ON) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump F27 - Exhauster *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£280.45
32-488
Class 40 Disc Headcode D292 BR Green (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The British Rail Class 40 is a British Railways diesel-electric locomotive, rated at 2,000 hp and classified as a Type 4. A total of 200 were built by English Electric between 1958 and 1962 and numbered in the series D200-D399. They were for a time the pride of the British Rail early diesel fleet. Despite their initial success, by the time the last examples were entering service they were already being replaced on some top-link duties by more powerful locomotives. As they were slowly relegated from express passenger uses, the type found work on secondary passenger and freight services where they worked for many years. The final locomotives ended regular service in 1985. Class 40s operated in all areas of British Railways although Western and Southern Region workings were less common. After the early trials, the majority of Class 40s were based at depots in northern England; notably Longsight, Carlisle Kingmoor, and Wigan Springs Branch on the Midland Region, and Thornaby and Gateshead on the Eastern Region. The heyday of the Class was in the early 1960s when they hauled top-link expresses on the West Coast Main Line and in East Anglia. However, the arrival of more powerful diesel locomotives, such as Class 47s and Class 55s, together with the electrification of the West Coast Main Line, meant that the fleet was gradually relegated to more mundane duties. In later life, the locomotives were mainly to be found hauling heavy freight and passenger trains in the north of England and Scotland. As additional new rolling stock was introduced, their passenger work decreased, partly due to their lack of electric train heating for newer passenger coaches. They lost their last front-line passenger duties - in Scotland - in 1980, and the last regular use on passenger trains was on the North Wales Coast Line between Holyhead, Crewe and Manchester, along with regular forays across the Pennines on Liverpool to York and Newcastle services. Throughout the early 1980s Class 40s were common performers on relief, day excursion (adex) and holidaymaker services along with deputising for electric traction, especially on Sundays between Manchester and Birmingham. This resulted in visits to many distant parts of the network. It would be fair to say that few routes in the London Midland and Eastern regions did not see Class 40-worked passenger services from time to time. Regular destinations included the seaside resorts of Scarborough, Skegness and Cleethorpes on the Eastern region, with Blackpool and Stranraer being regularly visited on the West Coast.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-490
Class 40 Centre Headcode (ScR) 40063 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
The Class 40 Diesel Locomotive has long been a highlight of the Bachmann Branchline OO scale fleet, and for 2023 this popular model has been upgraded to bring you more features than ever before. New tooling has also been produced and is employed here to depict this Scottish Region locomotive which has seen its headcode discs and communication doors replaced with central headcode panels. The distinguishing features of these Scottish locos – their square-cornered headcode boxes, the lack of handrails around the headcode boxes and the uneven bottom to the nose – are all present and correct on this model of No. 40063 which carries BR Blue livery. With the DCC decoder interface upgraded to Plux22; new lighting features and enhanced speaker arrangements have also been employed on the Class 40 to enhance the operating experience. On track the model has a mighty presence, just like the real locomotives and, with its five pole, twin flywheel motor powering all six driving wheels, you can be sure of a performance to match too. This Class 40’s good looks are enriched by the superb livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos to produce a model fit for any collection.
Our Price:
£195.45
32-492
Class 40 Disc Headcode 40039 BR Green (Full Yellow Ends) [W] With DCC Sound fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On, Off - Failed Engine Start / On, Off, On - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3* - Horn F4* - Horn F5 - Heavy Load F6 - Coasting (Manual notch Down if F22 On) F7 - Maximum Revs (Manual notch Up if F22 On) F8** - On - Coupling Up / Off - Uncoupling F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Fan Noise F11 - On - Guard’s Whistle / Off - Driver’s Response Horn F12 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 1 End (plus Light Switch Sound) F13 - Cab Lights On/Off No. 2 End (plus Light Switch Sound) F14 - High Intensity Headlight (if fitted, F0 must be ON) F15 - Auto Uncouple Cycle F16 - AWS Horn F17 - AWS Bell F18 - On - Sound Fades Out / Off - Sound Fades In F19 - Mute (Latch) / Volume Cycles 6 Levels (Trigger) F20 - No. 1 End (Fan) Directional Lights Off F21 - No. 2 End (non-Fan) Directional Lights Off F22 - Manual Notching Logic On/Off (control with F6 & F7) F23 - Spirax Valve F24 - Station Announcement F25 - On - Driver’s Door Open / Off - Driver’ Door Shut F26 - Air Dump F27 - Exhauster *Alternative Horn sounds and behaviour can be selected via CV changes ** Alternative coupling sounds can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£288.95
32-392
Class 40 Disc Headcode 40039 BR Green (Full Yellow Ends) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
CLASS 40 HISTORY The British Rail Class 40 is a British Railways diesel-electric locomotive, rated at 2,000 hp and classified as a Type 4. A total of 200 were built by English Electric between 1958 and 1962 and numbered in the series D200-D399. They were for a time the pride of the British Rail early diesel fleet. Despite their initial success, by the time the last examples were entering service they were already being replaced on some top-link duties by more powerful locomotives. As they were slowly relegated from express passenger uses, the type found work on secondary passenger and freight services where they worked for many years. The final locomotives ended regular service in 1985. Class 40s operated in all areas of British Railways although Western and Southern Region workings were less common. After the early trials, the majority of Class 40s were based at depots in northern England; notably Longsight, Carlisle Kingmoor, and Wigan Springs Branch on the Midland Region, and Thornaby and Gateshead on the Eastern Region. The heyday of the Class was in the early 1960s when they hauled top-link expresses on the West Coast Main Line and in East Anglia. However, the arrival of more powerful diesel locomotives, such as Class 47s and Class 55s, together with the electrification of the West Coast Main Line, meant that the fleet was gradually relegated to more mundane duties. In later life, the locomotives were mainly to be found hauling heavy freight and passenger trains in the north of England and Scotland. As additional new rolling stock was introduced, their passenger work decreased, partly due to their lack of electric train heating for newer passenger coaches. They lost their last front-line passenger duties - in Scotland - in 1980, and the last regular use on passenger trains was on the North Wales Coast Line between Holyhead, Crewe and Manchester, along with regular forays across the Pennines on Liverpool to York and Newcastle services. Throughout the early 1980s Class 40s were common performers on relief, day excursion (adex) and holidaymaker services along with deputising for electric traction, especially on Sundays between Manchester and Birmingham. This resulted in visits to many distant parts of the network. It would be fair to say that few routes in the London Midland and Eastern regions did not see Class 40-worked passenger services from time to time. Regular destinations included the seaside resorts of Scarborough, Skegness and Cleethorpes on the Eastern region, with Blackpool and Stranraer being regularly visited on the West Coast.
Our Price:
£203.95
374-107C
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet BR Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-109A
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-109B
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-110C
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-112
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet WCRC Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-113
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/08/23
Era 6
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and
Our Price:
£43.15
904001
BR 15xx – No.1506 Unlined Black No Crest
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/09/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
Our Price:
£127.50
904006
BR 15xx – No.1509 NCB Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/09/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5/6
Our Price:
£127.50
R60165
L&MR Sheep Wagon Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/09/23
Era 1
Liverpool and Manchester Railway Wagons have long been a popular sight in many a railway enthusiasts layout, and pack contains 3 Wagons tailored for sheep.
Our Price:
£71.99
R60166
L&MR Horse Wagon Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/23
Era 1
Liverpool and Manchester Railway Wagons have long been a popular sight in many a railway enthusiasts layout, and pack contains 3 Wagons tailored for horses.
Our Price:
£71.99
R60164
L&MR Coal Wagon Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
Era 1
Liverpool and Manchester Railway Wagons have long been a popular sight in many a railway enthusiasts layout, and pack contains 3 Wagons tailored for coal.
Our Price:
£69.29
R30114
BR, West Country Class, 4-6-2, 34046 'Braunton'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Southern locomotive 21C146 entered service in November 1946 having been built to Bulleid's air-smoothed 'Light Pacific' design. From new the locomotive was allocated to the Exmouth Junction Shed where it remained until moving to Sailsbury in May 1951 and Brighton the following month. Under British Railways the locomotive was renumbered 34046. In January 1959 the locomotive was rebuilt to a more conventional design along with many other members of the 'West Country' Class. After re-entering service 'Braunton' was re-allocated to Bournemouth and remained there until being withdrawn from service in late 1965. Like many Southern locomotives scrappage was supposed to take place at Barry Scrapyard, however having stood there for many years the locomotive was selected for preservation, being returned to steam in 2007 after an extensive overhaul.
Our Price:
£239.84
R30129
BR, Battle of Britain Class, 4-6-2, 34072 '257 Squadron'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
257 Squadron' was completed at Brighton Works in 1948 as one of the first of its Class produced under BR, and allocated to Dover Marine Shed to work the Continental Boat Trains to London. Perhaps more incredible than its service life are the efforts made in light of '257 Squadron's' significant name in relation to the Battle of Britain and Second World War to return the locomotive to traffic in October 2021.
Our Price:
£239.84
35-357A
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode 20010 BR Railfreight (Red Stripe)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-357ASF
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode 20010 BR Railfreight (Red Stripe) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
372-626BSF
LMS Ivatt 2MT 46474 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - Unfitted Freight Mode F19 - Pinned Brakes (F18 must be On) F20 - Detonators F21 - Short ‘Toot Toot’ Whistle F22 - Long Duration Whistle F23 - Short Duration Whistle F24 - ‘Clear from the Guard’ F25 - 'Going under Charlie’ F26* - Guard to Driver Instructions F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * A selection of different instructions can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£225.20
372-627A
LMS Ivatt 2MT 6418 LMS Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 3
Designed by H. G. Ivatt for the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS), 128 of these Class 2 Moguls were built for light freight and passenger duties. With construction commencing in 1946, just twenty examples were built by the LMS and the remaining 108 were outshopped by British Railways following Nationalisation in 1948. The construction programme was completed in 1952 and these Mixed Traffic locomotives would go on to operate on all the BR regions, with the exception of the Southern. Light axle loadings allowed the Ivatt 2MTs to be used on most routes including branch lines, where their almost enclosed cabs made them ideal for working tender first when no turning facilities existed. The design provided the basis for the BR Standard Class 2MT 2-6-0, and the two are very similar in appearance, with the Standard version having only a modified cab and tender profile to allow unrestricted route availability across the British network. With BR progressively closing more and more branch lines, and rationalising others – often employing new diesel multiple units to provide a more economical passenger service – duties for small locomotives like the Ivatt 2MTs began to disappear and the decline of the class began in 1961 when the first example was withdrawn. The Mogul’s versatility and its relatively modern design however ensured that many examples were still in traffic until the mid-1960s, but by 1967 all had been withdrawn. Thankfully, seven Ivatt 2MT have been preserved and the type is an ideal source of motive power for many of the trains running on heritage railways today.
Our Price:
£140.20
372-630
LMS Ivatt 2MT 46521 BR Lined Green (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
IVATT 2MT HISTORY Designed by H. G. Ivatt for the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS), 128 of these Class 2 Moguls were built for light freight and passenger duties. With construction commencing in 1946, just twenty examples were built by the LMS and the remaining 108 were outshopped by British Railways following Nationalisation in 1948. The construction programme was completed in 1952 and these Mixed Traffic locomotives would go on to operate on all the BR regions, with the exception of the Southern. Light axle loadings allowed the Ivatt 2MTs to be used on most routes including branch lines, where their almost enclosed cabs made them ideal for working tender first when no turning facilities existed. The design provided the basis for the BR Standard Class 2MT 2-6-0, and the two are very similar in appearance, with the Standard version having only a modified cab and tender profile to allow unrestricted route availability across the British network. With BR progressively closing more and more branch lines, and rationalising others – often employing new diesel multiple units to provide a more economical passenger service – duties for small locomotives like the Ivatt 2MTs began to disappear and the decline of the class began in 1961 when the first example was withdrawn. The Mogul’s versatility and its relatively modern design however ensured that many examples were still in traffic until the mid-1960s, but by 1967 all had been withdrawn. Thankfully, seven Ivatt 2MT have been preserved and the type is an ideal source of motive power for many of the trains running on heritage railways today.
Our Price:
£140.20
372-630SF
LMS Ivatt 2MT 46521 BR Lined Green (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 12/09/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - Unfitted Freight Mode F19 - Pinned Brakes (F18 must be On) F20 - Detonators F21 - Short ‘Toot Toot’ Whistle F22 - Long Duration Whistle F23 - Short Duration Whistle F24 - ‘Clear from the Guard’ F25 - 'Going under Charlie’ F26* - Guard to Driver Instructions F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * A selection of different instructions can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£225.20
R30132
BR, Class 9F, 2-10-0, 92002
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
The British Railways Standard 9F Class was a 2-10-0 steam locomotive, the last of the standardised BR designs. The Robert Riddles design was intended as a long distance heavy express freight locomotive. In total 251 of the class were produced between January 1954 and March 1960, with the final locomotive No. 92220 'Evening Star' being the last steam locomotive built by British Railways. The huge length of the 10 coupled driving wheels proved problematic when faced with tight curves, a situation that freight haulage would make inevitable. A solution was found by removing the flanges from the centre driving wheel and reducing the size on the flanges on the second and fourth driving axle's wheels. Riddles had chosen the 2-10-0 wheel configuration in-order to spread the load of the boiler over a greater area. This meant that the boiler had to be raised considerably compared to other designs to allow the firebox to sit above the trailing driving wheels. As a result, the 9F features a distinctive void between the suspended boiler and the footplate. In operation the class proved extremely versatile. Not only did the 9F excel as a freight locomotive, but when required it also succeeded as a passenger locomotive. Reports even suggest that when 92220 'Evening Star' was used to pull the Red Dragon express service between Cardiff and London it was forced to delay its arrival to allow the restaurant services to be completed, having outperformed the normal Britannia Class locomotives used on the service. This was not the only time 9Fs had been recorded outperforming dedicated express locomotives and on such services the locomotives were capable of running at over 90mph. This combination of high speed, fast acceleration and powerful hauling capabilities mean that many consider the class to be pinnacle of British steam locomotive design. Locomotive numbers 92165-92167 were built with a mechanical stoker. This system used a helical screw to move coal from the tender straight into the firebox. This meant that coal could be burnt a faster rate than a fireman could maintain otherwise. Systems like this proved extremely useful on long distance American railways however in Britain it was rare for a locomotive to require such as high rate of coal delivery over a long period of time meaning that a good fireman could prove just as effective. Locomotive 92002 was the third such locomotive to be constructed by BR, being built at Crewe in 1954. The locomotive was outshopped with the BR1G tender and in the usual BR black colour scheme. The locomotive would go on to be one of the 106 locomotives withdrawn in 1967, the locomotive would not be preserved.
Our Price:
£227.69
R30133
BR, Class 9F, 2-10-0, 92097 with Westinghouse Pumps
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
The British Railways Standard 9F Class was a 2-10-0 steam locomotive, the last of the standardised BR designs. The Robert Riddles design was intended as a long distance heavy express freight locomotive. In total 251 of the class were produced between January 1954 and March 1960, with the final locomotive No. 92220 'Evening Star' being the last steam locomotive built by British Railways. The huge length of the 10 coupled driving wheels proved problematic when faced with tight curves, a situation that freight haulage would make inevitable. A solution was found by removing the flanges from the centre driving wheel and reducing the size on the flanges on the second and fourth driving axle's wheels. Riddles had chosen the 2-10-0 wheel configuration in-order to spread the load of the boiler over a greater area. This meant that the boiler had to be raised considerably compared to other designs to allow the firebox to sit above the trailing driving wheels. As a result, the 9F features a distinctive void between the suspended boiler and the footplate. In operation the class proved extremely versatile. Not only did the 9F excel as a freight locomotive, but when required it also succeeded as a passenger locomotive. Reports even suggest that when 92220 'Evening Star' was used to pull the Red Dragon express service between Cardiff and London it was forced to delay its arrival to allow the restaurant services to be completed, having outperformed the normal Britannia Class locomotives used on the service. This was not the only time 9Fs had been recorded outperforming dedicated express locomotives and on such services the locomotives were capable of running at over 90mph. This combination of high speed, fast acceleration and powerful hauling capabilities mean that many consider the class to be pinnacle of British steam locomotive design. Locomotive numbers 92165-92167 were built with a mechanical stoker. This system used a helical screw to move coal from the tender straight into the firebox. This meant that coal could be burnt a faster rate than a fireman could maintain otherwise. Systems like this proved extremely useful on long distance American railways however in Britain it was rare for a locomotive to require such as high rate of coal delivery over a long period of time meaning that a good fireman could prove just as effective. Locomotive 92002 was the third such locomotive to be constructed by BR, being built at Crewe in 1954. The locomotive was outshopped with the BR1G tender and in the usual BR black colour scheme. The locomotive would go on to be one of the 106 locomotives withdrawn in 1967, the locomotive would not be preserved.
Our Price:
£227.69
372-626B
LMS Ivatt 2MT 46474 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
Designed by H. G. Ivatt for the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS), 128 of these Class 2 Moguls were built for light freight and passenger duties. With construction commencing in 1946, just twenty examples were built by the LMS and the remaining 108 were outshopped by British Railways following Nationalisation in 1948. The construction programme was completed in 1952 and these Mixed Traffic locomotives would go on to operate on all the BR regions, with the exception of the Southern. Light axle loadings allowed the Ivatt 2MTs to be used on most routes including branch lines, where their almost enclosed cabs made them ideal for working tender first when no turning facilities existed. The design provided the basis for the BR Standard Class 2MT 2-6-0, and the two are very similar in appearance, with the Standard version having only a modified cab and tender profile to allow unrestricted route availability across the British network. With BR progressively closing more and more branch lines, and rationalising others – often employing new diesel multiple units to provide a more economical passenger service – duties for small locomotives like the Ivatt 2MTs began to disappear and the decline of the class began in 1961 when the first example was withdrawn. The Mogul’s versatility and its relatively modern design however ensured that many examples were still in traffic until the mid-1960s, but by 1967 all had been withdrawn. Thankfully, seven Ivatt 2MT have been preserved and the type is an ideal source of motive power for many of the trains running on heritage railways today.
Our Price:
£140.20
372-628ASF
LMS Ivatt 2MT 46447 BR Lined Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - Unfitted Freight Mode F19 - Pinned Brakes (F18 must be On) F20 - Detonators F21 - Short ‘Toot Toot’ Whistle F22 - Long Duration Whistle F23 - Short Duration Whistle F24 - ‘Clear from the Guard’ F25 - 'Going under Charlie’ F26* - Guard to Driver Instructions F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up * A selection of different instructions can be selected via CV changes Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£225.20
374-690A
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open BR Blue & Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 7
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-691
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-691A
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-693
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 8
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-693A
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 8
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-736
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-736A
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open ScotRail Saltire
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-738
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 8
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-738A
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 8
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-763
BR Mk2F FO First Open BR InterCity (Swallow)
'N' Gauge
Released: 26/09/23
Era 8
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
R30134
LMS, Princess Royal Class 'The Turbomotive', 4-6-2, 6202
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Stanier’s Turbomotive, often referred to as ‘The Turbo’ was an experimental non-condensing steam turbine locomotive inspired by similar Swedish Ljungström locomotives. No. 6202 was built as the third of the 'Princess Royal' Class by Stanier, an attempt to innovate steam locomotive technology with the advent of Dieselisation and Grouping upending the traditional notions of rail transport.
Our Price:
£239.84
R30135
BR, Princess Royal Class 'The Turbomotive', 4-6-2, 46202
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Stanier’s Turbomotive, often referred to as ‘The Turbo’ was an experimental non-condensing steam turbine locomotive inspired by similar Swedish Ljungström locomotives. No. 6202 was built as the third of the 'Princess Royal' Class by Stanier, an attempt to innovate steam locomotive technology with the advent of Dieselisation and Grouping upending the traditional notions of rail transport.
Our Price:
£239.84
R30012
GCR(N), Ruston & Hornsby 48DS, 0-4-0, No.1 'Qwag'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 27/09/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 10
'Qwag' or No. 371971 has had a long association with the Great Central Railway, having been the first locomotive to be based at the newly preserved railway in 1972. A refurbishment of 'Qwag' was completed around 2010 with the locomotive being returned to working condition.
Our Price:
£98.09
R30125
BR, W1 Class 'Hush Hush' Streamlined, 4-6-4, 60700
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/09/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Having been rebuilt with a conventional boiler and A4 style streamlining in 1937, the W1 ‘Hush-Hush’ continued to serve with LNER and later British Railways. Under BR the locomotive was renumbered 60700 and used to operate regular services out of Kings Cross to Leeds and Cambridge, remaining with BR until scrapping in 1959.
Our Price:
£229.04
35-353
Class 20/0 Headcode Box D8133 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-356
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode 20072 BR Blue [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
CLASS 20/0 HISTORY The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£199.70
372-728SF
BR Standard 5MT with BR1 Tender 73049 BR Lined Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Single Whistle (Speed Related) F5 - Reverser F6 - Shovelling Coal F7 - Injectors F8 - Blower F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Safety Valve F11 - Handbrake (locomotive will not move with the handbrake applied) F12 - Water Tank Filling F13 - Coupling Clank F14 - Light Engine Mode F15 - Fade All Sounds F16 - Guard’s Whistle F17 - Unfitted Freight Mode F18 - Chime Whistle (Speed Related) F19 - Long Duration Whistle F20 - Short Duration Whistle F21 - 'Going under Harry’ F22 - 'That’s an all clear from the Guard’ F23 - Guard to Driver - Freight F24 - ‘Guard to Driver - Passenger F25 - Volume Down F26 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£237.95
374-081B
BR Mk1 BCK Brake Composite Corridor BR Crimson & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/09/23
Era 4
Our Price:
£43.15
R30134TXS
LMS, Princess Royal Class 'The Turbomotive', 4-6-2, 6202 - Era 3 (Sound Fitted)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/10/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 3
Stanier’s Turbomotive, often referred to as ‘The Turbo’ was an experimental non-condensing steam turbine locomotive inspired by similar Swedish Ljungström locomotives. No. 6202 was built as the third of the 'Princess Royal' Class by Stanier, an attempt to innovate steam locomotive technology with the advent of Dieselisation and Grouping upending the traditional notions of rail transport.
Our Price:
£281.69
R30135TXS
BR, Princess Royal Class 'The Turbomotive', 4-6-2, 46202 - Era 4 (Sound Fitted)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/10/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
With the nationalisation of Britain’s railways, the ‘Princess Royal’ Class Turbomotive later shed its LMS insignia, to be replaced with the new emblem of British Rail and a black livery shortly after receiving its new crest. After a long period of general repair, Turbomotive returned to the main line in 1947 under the number 46202, continuing its function as a distinct and entirely uniquely designed steam turbine locomotive
Our Price:
£281.69
373-950ASF
Class 14 D9522 BR Green (Wasp Stripes) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Horn One (Speed & Direction Related) F4 - Horn Two (Speed & Direction Related) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F9 - Guard’s Whistle F10 - Buffering Up F11 - Coupling Up F12 - Compressor (random sound when stationary) F13 - Sanding Valve F14 - Handbrake (Loco will not move when used) F15 - Priming Pump F16 - On - Driver’s Door Opening / Off - Driver’s Door Closing F17 - Fade All Sounds F18 - Detonators (Speed Related) F19 - Vocals - “6ft To Buffer Up” F20 - Vocals - “Shunter to Driver Come In, Over” F21 - Vocals - “Slow Down, Slow Down” F22 - Windscreen Wipers F23 - Station Ambience F24 - Spirax Valve F25 - Shunt Mode F26 - Volume Down F27 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£216.70
370-052
Western Rambler Train Set
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 3
A Graham Farish Train Set is the perfect entry into the wonderful world of model railways. Each train set includes everything you need to get up and running so why not indulge today and start your journey towards building your own masterpiece in miniature. Rail was the preferred method of transport for much of the twentieth century and each railway company developed locomotives and wagons to move many types of freight. For the Great Western Railway, few tank locomotives were more revered than the 0-6-0 Pannier Tanks, whilst the ‘Toad’ Brake Van was an essential vehicle to bring up the rear of any goods train. Our Western Rambler Train Set includes both of these iconic designs, along with two open goods wagons. CONTENTS: Class 64xx Pannier Tank No. 6406 GWR Green livery 2 x 5 Plank Open Wagons GWR Grey livery GWR Toad Brake Van GWR Grey livery Analogue Controller (decorated in black and yellow with Graham Farish logo) Power Supply Oval of Track Power Clip
Our Price:
£170.95
372-954
NCB Class 14 D2/9531 British Oak Orange & Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 6/7
The Class 14 0-6-0 diesel-hydraulic locomotives were built by BR at their Swindon Works during the 1960s. An initial order for 26 examples placed in January 1963 had already been increased before work had started on the first order and in total, 56 Class 14s were built. Expected to be employed on local trip workings and for short distance goods trains, the good all-around visibility from the cab and dual controls made them ideal for use on shunting duties too. The class was numbered D9500-55 and later designated as Class 14 under TOPS by British Rail. The nickname 'Teddy Bears' came about following a comment by a Swindon Works foreman who commented "We've built The Great Bear, now we're going to build a 'Teddy Bear'". Originally, all were allocated to Western Region depots, but in January 1967 twenty were sent to Hull (Dairycoates) on BR’s Eastern Region (ER), followed by a further thirteen later the same year. At Hull, they were intended for work around the docks, but the tasks were beyond the capabilities of a single locomotive, and since two locomotives required two crews, they were not popular with the region. In 1968, all 33 ER locomotives were placed in store, and were subsequently withdrawn on 1st April that year, joining their Western compatriots that had been progressively sidelined during 1967-68. The Class 14s, like many other early diesel types, had an extremely short life with British Railways. In this case it was not because of poor reliability but because many of the envisaged duties disappeared on the BR network a few years after they came into use. BR started to dispose of members of the class from mid-1968 and the entire class had been sold to industry or otherwise disposed of by the end of 1970. In their new careers in industry many had a working life of two to three times greater than that with BR. The industries in which they were employed, such as coal mining, declined during the 1970s and the class again became surplus to requirements. Several have found a third lease of life on preserved lines where they are ideal for both light passenger work and the maintenance of permanent way. Some examples even found new uses during construction of the Channel Tunnel and High Speed One, some 3 decades after their conception! With such a versatile history, as it transpires, the Class 14 is a very useful and widely travelled loco type, universally popular with operators and enthusiasts alike.
Our Price:
£131.70
372-954SF
Class 14 D2/9531 NCB British Oak Orange & Black With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 6/7
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Horn One (Speed & Direction Related) F4 - Horn Two (Speed & Direction Related) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F9 - Guard’s Whistle F10 - Buffering Up F11 - Coupling Up F12 - Compressor (random sound when stationary) F13 - Sanding Valve F14 - Handbrake (Loco will not move when used) F15 - Priming Pump F16 - On - Driver’s Door Opening / Off - Driver’s Door Closing F17 - Fade All Sounds F18 - Detonators (Speed Related) F19 - Vocals - “6ft To Buffer Up” F20 - Vocals - “Shunter to Driver Come In, Over” F21 - Vocals - “Slow Down, Slow Down” F22 - Windscreen Wipers F23 - Station Ambience F24 - Spirax Valve F25 - Shunt Mode F26 - Volume Down F27 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£216.70
372-955
BR Maroon Class 14 D9523 (Wasp Stripes)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The Class 14 0-6-0 diesel-hydraulic locomotives were built by BR at their Swindon Works during the 1960s. An initial order for 26 examples placed in January 1963 had already been increased before work had started on the first order and in total, 56 Class 14s were built. Expected to be employed on local trip workings and for short distance goods trains, the good all-around visibility from the cab and dual controls made them ideal for use on shunting duties too. The class was numbered D9500-55 and later designated as Class 14 under TOPS by British Rail. The nickname 'Teddy Bears' came about following a comment by a Swindon Works foreman who commented "We've built The Great Bear, now we're going to build a 'Teddy Bear'". Originally, all were allocated to Western Region depots, but in January 1967 twenty were sent to Hull (Dairycoates) on BR’s Eastern Region (ER), followed by a further thirteen later the same year. At Hull, they were intended for work around the docks, but the tasks were beyond the capabilities of a single locomotive, and since two locomotives required two crews, they were not popular with the region. In 1968, all 33 ER locomotives were placed in store, and were subsequently withdrawn on 1st April that year, joining their Western compatriots that had been progressively sidelined during 1967-68. The Class 14s, like many other early diesel types, had an extremely short life with British Railways. In this case it was not because of poor reliability but because many of the envisaged duties disappeared on the BR network a few years after they came into use. BR started to dispose of members of the class from mid-1968 and the entire class had been sold to industry or otherwise disposed of by the end of 1970. In their new careers in industry many had a working life of two to three times greater than that with BR. The industries in which they were employed, such as coal mining, declined during the 1970s and the class again became surplus to requirements. Several have found a third lease of life on preserved lines where they are ideal for both light passenger work and the maintenance of permanent way. Some examples even found new uses during construction of the Channel Tunnel and High Speed One, some 3 decades after their conception! With such a versatile history, as it transpires, the Class 14 is a very useful and widely travelled loco type, universally popular with operators and enthusiasts alike.
Our Price:
£131.70
372-955SF
BR Maroon Class 14 D9523 (Wasp Stripes) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F1 - Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Horn One (Speed & Direction Related) F4 - Horn Two (Speed & Direction Related) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F9 - Guard’s Whistle F10 - Buffering Up F11 - Coupling Up F12 - Compressor (random sound when stationary) F13 - Sanding Valve F14 - Handbrake (Loco will not move when used) F15 - Priming Pump F16 - On - Driver’s Door Opening / Off - Driver’s Door Closing F17 - Fade All Sounds F18 - Detonators (Speed Related) F19 - Vocals - “6ft To Buffer Up” F20 - Vocals - “Shunter to Driver Come In, Over” F21 - Vocals - “Slow Down, Slow Down” F22 - Windscreen Wipers F23 - Station Ambience F24 - Spirax Valve F25 - Shunt Mode F26 - Volume Down F27 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Basic Prime Mover (engine) sounds, which vary with speed, plus any other automated sounds, can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£216.00
374-694
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-694A
BR Mk2F BSO Brake Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-739
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-739A
BR Mk2F TSO Tourist Second Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
374-764
BR Mk2F FO First Open Virgin Trains (Original)
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
Era 9
British Rail’s second generation of standard coach was designated the Mk2, following on from the highly successful Mk1 series. Unlike the Mk1s however, the Mk2s evolved through different build batches, and such were the changes that a letter suffix was attributed to identify each of the different variants. Fewer coach types were built, with construction concentrating on vehicles offering standard accommodation of both first- and second-class, plus coaches that made provision for the Guard and train crew. Specialist vehicles such as catering and sleeping cars were not included, instead BR Mk1 and earlier types continued to fulfil these requirements until Mk3s with similar facilities arrived in the late-1970s to replace them. Like the Mk1s, the Mk2s were of steel construction, but featured more of a monocoque design than the Mk1, which added to their safety and integrity in the event of a collision. The Mk2Fs were the final evolution of the Mk2 family, and these coaches featured full air conditioning, interior panelling made of plastic, a new style of seating and tinted windows. Initially only three types were built, Tourist Second Opens, First Opens and Brake Second Opens, but some First Opens were later converted into Restaurant First Buffets, whilst several Brake Second Opens were fitted with a driving cab at one end, becoming Driving Brake Second Opens for push-pull use.
Our Price:
£49.45
908024
Lancashire & Yorkshire Railway Gunpowder Van 30897
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/11/23
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
908025
Taff Vale Railway Metal Bodied Van 5352
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/11/23
Era 2
Our Price:
£29.65
919001
W&U Bogie Tramcar L.N.E.R No.60461
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/11/23
Era 3
Our Price:
£67.45
ACC2506-7814
BR Unlined Black (Early Crest) Manor Class 'Fringford Manor' 7814
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/11/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
Our Price:
£169.99
ACC2510-7824
BR Unlined Black (Early Crest) Manor Class 'Iford Manor' 7824
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/11/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
Our Price:
£169.99
R30272
GWR, Castle Class, 4-6-0, 4074 'Caldicot Castle': Big Four Centenary Collection
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The Castle Class was designed by Charles Collett, the successor to legendary GWR engineer George Jackson Churchward. In truth, Castle Class is nothing more than a nickname owing to most examples of the class being named after western castles with the official GWR designation being the 4073 class. This name comes from the first example of the Class 4073 Caerphilly Castle, as was common with GWR classes. Charles Collet improved on the work of Churchward with the Castle Class, with the class proving to be among the most powerful on the GWR network. In a tragic twist of fate, Churchward would go on to be killed when struck by one of the succeeding engineers locomotives 4085 Berkeley Castle. The first of the class would feature at the British Empire Exhibition in 1924 alongside an equivalent engine from the LNER, one 4472 Flying Scotsman. Over the course of the exhibition the GWR claimed their Castle to be more powerful than the LNER contingent, leading to exchange trials between the GWR and image conscious LNER. In April 1925 4079 Pendennis Castle and 4474 Victor Wild would be exchanged between the two companies. The Castle Class was lighter than the LNER pacific which proved to be an unexpected positive as the LNER found it still capable of hauling their express services doing so faster and more efficiently than their locomotives of the time. Conversely, the GWR found the LNER locomotive to have too long a wheelbase for their rails, hampering is performance on the twisting and winding curves of the western region. The Castle Class was lighter than the LNER pacific which proved to be an unexpected positive as the LNER found it still capable of hauling their express services doing so faster and more efficiently than their locomotives of the time. Conversely, the GWR found the LNER locomotive to have too long a wheelbase for their rails, hampering is performance on the twisting and winding curves of the western region. 4074 'Caldicot Castle' was the second of the class to be built, again as a bespoke example following on from 4073 'Caerphilly Castle' some four months later. The locomotive would play a part in the LNER exchange trials, when the A1 Pacific 4474 'Victor Wild' was compared to it on GWR rails. The locomotive would pass into BR service while retaining its 4074 running number before being withdrawn in May of 1963. The locomotive would not become one of the eight preserved. The Hornby Castle class is fitted with a five pole motor and simple mechanism resulting in fantastic performance. DCC users are catered for via an 8 pin socket inside the tender with space for a speaker to be fitted. This model features special packaging as part of its position in the celebration of the centenary of the Grouping Act coming into affect, resulting in the start of the 'Big Four' era.
Our Price:
£197.09
R30270
LNER, Class A1, 4-6-2, 4478 'Hermit': Big Four Centenary Collection
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/11/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Nigel Gresley's A1 Pacific class emerged in the twilight years of the Great Northern Railway, a result of an idea that Gresley had nurtured since 1915. The First World War put his plans for new express passenger locomotives on hold but he applied his new three cylinder, conjugated valve gear designs to the O2 and K3 freight locomotives before returning to his plans for an express passenger Pacific in 1920, producing his 4-6-2 A1 design. No.1470 'Great Northern' was the first to enter service on the 11 April 1922 and Gresley confidently claimed that his A1 class could pull 600 ton trains which in September 1922 no.1471 'Sir Frederick Banbury' did. Compared to the similar LNER design by Vincent Raven, Gresley's A1 consumed less coal and water and was considered the better design, consequently the LNER chose the A1 design over the LNER A2. The original eleven engines were built to the generous loading gauge of the GNR and after grouping in 1923 had to be modified to fit the loading gauge of the LNER with the chimney and dome both being reduced in height, plus the fitting of shorter safety valves. The A1s quickly showed their ability to haul heavy loads on the East Coast Main Line but coal and water consumption was inefficient which was highlighted during the 1925 Great Western Exchange Trains with the A1s comparing unfavourably with the Castle class design. Consequent alterations to the steam lap settings and valve travel showed a reduction in coal consumption and this was adopted on all of the A1s by 1931. The piston valve rings were also replaced by the Knorr type piston valves which reduced steam loss. Gresley had experimented with a different superheater to improve the A1s performance further but lacking significant results decided that he would increase the number of flues in the existing Robinson superheater. This coupled with an increase in boiler pressure led to improved performance and five of these new boilers were ordered in 1927 and were fitted to No.2544 'Lemberg' and No.4480 'Enterprise' later that year. Trials on these two A1s proved successful and so between 1927 and 1947 all of the A1s were rebuilt as Class A3 with the exception of No.4470 'Great Northern' which was eventually rebuilt by Thompson in 1945 as Class A1/1. Due to the wider header on the A3 boilers the ends projected slightly through the side of the smokebox and so cover plates were fitted to hide these projections becoming the main external distinguishing feature between the A3 and A1 locomotives. 4478 Hermit was among the first 10 of the class to be built, rolling out of Doncaster works in July 1923 and into revenue earning service with the LNER. Just over halfway through its service life the locomotive would be rebuilt into the improved A3 Class with the conversion being undertaken in November of 1943. Withdrawal for the locomotive would take place in 1962, with all members of the class bar one being scrapped. Hermit, then 40109, was not the preserved example, with Flying Scotsman being saved and passing into railway legend due to its post-service career. This Hornby model of 'Hermit' not only boasts a five pole skew wound motor but also a diecast running plate which adds increased weight for improved traction. Also worthy of note is the addition of a flickering firebox which illuminates the fully detailed cab.
Our Price:
£197.09
35-025B
GWR 94XX Pannier Tank 9466 GWR Green (GWR)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/11/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
The 94xx Pannier Tank returns to the Bachmann Branchline range and with its unconventional appearance – with large water tanks and extended smokebox – this model will bring a real presence to any model railway. A quintessential part of the GWR for many decades, the Pannier Tank design was developed and refined before the 94xx, the final design of GWR tank engine, was produced. No. 9466, as depicted by this model, one of only two preserved examples, found fame after returning to steam in the mid-1980s and operated on the mainline hauling ‘Steam on the Met’ rail tours. Take a closer look at the Branchline model and you will see a wealth of detail, from the separately fitted pipe runs that extend all the way from the front bufferbeam to the back, to the modelling of the inside motion which is authentically decorated too. There are handrails aplenty – all separately fitted of course – whilst the metal lamp brackets, separate smokebox door dart and whilst with guard and supply pipes all catch the eye. Sprung buffers are fitted at the front and rear along with a copper cap to the chimney. Look inside the cab and a full complement of controls and dials is present, all decorated accordingly, which is only added to by the firebox lighting system which adds a further dimension of realism to every model. Technically the 94xx shines as well, with a Next18 DCC decoder socket paired with an integrated speaker making SOUND FITTED models an option if you wish to enjoy sound effects when operating your model railway. The powerful coreless motor drives the rear axle and electrical collection comes from all wheels, whilst each axle is fitted with a pair of separate metal bearings.
Our Price:
£140.20
35-026ASF
GWR 94XX Pannier Tank 9481 BR Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/11/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle, High Tone (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 (STATIONARY) - Firebox Door Open (red firebox light flickers) F6 (MOVING) - Firebox Door Open (red firebox light flickers and yellow light pulses in time with the exhaust) F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle, Low Tone (Playable) F9 - Flange Squeal F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower (with F6 On and the locomotive stopped the red and yellow firebox lights will also flicker) F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Rail Join Clatter (Speed Variable) F19 - Shunt Mode (reduces speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£225.20
35-026A
GWR 94XX Pannier Tank 9481 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/11/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The 94xx Pannier Tank returns to the Bachmann Branchline range and with its unconventional appearance – with large water tanks and extended smokebox – this model will bring a real presence to any model railway. A quintessential part of the GWR for many decades, the Pannier Tank design was developed and refined before the 94xx, the final design of GWR tank engine, was produced. Take a closer look at the Branchline model and you will see a wealth of detail, from the separately fitted pipe runs that extend all the way from the front bufferbeam to the back, to the modelling of the inside motion which is authentically decorated too. There are handrails aplenty – all separately fitted of course – whilst the metal lamp brackets, separate smokebox door dart and whilst with guard and supply pipes all catch the eye. Sprung buffers are fitted at the front and rear along with a copper cap to the chimney. Look inside the cab and a full complement of controls and dials is present, all decorated accordingly, which is only added to by the firebox lighting system which adds a further dimension of realism to every model. Technically the 94xx shines as well, with a Next18 DCC decoder socket paired with an integrated speaker making SOUND FITTED models an option if you wish to enjoy sound effects when operating your model railway. The powerful coreless motor drives the rear axle and electrical collection comes from all wheels, whilst each axle is fitted with a pair of separate metal bearings.
Our Price:
£140.20
35-027A
GWR 94XX Pannier Tank 9463 BR Black (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/11/23
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The 94xx Pannier Tank returns to the Bachmann Branchline range and with its unconventional appearance – with large water tanks and extended smokebox – this model will bring a real presence to any model railway. A quintessential part of the GWR for many decades, the Pannier Tank design was developed and refined before the 94xx, the final design of GWR tank engine, was produced. Take a closer look at the Branchline model and you will see a wealth of detail, from the separately fitted pipe runs that extend all the way from the front bufferbeam to the back, to the modelling of the inside motion which is authentically decorated too. There are handrails aplenty – all separately fitted of course – whilst the metal lamp brackets, separate smokebox door dart and whilst with guard and supply pipes all catch the eye. Sprung buffers are fitted at the front and rear along with a copper cap to the chimney. Look inside the cab and a full complement of controls and dials is present, all decorated accordingly, which is only added to by the firebox lighting system which adds a further dimension of realism to every model. Technically the 94xx shines as well, with a Next18 DCC decoder socket paired with an integrated speaker making SOUND FITTED models an option if you wish to enjoy sound effects when operating your model railway. The powerful coreless motor drives the rear axle and electrical collection comes from all wheels, whilst each axle is fitted with a pair of separate metal bearings.
Our Price:
£140.20
35-027ASF
GWR 94XX Pannier Tank 9463 BR Black (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/11/23
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F1 - Sound On / Sound Off F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Cylinder Drain Cocks F4 - Whistle, High Tone (Playable) F5 - Normal Load / Heavy Load F6 (STATIONARY) - Firebox Door Open (red firebox light flickers) F6 (MOVING) - Firebox Door Open (red firebox light flickers and yellow light pulses in time with the exhaust) F7 - Injectors F8 - Whistle, Low Tone (Playable) F9 - Flange Squeal F10 - Shovelling Coal (F6 must be On to activate this function) F11 - Blower (with F6 On and the locomotive stopped the red and yellow firebox lights will also flicker) F12 - Hand Brake (locomotive will not move with the Hand Brake applied) F13 - Water Tank Filling F14 - Coupling/un-Coupling Clank F15 - Safety Valve F16 - Guard’s Whistle & Driver’s Response Toot F17 - Coasting F18 - Rail Join Clatter (Speed Variable) F19 - Shunt Mode (reduces speed) F20 - Acceleration/Deceleration inertia off F21 - Volume Control (LATCH = Volume On/Off) or (TRIGGER = cycles 6 Volume Levels) Analogue Users: Normal-load running sounds, acceleration steam chuff sounds and any other automatic and randomised sounds can be enjoyed when using this model on analogue control (DC) straight from the box - these sounds will play automatically when power is applied!
Our Price:
£225.20
PN187
OLD FACTORY
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£14.00
PN188
BREWERY
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£13.00
PN991
OLD MILL CHIMNEY STACK
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£7.00
PO287
OLD FACTORY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£15.00
PO288
BREWERY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£15.85
PO401
OLD MILL CHIMNEY STACK
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/11/23
Our Price:
£7.50
R3981
BR, Standard 2MT, 2-6-0, 78054
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/11/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 5
Designed by R. A. Riddles and derived from Ivatt's LMS 2MT 2-6-0 locomotive design, itself a variation of Ivatt's Class 2 2-6-2T, the BR Standard Class 2 was the smallest of the BR standards and featured changes to the LMS design such as smaller cabs so that they could be used across the network where loading gauges were less generous. Darlington works was responsible for building the entire fleet of 65 engines and for a time construction of the LMS and BR designs overlapped. Like the LMS predecessor the BR design had a tender cab to enhance crew protection and visibility when running tender-first. Built as part of a batch of 10 destined for the Scottish Region, No. 78054 was built in 1955 and allocated to the Motherwell depot. The locomotive started out life hauling freight however after a year it was moved to Keith where it ran passenger services. The locomotive was also allocated to Aberdeen Ferryhill and Bathgate sheds before being withdrawn in December 1965.
Our Price:
£206.09
R3994
BR, A4 Class, 4-6-2, 60030 'Golden Fleece'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/12/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
LNER 4495 'Great Snipe', soon after renamed 'Golden Fleece' was delivered from Doncaster Works in 1937. After entering service 'Golden Fleece' was chosen to haul the 'West Riding Limited', effectively another 'Coronation' express but serving Newcastle and Bradford rather than Edinburgh. Under Thompson's 1946 numbering scheme the locomotive became No. 30, later becoming British Railways 60030 following nationalization. The locomotive was eventually withdrawn in 1962.
Our Price:
£196.19
R30171
RailRoad Plus MetroTrain Class 110 2 Car Train Pack E52075
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/12/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7
Engineered to deal with the steep gradients of the Calder Valley route which it became synonymous with them being named 'Calder Valley sets', the Class 110 was one of the first DMU's with the highest power to weight ratio of any naturally aspirated unit. In 1982 the middle trailer car was removed from most sets to reduce maintenance costs and further improve acceleration along the northern route.
Our Price:
£134.99
R30197
RailRoad Plus BR Departmental RTC Train Testing, Class 31, A1A-A1A, 97203
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/12/23
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
British Rail Class 31 diesel locomotives, also known as the Brush Type 2 and originally as Class 30, were built by Brush Traction from 1957-62. They were numbered in two series, D5500-D5699 and D5800-D5862. Construction of the first locomotive was completed in the final week of September 1957, and the handing-over took place on 31 October. The first Class 31 entered service in November 1957, after the launch of the Class 20 locomotive and was one of the Pilot Scheme locomotives ordered by British Railways to replace steam traction.The Railway Technical Centre (RTC) in London Road, Derby, England, was the technical headquarters of the British Railways Board, and was built in the early 1960s. British Rail described it as the largest railway research complex in the world, and certain Class 31s served in a capacity as locomotives aiding experiements and research.
Our Price:
£87.29
E82001
SR Bulleid Booster CC1 SR Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/12/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The Southern Railway was an early adopter of electric traction, quickly building a network of electrified lines and creating what was once the world’s largest electrified railway system. Electric Multiple Units were principally employed on these electric routes, but as the system expanded beyond the suburbs, the Southern’s Chief Mechanical Engineer Oliver Bulleid and Chief Electric Engineer Alfred Raworth recognised the potential of electricity to power locomotives that could haul coaching stock and freight too. And so, the pair designed a Co-Co electric locomotive, the first of which was built in 1941. The design of the two cabs shared many features with EMUs of the time, whilst between them, within the body of the locomotive, could be found the electrical equipment. With a much shorter distance between their front and rear pickups, when compared to a multiple unit, locomotives could be prone to losing electrical pickup if any gap in the conductor rail was greater than the distance between the pickups – known as ‘gapping’. To overcome this, two motor generator sets and flywheels were included in the design with the power collected from the third rail used to drive the generators, fitted with heavy flywheels, which then powered the motors. Thus, power to the traction motors would be maintained by the motor generator sets being driven by the flywheel when the traction supply was briefly lost in the event of ‘gapping’. These motor-generator-flywheel sets were referred to as ‘Boosters’, giving the type its nickname. Pantographs were also fitted for overhead pickup in sidings and depots where a conductor rail presented danger to staff. The first locomotive, No. CC1 (renumbered to No. 20001 by BR) was outshopped by Ashford Works in 1941. Carrying Photographic Grey livery, three horizontal stripes were applied to the bodysides, culminating at the cab end in what we would now call speed whiskers. Being wartime, the cab windows had metal plates added to the top and bottom to reduce the aperture. Next, No. CC1 carried Malachite Green livery with ‘Sunshine’ Southern lettering and yellow lines at solebar and cantrail level. The second locomotive, No. CC2 (BR No. 20002) was built in 1945 and emerged in the same livery. Both were used on express passenger and goods trains. Passing into BR ownership in 1948, the pair continued in use, with various modifications over the years. A third locomotive, No. 20003 was completed by BR in 1948 however its appearance differed somewhat, having a cab design based on that of more contemporary EMUs with a slab front. Whilst successful locomotives, being a class of three non-standard types, the ‘Boosters’ eventually succumbed to withdrawal with No. 20003 the first to go in October 1968. No. 20002 was withdrawn in December 1968 and No. 20001 survived until January 1969, having been decorated earlier in BR Blue livery with full yellow ends. The trio were classified as Class 70 under the Total Operations Processing System (TOPS), however their withdrawal by 1969, and subsequent scrapping, prevented any of the locomotives from carrying TOPS numbers.
Our Price:
£157.20
E82005
SR Bulleid Booster 20001 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/12/23
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 6
The Southern Railway was an early adopter of electric traction, quickly building a network of electrified lines and creating what was once the world’s largest electrified railway system. Electric Multiple Units were principally employed on these electric routes, but as the system expanded beyond the suburbs, the Southern’s Chief Mechanical Engineer Oliver Bulleid and Chief Electric Engineer Alfred Raworth recognised the potential of electricity to power locomotives that could haul coaching stock and freight too. And so, the pair designed a Co-Co electric locomotive, the first of which was built in 1941. The design of the two cabs shared many features with EMUs of the time, whilst between them, within the body of the locomotive, could be found the electrical equipment. With a much shorter distance between their front and rear pickups, when compared to a multiple unit, locomotives could be prone to losing electrical pickup if any gap in the conductor rail was greater than the distance between the pickups – known as ‘gapping’. To overcome this, two motor generator sets and flywheels were included in the design with the power collected from the third rail used to drive the generators, fitted with heavy flywheels, which then powered the motors. Thus, power to the traction motors would be maintained by the motor generator sets being driven by the flywheel when the traction supply was briefly lost in the event of ‘gapping’. These motor-generator-flywheel sets were referred to as ‘Boosters’, giving the type its nickname. Pantographs were also fitted for overhead pickup in sidings and depots where a conductor rail presented danger to staff. The first locomotive, No. CC1 (renumbered to No. 20001 by BR) was outshopped by Ashford Works in 1941. Carrying Photographic Grey livery, three horizontal stripes were applied to the bodysides, culminating at the cab end in what we would now call speed whiskers. Being wartime, the cab windows had metal plates added to the top and bottom to reduce the aperture. Next, No. CC1 carried Malachite Green livery with ‘Sunshine’ Southern lettering and yellow lines at solebar and cantrail level. The second locomotive, No. CC2 (BR No. 20002) was built in 1945 and emerged in the same livery. Both were used on express passenger and goods trains. Passing into BR ownership in 1948, the pair continued in use, with various modifications over the years. A third locomotive, No. 20003 was completed by BR in 1948 however its appearance differed somewhat, having a cab design based on that of more contemporary EMUs with a slab front. Whilst successful locomotives, being a class of three non-standard types, the ‘Boosters’ eventually succumbed to withdrawal with No. 20003 the first to go in October 1968. No. 20002 was withdrawn in December 1968 and No. 20001 survived until January 1969, having been decorated earlier in BR Blue livery with full yellow ends. The trio were classified as Class 70 under the Total Operations Processing System (TOPS), however their withdrawal by 1969, and subsequent scrapping, prevented any of the locomotives from carrying TOPS numbers.
Our Price:
£157.20
35-354
Class 20/0 Headcode Box 20158 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/01/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-354SF
Class 20/0 Headcode Box 20158 BR Blue With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/01/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
371-850
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158849 BR Regional Railways
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All but one of the Class 158s remain in service today (2023), with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates.
Our Price:
£220.95
371-850SF
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158849 BR Regional Railways With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/01/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off F1 - On - Warm Start / F5 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Single Horn F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Cold Engine Start F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal F8 - On - Doors Opening (F1 On) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 On) F9 - Dispatch Whistle F10 - On - Guard's Buzzer (Single) / Driver's Response Buzzer (Single) F11 - On - Guard's Buzzer (Double) / Driver's Response Buzzer (Double) F12 - Engine Speed Up F13 - Air Conditioning Fan F14 - Windscreen Wipers F15 - On - Doors Opening (F1 Off) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 Off) F16 - Fade All Sounds F17 - Directional Lights Off (Car A, 57xxx) F18 - Directional Lights Off (Car B, 52xxx) F19 - Station Ambience F20 - Remote Telephone Test F21 - Detonators F22 - AWS F23 - F26 - No User Access F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that basic prime mover sounds will operate and will vary according to use when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! Directional lights and passenger compartment lights will also illuminate when power is applied.
Our Price:
£314.45
R30090
L&MR, Stephenson's Rocket Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/01/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 1
Rocket was designed and built as a direct response to the invitation to the Rainhill Trials issued by the Directors of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway on April 25, 1829 for "a Locomotive Engine, which shall be a decided improvement on any hitherto constructed, subject to certain stipulations and conditions.” Initially known as the premium locomotive engine, design and development work on the locomotive took place at Robert Stephenson & Co's Newcastle factory, and while George Stephenson is acknowledged as the engineer responsible for Rocket, much of the work was carried out by his son Robert, in conjunction with his draftsman George Phipps and Works Manager William Hutchinson. Rocket was completed to Robert Stephenson's satisfaction on September 2, 1829 and was transported to Killingworth Colliery for steam and load haul testing prior to the Rainhill Trials. Rocket's livery of yellow and black, with a white chimney, mirrored that of the L&MR's existing first class coaches which, in turn, copied that of the fastest road coaches at the time and was chosen by George Stephenson in 1828 to suggest speed and reliability to a new class of travelling public. The outcome of the Rainhill Trials established Rocket as the clear winner and the L&MR Board awarded Robert Stephenson and Co. the contract to produce four further 'Rocket' type locomotives, all of which were to incorporate improvements highlighted by the Rainhill Trials. Over the next three years, Rocket itself was gradually improved, until February 1833 when the locomotive was relegated to secondary and standby duties. Rocket was purchased by Thompson & Sons of Kirkhouse for operating mineral trains on the Brampton Railway, but could not cope with the heavy trains and was withdrawn from service in 1840. In 1850 Rocket was moved to the Newcastle works of Robert Stephenson & Co. and in 1862 was donated to the Patent Museum, the forerunner of the Science Museum, by the Thompson family.
Our Price:
£217.79
35-358
Class 20/0 Headcode Box 20173 'Wensleydale' BR Blue (Red Solebar)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-358SF
Class 20/0 Headcode Box 20173 'Wensleydale' BR Blue (Red Solebar) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
35-359
Class 20/0 Headcode Box D8308 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 6
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
371-851
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158711 ScotRail Saltire
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All but one of the Class 158s remain in service today (2023), with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates.
Our Price:
£220.95
371-851SF
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158711 ScotRail Saltire With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off F1 - On - Warm Start / F5 - On, then F1 - On - Cold Start F2 - Brake (Non-Latching) F3 - Single Horn F4 - Two-Tone Horn F5 - Light Engine / Cold Engine Start F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Flange Squeal F8 - On - Doors Opening (F1 On) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 On) F9 - Dispatch Whistle F10 - On - Guard's Buzzer (Single) / Driver's Response Buzzer (Single) F11 - On - Guard's Buzzer (Double) / Driver's Response Buzzer (Double) F12 - Engine Speed Up F13 - Air Conditioning Fan F14 - Windscreen Wipers F15 - On - Doors Opening (F1 Off) / Off - Doors Closing (F1 Off) F16 - Fade All Sounds F17 - Directional Lights Off (Car A, 57xxx) F18 - Directional Lights Off (Car B, 52xxx) F19 - Station Ambience F20 - Remote Telephone Test F21 - Detonators F22 - AWS F23 - F26 - No User Access F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that basic prime mover sounds will operate and will vary according to use when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box! Directional lights and passenger compartment lights will also illuminate when power is applied.
Our Price:
£314.45
371-854
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158824 Arriva Trains Wales (Revised)
'N' Gauge
Released: 17/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
CLASS 158 DMU HISTORY The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All but one of the Class 158s remain in service today (2023), with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates
Our Price:
£220.95
R30319
RailRoad Plus GWR 14XX, 0-4-2, 1451
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/01/24
Era 3
The 14xx was introduced in 1932 to the design of Charles Collett, as with many steam engines however, the origin of the design was considerably older. The 14xx could be seen as a development of the 517 class designed by George Armstrong in 1868. The two locomotives have a similar outward appearance, explaining why a relatively advanced or modern steam locomotive could easily pass for a pre-grouping design. With an 0-4-2 wheel configuration both the 517 and 14xx classes were designed for and well suited to their allocation of branch line work. 75 examples of the 14xx would be built over a four year period. With a top speed of 80mph, the locomotives were fitted with autocoach operating gear enabling it to be sandwiched in push-pull services on some of the more remote GWR and BR lines. All examples of the class would be withdrawn between 1956 and 1965. Locomotive 1451 was built in 1935 at the GWRs Swindon Works. Spending much of its life in the West Country, the locomotive would be allocated to the Exeter shed in 1948 under BR. Withdrawn from the Gloucester Horton Road shed in 1964, the locomotive would be cut up and scrapped within a month.
Our Price:
£67.49
2D-022-014
TRANSPENNINE EXPRESS CLASS 68 'SPLENDID' 68027
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 11
Our Price:
£127.50
2D-022-015
TRANSPENNINE EXPRESS CLASS 68 'FELIX' 68031
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 11
Our Price:
£127.50
2D-022-016
DRS/NTS GREEN CLASS 68 'PRIDE OF THE NORTH' 68006
'N' Gauge
Released: 25/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 11
Our Price:
£127.50
35-361
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode 20088 BR Railfreight Sector Unbranded
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/01/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
371-858
Class 158 2-Car DMU 158844 Northern
'N' Gauge
Released: 24/01/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The British Rail Class 158 Express Sprinter is a Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU), built specifically for British Rail's Provincial Services sector between 1989 and 1992 by British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL) at Derby Litchurch Lane Works and outshopped in Regional Railways Provincial livery. They were built to replace many locomotive-hauled passenger trains, thereby reducing cost of operation, and to allow cascading of existing Sprinter units to replace elderly 'heritage' DMUs. The majority of the 182-strong fleet of Class 158 units were built as two-car sets, with 17 three-car units constructed specifically for use on Trans-Pennine services. Similar three-car units were built for use by Network SouthEast but these were converted to Class 159 specification before introduced into service, with toilet retention tanks and other modifications to operate over the third-rail network. All but one of the Class 158s remain in service today (2023), with operators including ScotRail, Northern, Great Western (GWR), East Midlands Trains (now EMR), and Transport for Wales (formerly Arriva). Former operators include Central Trains. The Class has worked extensively across the UK network, even into East Anglia as far as Stansted Airport and Norwich. Some 158s have been converted to additional Class 159s and now operate for South Western alongside their original classmates.
Our Price:
£220.95
R30282
BR, Class 8F, 2-8-0, No. 48518
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
The Stanier designed LMS Class 8F was many things, it was one of the most widespread 2-8-0 locomotive ever used in Britain, it was a war hero, an expat, but maybe more importantly it was a dependable servant of the freight industry. 852 examples of the class were built over an eleven years of construction with an example being built in almost every locomotive works around the UK. This is quite unusual as a competing rail company would not wish to allocate valuable shed time to a competitors locomotive however the locomotive was chosen by the war department to be the standard freight engine of the war effort. This led to their construction on every part of the UK network, as at a time of war even the fiercest national competitors would need to put their differences aside to work towards the common goal of peace. Examples of the 8F locomotive could, at their geographical peak, could be found in the UK as well as Italy, Turkey, Iran, Palestine, Israel and Egypt. 225 examples would find themselves in service overseas initially in Egypt and Iran before those locomotives were disseminated around the Middle East and parts of Europe as and where demand dictated. Most of these locomotives would not return to the UK and would continue to be used in revenue earning service well after the withdrawal of steam on the UK network. Overseas examples would go on to be withdrawn in the 1970s and 80s, with most examples being scrapped. Back home in the UK, the last examples would be withdrawn at the end of steam on BR in 1968, a large number have been preserved. Two Class 8Fs represent a rare sight in the world of diving, going down with the SS Thistlegrom. These locomotives are clearly visible on the seafloor with the ship, becoming a major tourist attraction in recent years. Locomotive 48518 as it was known in BR service entered service in August 1944 as the LMS locomotive 8518. Only a few years later it would have its number increased in line with its class as it entered BR service. The locomotive would work a career of almost 21 years before being withdrawn in July 1965. The locomotive would enter preservation, albeit briefly as it would go on to be used as a spares donor for the 6 other UK based 8Fs. The frames were scraped in 2013, and the boiler will be used on 48173 on the Churnet Valley Railway.
Our Price:
£224.99
R30281
LMS, Class 8F, 2-8-0, No. 8310
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/02/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The Stanier designed LMS Class 8F was many things, it was one of the most widespread 2-8-0 locomotive ever used in Britain, it was a war hero, an expat, but maybe more importantly it was a dependable servant of the freight industry. 852 examples of the class were built over an eleven years of construction with an example being built in almost every locomotive works around the UK. This is quite unusual as a competing rail company would not wish to allocate valuable shed time to a competitors locomotive however the locomotive was chosen by the war department to be the standard freight engine of the war effort. This led to their construction on every part of the UK network, as at a time of war even the fiercest national competitors would need to put their differences aside to work towards the common goal of peace. Examples of the 8F locomotive could, at their geographical peak, could be found in the UK as well as Italy, Turkey, Iran, Palestine, Israel and Egypt. 225 examples would find themselves in service overseas initially in Egypt and Iran before those locomotives were disseminated around the Middle East and parts of Europe as and where demand dictated. Most of these locomotives would not return to the UK and would continue to be used in revenue earning service well after the withdrawal of steam on the UK network. Overseas examples would go on to be withdrawn in the 1970s and 80s, with most examples being scrapped. Back home in the UK, the last examples would be withdrawn at the end of steam on BR in 1968, a large number have been preserved. Two Class 8Fs represent a rare sight in the world of diving, going down with the SS Thistlegrom. These locomotives are clearly visible on the seafloor with the ship, becoming a major tourist attraction in recent years. Locomotive 8310 was outshopped into LMS service in December of 1943, too late to enter war service as the stock shipped overseas ceased in January of 1942. The locomotive would be in service for 24 years before being withdrawn on the 30th December 1967. The locomotive would then be stored for a short while before being scrapped before the end of the following year after a fairly unremarkable yet devoted service life.
Our Price:
£224.99
370-062
Suburban Sulzer Train Set
'N' Gauge
Released: 08/02/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 5
A Graham Farish Train Set is the perfect entry into the wonderful world of model railways. Each train set includes everything you need to get up and running so why not indulge today and start your journey towards building your own masterpiece in miniature. Trains have long moved commuters from the suburbs into the cities and these services were once hauled by locomotives, as opposed to the multiple units commonly employed today. This Class 24 diesel locomotive with its Sulzer engine is the perfect motive power to haul these Suburban coaches and provide commuters with a Suburban Sulzer train service connecting the city to the suburbs. CONTENTS: Class 24/0 No. D5033 BR Green (Late Crest) livery BR Mk1 57ft ‘Suburban’ Second BR Maroon livery BR Mk1 57ft ‘Suburban’ Brake Second BR Maroon livery Analogue Controller (decorated in black and yellow with Graham Farish logo) Power Supply Oval of Track Power Clip
Our Price:
£178.45
R30161
Transport for Wales, Class 67, Bo-Bo, 67020
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
Class 67 locomotives are a class of Bo-Bo diesel-electric locomotives which were built for the English Welsh & Scottish Railway (EWS) between 1999 and 2000 by Alstom at Meinfesa in Valencia, Spain with drive components from General Motors' Electro-Motive Division, builders of the Class 66. The bodyshell is a monocoque load-bearing Alstom design, the bogies are an "H" frame Alstom design, the engine, traction motors and control electronics are GM-EMD products. Unlike the Class 66, the traction motors are frame mounted rather than axle hung to reduce unsprung mass and the gear ratio is increased allowing higher speeds which reflect the locomotives' mixed traffic brief. The cab design has a central driving position. Initially, the class were used primarily on mail trains. In June 2003 EWS lost the Royal Mail mail train contract, with services diminishing to complete cessation in March 2004. The locomotives have since been used by First ScotRail on the Caledonian Sleeper on non-electrified lines north of Edinburgh. In April 2015, GB Railfreight commenced a contract to haul the Caledonian Sleeper with 67004 repainted and renamed for use on the service. When GB Railfreight started to provide the trains and crews for the Serco franchise in 2015, it was planned to use rebuilt Class 73/9s. The first of these came into service in February 2016. The Class 67s continued to be used on some services for another couple of years. Class 67s are also used as Thunderbird rescue locomotives for failed trains on the East Coast Main Line, on some freight trains and for use on chartered tourist trains. Two locomotives were assigned to, and received special liveries for, use with the Royal Train from 2003, and a third had a commemorative jubilee livery applied for use with the Royal Train during the Diamond Jubilee of Elizabeth II in 2012. No. 67020 entered service in 2000 with a standard EWS red and yellow livery. The Class 67 locomotive was transferred to DB Cargo UK from EWS ownership in 2007. In October 2022, 67020 was transferred to Transport for Wales on lease from DB Cargo UK. To haul the TfW Mk4 coach sets, 67020 was repainted into a hybrid DB/TfW black and red livery with TfW branding.
Our Price:
£175.49
R40436
L&MR, Royal Mail Coach
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
Era 1
Upon the opening of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway in 1830, an agreement was made to carry mail on the railway. A Royal Mail coach would be placed on the end of a train with a guard seated high up on a special seat at the back of the coach keeping a watchful eye. As the first specifically designed Mail Coach to be used on a railway, it paved the way for a long-standing relationship between railways and the mail.
Our Price:
£35.99
R40439
L&MR, 3rd Class Coach
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
Era 1
Having established the concepts of first and second-class rail travel, it was only a matter of time before railway companies created a lower fare 'third class' for the carriage of the working classes, especially in the densely populated industrial areas. Companies such as the Manchester, Bolton and Bury Railway, the Manchester and Leeds Railway, and the Sheffield, Ashton-under-Lyne and Manchester Railway all used open third-class carriages, mostly for standing passengers, but sometimes fitted with a rudimentary bench (or benches). The L&MR considered creating a third class as early as 1839, due to market pressure from the MB&BR and M&LR, but the directors were afraid that, with its lower fares, it would draw passengers away from the first and second-class trains. The introduction of third-class travel on the L&MR dates to April 1844, when the Board ordered new enclosed second-class coaches to replace the older 'blue boxes', which were then downgraded to third class. The first of the L&MR third-class train services ran in October 1844, departing from Manchester at 06:30 and from Liverpool at 18:30.
Our Price:
£26.99
R40445
L&MR, 1st Class Coach 'Sovereign'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
Era 1
The Liverpool & Manchester Railway opened to much fanfare on 15th September 1830. So much so, that a new station had to be built to satisfy passenger numbers and to plan for the ongoing ‘rail fever’ at the time. Liverpool Road Station saw passengers booking tickets and awaiting their train’s arrival. Passengers were separated into first and second class and had different booking halls and waiting rooms. First-class passengers enjoyed a non-stop service between Liverpool and Manchester which was quicker than travelling via second-class trains. They travelled in ‘glass coaches’ that emulated the typical horse-drawn carriage common to the 19th century. First-class passengers also had the opportunity to stop at a first-class station and enjoy food and drink in the refreshment room. The selling of alcohol and food was forbidden for second-class passengers.
Our Price:
£35.99
R7326
HM7040: Bluetooth® Legacy Dongle
Released: 26/02/24
DCC Accessory
This Bluetooth® Legacy Dongle allows the HM | DCC app to work with older DCC Controllers from Hornby. Add Bluetooth and Smartphone/tablet control to your existing Hornby DCC Controllers! The dongle works with all Hornby DCC decoders - including the Elite, Select and Railmaster. This will allow the HM | DCC app to control of all your previous non-Bluetooth decoders. The Legacy Dongle works via the XpressNet socket - this is a common socket included in many other brands of DCC Controller, however, Hornby are unable to confirm if the Dongle will work seamlessly with other brands of controller.
Our Price:
£35.99
R3895
Rowntree & Co., Ruston & Hornsby 88DS, 0-4-0, No. 3
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 6
Ruston & Hornsby Ltd, of Lincoln, was formed as the result of the merger between Ruston, Proctor & Co. Ltd and Richard Hornsby & Sons Ltd on September 11, 1918 and their first narrow gauge diesel locomotive left the works on September 1, 1931. In the summer of 1932, production was moved to the larger Boultham Works, where the firm were eventually to become Britain's largest builder of diesel locomotives, with over 6,500 being built by the time production ceased in 1969. Almost as soon as the firm's 44/48HP 0-4-0 locomotives were making an appearance, an upgraded, more powerful 0-4-0 was on the drawing board. Although many of the features of the 44/48HP were retained for the new 80/88HP, such as the chain drive and running gear, a new type of transmission was fitted, along with Westinghouse airbrakes. The new power unit, Ruston's own 4VPB, delivered 80BHP at 1000rpm and was later supplanted by Ruston's improved 4VPH that delivered 88BHP, but it required compressed air to be injected into the cylinders to be able to start. While running, an air reservoir was kept charged via the braking system, but after standing idle for a period the reservoir depleted and a secondary source was required to recharge the reservoir. This was achieved by fitting a small, secondary 1½HP 'donkey' engine, giving rise to a distinctive raised cover on the right hand side of the engine compartment that differed in size and placement depending on the make of engine used. Two basic weight options were offered for the 80/88HP, of 17 tons and 20 tons, the difference being achieved by attaching weights to the outside frames, as well as to the front and rear buffer beams. In 1941, Ruston's locomotive classifications were changed, with the 80/88HP becoming 88DS (with the narrow gauge versions being assigned the DSM and DSN suffix, and the broader gauges assigned DSW). Outward appearance changes to the 'standard' locomotives were mainly confined to the cab area, with examples from mid-1947 replacing the open cab with a fully enclosed cab that featured several ad-hoc styles of front window. The final 88DS, 518494, left Boultham Works on 29 November 1967, bringing to an end a production run of 271 locomotives. Ruston 441934 was built new for Rowntree & Co. Ltd of York, being delivered in April 1960 to join R&H 421419/1958 and 432479/1959 in the confectionery company's fleet of locomotives as No. 3. In 1979, the York factory bought a new 0-6-0 locomotive and No.3 was transferred to Rowntree's Fawdon factory in Newcastle. Rail services at Fawdon came to a halt on 30 January 1987, with No. 3 being handed over to the North York Moors Railway for preservation. After some years being moved about it was purchased in 2013 by two members of the Derwent Valley Light Railway, Glynnis and Tony Frith. 441934 has now been named Ken Cooke, in honour of the former Rowntree's York employee, D-Day veteran and holder of France's highest military honour, the Legion dHonneur.
Our Price:
£102.59
R3896
BR, Ruston & Hornsby 88DS, 0-4-0, No. 84
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/02/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 6
Ruston & Hornsby Ltd, of Lincoln, was formed as the result of the merger between Ruston, Proctor & Co. Ltd and Richard Hornsby & Sons Ltd on September 11, 1918 and their first narrow gauge diesel locomotive left the works on September 1, 1931. In the summer of 1932, production was moved to the larger Boultham Works, where the firm were eventually to become Britain's largest builder of diesel locomotives, with over 6,500 being built by the time production ceased in 1969. Almost as soon as the firm's 44/48HP 0-4-0 locomotives were making an appearance, an upgraded, more powerful 0-4-0 was on the drawing board. Although many of the features of the 44/48HP were retained for the new 80/88HP, such as the chain drive and running gear, a new type of transmission was fitted, along with Westinghouse airbrakes. The new power unit, Ruston's own 4VPB, delivered 80BHP at 1000rpm and was later supplanted by Ruston's improved 4VPH that delivered 88BHP, but it required compressed air to be injected into the cylinders to be able to start. While running, an air reservoir was kept charged via the braking system, but after standing idle for a period the reservoir depleted and a secondary source was required to recharge the reservoir. This was achieved by fitting a small, secondary 1½HP 'donkey' engine, giving rise to a distinctive raised cover on the right hand side of the engine compartment that differed in size and placement depending on the make of engine used. Two basic weight options were offered for the 80/88HP, of 17 tons and 20 tons, the difference being achieved by attaching weights to the outside frames, as well as to the front and rear buffer beams. In 1941, Ruston's locomotive classifications were changed, with the 80/88HP becoming 88DS (with the narrow gauge versions being assigned the DSM and DSN suffix, and the broader gauges assigned DSW). Outward appearance changes to the 'standard' locomotives were mainly confined to the cab area, with examples from mid-1947 replacing the open cab with a fully enclosed cab that featured several ad-hoc styles of front window. The final 88DS, 518494, left Boultham Works on 29 November 1967, bringing to an end a production run of 271 locomotives. Ruston 432478 was built new for British Railways, being delivered in January 1959 to the North Eastern Region Civil Engineers Department at the Leeman Road Permanent Way Stockyard in York, one of six Ruston & Hornsby 88DS locomotives built for British Railways which were distributed between York, Dinsdale Depot, Etherley Tip, Crofton, Hartlepool and Darlington. As well as working shunting duties at Leeman Road, 432478 also worked at the York Central Concrete Depot, which is now the site of the Railway Museum's main visitor car park.
Our Price:
£102.59
374-821
BR Mk1 FO First Open 'DIANA' WCRC Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/02/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£43.15
374-821A
BR Mk1 FO First Open 'ALEXANDRA' WCRC Maroon
'N' Gauge
Released: 20/02/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£43.15
35-352
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode & Tablet Catcher D8032 BR Green (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved
Our Price:
£191.20
35-352A
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode & Tablet Catcher D8102 BR Green (Roundel)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-352ASF
Class 20/0 Disc Headcode & Tablet Catcher D8102 BR Green (Roundel) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
370-221SF
Moving Mountains SOUND FITTED Train Set
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
This SOUND FITTED train set is supplied with a Class 60 Diesel Locomotive which is pre-fitted with a Sound Decoder (manufactured by Zimo), allowing the model to produce realistic sounds when placed on the track and with power applied. What’s more, should you wish to replace the analogue controller supplied with this set with a Digital Command Control (DCC) unit, your model is pre-loaded with a full suite of sound effects which can be controlled at the press of a button when used with a DCC system.
Our Price:
£305.95
374-818A
BR Mk1 FO First Open BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
Era 5
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-820
BR Mk1 FO First Open BR InterCity Charter (Executive)
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
Era 8
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
374-820A
BR Mk1 FO First Open BR InterCity Charter (Executive)
'N' Gauge
Released: 29/02/24
Era 8
The British Railways Mk1 was the designation given to BR’s first standard design of main line coaching stock, and one of its most successful. Built from 1951 until the early 1960s to augment and replace the array of ‘Big Four’ and earlier ‘pre-grouping’ designs inherited from the LMS, LNER, GWR and SR, BR took the best features from several of these types to produce the new steel-bodied design. As a result, the Mk1 was stronger and safer than any of the inherited types that came before it. Vehicles providing standard accommodation, with first- or second-class seating, or a composite mix of the two, were built in their thousands, along with many specialist types each with their own dedicated purpose. Numerous different catering vehicles were built, offering as little as a counter service right through to a full restaurant dining experience, whilst vehicles which incorporated an area for the Guard were combined with passenger accommodation and varying spaces for the conveyance of luggage, newspapers and parcels. Sleeping cars were also included, along with various general merchandise and specialised Post Office vans – some of which were equipped with apparatus to allow mail to be collected and set down on the move. Such was their success that following withdrawal from BR service, Mk1 coaches have become the mainstay of preservation operations and hundreds of vehicles remain in service today with heritage railways, whilst several still run on the main line in charter formations.
Our Price:
£43.15
377-731A
BR SPA Open Wagon Network Rail Yellow [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£26.95
377-730B
BR ZAA 'Pike' Open Wagon BR Engineers Grey & Yellow [W]
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£26.95
372-910
LMS 10000 LMS Black & Silver
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 3
The LMS ‘Twins’ – Nos. 10000 and 10001 – were the very first mainline diesel locomotives built in the UK and now, this pioneering pair is available in N scale for the first time thanks to Graham Farish. This model of No. 10000 depicts the first of the ‘Twins’ which entered service with the LMS just days before Nationalisation in December 1947, and so carries ‘LMS’ in large chrome letters on the bodyside – the locomotive would carry these during its early years of BR-ownership and was so adorned until 1951. In this original condition, No. 10000 operated on the Midland Region hauling trains both alone and as a pair with its twin, providing additional haulage power and rang
Our Price:
£157.20
372-910SF
LMS 10000 LMS Black & Silver With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 3
The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£242.20
372-911
LMS/BR 10001 Black & Silver
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£157.20
372-911SF
LMS/BR 10001 Black & Silver With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 15/03/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£242.20
R30195
RailRoad Plus Network Rail, Class 960, Bo-Bo, 901002 'Iris 2'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
Constructed in Birmingham, the Class 101 DMU was one of the longest lasting DMUs to ever see service in the UK. 527 of the class would be built across many orders from BR between 1956 and 1960. The first units would enter BR service in 1956 in the BR green livery. Class 101 units at the height of their use could be seen in all corners of the UK, at the onset of privatisation in the 1990s the units would appear in all manner of colourful liveries such as the Network South East colours and First North Western. Throughout their life, Class 101 units would occasionally appear as a three car sets where demand dictated. Beginning life as the BR Class 101 unit 50338 On its entry into departmental service the unit would be reclassified as a class 960 and renumbered 901002, it would also gain the name Iris 2 which would be displayed in place of a destination on its destination boards. Iris 2 functioned as a lab for Network Rail undertaking tests around the UK. As Iris 2, the DMU appeared in a Serco Railtrack livery, Network Rail livery and a unique grey Lab 19 livery. Iris 2 is currently preserved on the Barry Tourist Railway in a BR Green livery.
Our Price:
£121.49
R30348
L&MR, No. 58 'Tiger'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 1
Number 58 'Tiger' was the sister engine to 'Lion', one of a plethora of locomotives named after animals as became the norm for the fledgling L&MR. Like its sister engine, 'Tiger' was designed as a luggage engine and was delivered from Todd, Kitson, and Laird alongside 'Lion', having been constructed at the same time as part of the same order. These were the first two locomotives to be built at the Railway Foundry in Leeds. Information regarding 'Tiger' is scant, but as it was built to the same specifications, it is a reasonable assumption that the engine would have served the same duties as its more notable sister. It is also likely that the engine was also rebuilt at Edge Hill in 1841. Likely still in service when the L&MR was absorbed into Grand Junction Railway and then the London and North Western Railway, 'Tiger' would have also been renumbered under its new operator. As it is not in preservation, it is assumed that at the time 'Lion' was withdrawn and converted into a stationary pump, 'Tiger' was also withdrawn and scrapped.
Our Price:
£125.99
R30273
SR, N15 'King Arthur Class', 4-6-0, 741 'Joyous Gard': Big Four Centenary Collection
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/04/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The N15 Class, introduced in 1918 from a design by Robert Urie, was also known as the King Arthur Class, being named after persons and places associated with the legend of King Arthur and the Round Table. This class of two cylinder 4-6-0 passenger steam locomotives proved to be one of the most successful during the post-grouping era of 1928-1948, with 74 locomotives being built during this time. The whole class was built in a total of six batches, with the first two batches being built at the London & South Western Railway's Eastleigh Works between 1918-19 and 1922-23. Carrying the characteristics of Urie's stove pipe chimney, Drummond style of cab and inspired by the shape of the H15, the first batches of locomotives became known as 'Urie Arthurs'. Upon assuming the position of CME of the Southern Railway, Richard Maunsell built a third batch of ten locomotives at the Eastleigh Works and these became known as the 'Eastleigh Arthurs'. Maunsell's batch incorporated a small number of significant modifications including changes in the draft, valve gear, chimney, blastpipe and an overall increase in boiler pressure that significantly improved the performance. In 1924 two more batches were ordered from the Scottish based North British Locomotive Company. These 30 locomotives, referred to as 'Scottish Arthurs' were built to the Southern Railways new composite loading gauge and were connected to eight wheel bogie tenders, which had a 5,000 imperial gallon capacity. The last batch of 15 locomotives were built at Eastleigh between 1926-27 and adopted a six wheel 3,500 imperial gallon tender. Despite the order the batch was never completed, with the last locomotive being replaced by the prototype of the Lord Nelson Class of locomotives. Having proved to be one of the greatest designs of its day, the King Arthur Class combined reliability with impressive performance. The introduction of electrification, plus the Lord Nelson Class and ultimately, the Bulleid Pacific locomotives, all hastened the N15's departure.'Joyous Gard' was the sixth example of the class to be built, numbered 741 it would leave the shed at Eastleigh in April 1919. During its life the locomotive would receive various modifications such as the class wide installation of smoke deflectors as well as being fitted with a Lemaitre exhaust, becoming one of only five of the class to have the upgrade fitted. The locomotive would become 30741 under British Railways, before being withdrawn and scrapped in February 1956. Only one member of the class would be preserved, a North British Loco built example, 777 Sir Lamiel, part of the National Collection, under the care of the 5305 Locomotive Association, being based at the Great Central Railway in Leicestershire.
Our Price:
£197.09
R3894
North British Distillery Co. Ltd, Ruston & Hornsby 88DS, 0-4-0, No. 4
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/04/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 6
Ruston & Hornsby Ltd, of Lincoln, was formed as the result of the merger between Ruston, Proctor & Co. Ltd and Richard Hornsby & Sons Ltd on September 11, 1918 and their first narrow gauge diesel locomotive left the works on September 1, 1931. In the summer of 1932, production was moved to the larger Boultham Works, where the firm were eventually to become Britain's largest builder of diesel locomotives, with over 6,500 being built by the time production ceased in 1969. Almost as soon as the firm's 44/48HP 0-4-0 locomotives were making an appearance, an upgraded, more powerful 0-4-0 was on the drawing board. Although many of the features of the 44/48HP were retained for the new 80/88HP, such as the chain drive and running gear, a new type of transmission was fitted, along with Westinghouse airbrakes. The new power unit, Ruston's own 4VPB, delivered 80BHP at 1000rpm and was later supplanted by Ruston's improved 4VPH that delivered 88BHP, but it required compressed air to be injected into the cylinders to be able to start. While running, an air reservoir was kept charged via the braking system, but after standing idle for a period the reservoir depleted and a secondary source was required to recharge the reservoir. This was achieved by fitting a small, secondary 1½HP 'donkey' engine, giving rise to a distinctive raised cover on the right hand side of the engine compartment that differed in size and placement depending on the make of engine used. Two basic weight options were offered for the 80/88HP, of 17 tons and 20 tons, the difference being achieved by attaching weights to the outside frames, as well as to the front and rear buffer beams. In 1941, Ruston's locomotive classifications were changed, with the 80/88HP becoming 88DS (with the narrow gauge versions being assigned the DSM and DSN suffix, and the broader gauges assigned DSW). Outward appearance changes to the 'standard' locomotives were mainly confined to the cab area, with examples from mid-1947 replacing the open cab with a fully enclosed cab that featured several ad-hoc styles of front window. The final 88DS, 518494, left Boultham Works on 29 November 1967, bringing to an end a production run of 271 locomotives. Ruston 421415 was built new for the North British Distillery Co. Ltd, being delivered in March 1958 to their distillery in the Gorgie district of Edinburgh, around the period when the distillery was expanding to include the former Edinburgh Corporation Tramways depot. In 1973, the locomotive was donated to the fledgling Fife Railway Preservation Group, who located it at the Lochty Private Railway until its demise in 1994. 421415, now numbered NBD No. 4, has now been restored and wears the livery of the North British Railway.
Our Price:
£102.59
R30287
United Glass Bottle Manufacturing Ltd, Pug, 0-4-0, No. 19 'Prince'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/04/24
Era 3
The diminutive Pug locomotive had its basis in the pre-grouping Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway, with the locomotives being built in batches by their designer John Aspinall, his successor Henry Hoy and his successor George Hughes. The locomotives were designed as shunters for the northern region. Their small wheels and wheelbase made them ideal to negotiate the tight trackwork that is often found around docks and such. When the grouping act came into effect the locomotives were given the somewhat taunting power classification of 0F, such was their size and the specificity of their use. Locomotive 19 was built in the 1910 batch, the last such batch of the class built. After its career with the L&YR and then LMS the locomotive was sold to the Mowlem and Co civil engineering company and then to the United Glass Bottle Manufacturers. There it was bestowed with the name Prince and an attractive marron livery. The locomotive is now preserved, with a fire lit under the boiler in February 2022 being the first since the early 1970s.
Our Price:
£76.49
35-125A
Class 20/3 20310 'Gresty Bridge' DRS Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-125ASF
Class 20/3 20310 'Gresty Bridge' DRS Blue With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
35-125B
Class 20/3 20311 'Class 20 'Fifty'' DRS Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 9
CLASS 20/3 HISTORY The British Railways Board's (BRB) 1955 modernisation plan called for a change to alternative forms of traction and manufacturers were asked to produce trial or initial designs for evaluation. English Electric adapted an existing design based on an export model for a 1,000bhp diesel and 20 were built as a pilot scheme for assessment. The first batch was built in 1957 and the diesels were assigned to work from Devon's Road depot, East London. The design was a success from the start and by 1962 a total of 127 had been built. Following assessment of all the Type 1 diesels, BRB placed a further order increasing the total to 228 by 1968 and the design became the BR standard for 1,000bhp diesel locomotives. With the introduction of TOPS the locomotives were designated Class 20 and renumbered 20001 to 20228. The locomotives were principally designed for freight work but also saw service on summer passenger trains where train heating was not required. The Class 20s worked over the Eastern, London Midland and Scottish regions as well as into Wales and were commonly associated with coal traffic. The only drawback the Class had was its single end cab, unlike modern designs that have a cab at each end. BR resolved this problem by regularly operating the Class 20s as pairs, nose to nose, and with the combined power of 2,000bhp they were able to haul the heavier block freight trains. BR's decision to switch to Type 5 and in particular Class 60 diesels in the late 1980s started a gradual withdrawal of the fleet, with just 28 left by 1994. A tribute to the design is that after 45 years the Class is still in service with DRS on mainline duties following refurbishment, the resulting locomotives being designated Class 20/3s. At least 28 of the class are now preserved.
Our Price:
£191.20
35-125BSF
Class 20/3 20311 'Class 20 'Fifty'' DRS Blue With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On / Off (plus Light Switch Sound) F1 - On - Warm Engine Start / On (with F8 On) - Cold Engine Start F2 - Brake F3 - Single Horn (Speed Related) F4 - Two Tone Horn (Speed Related) F5 - On - Light Train Mode / Off - Heavy Train Mode F6 - Engine Idle / Coasting F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Start F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Guard's Whistle F11 - Buffer Up F12 - Coupling F13 - Cab End High Intensity Light (If Fitted) F14 - On - Night Mode Directional Lights / Off - Day Mode Directional lights (If Fitted) F15 - Detonators F16 - Priming Pump F17 - Wagon Snatching & Buffering F18 - On - Driver's Door Open / Off - Driver's Door Closed F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Nose End Directional Lights Off F21 - Cab End Directional Lights Off F22 - Cab Light On (Only when Stationary) F23 - Windscreen Wipers F24 - Compressor F25 - Spirax Valves F26 - Shunt Mode F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£276.20
39-059
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open WCRC Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 9 Pristine West Coast Railway Company Maroon livery Running No. 4973 Commonwealth Bogies Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£53.95
39-083
BR Mk1 BSK Brake Second Corridor WCRC Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 9 Pristine West Coast Railway Company Maroon livery Running No. 99723 Commonwealth Bogies Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£53.95
39-266
BR Mk1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet WCRC Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/04/24
Era 9
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 9 Pristine West Coast Railway Company Maroon livery Running No. 1860 Commonwealth Bogies Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£53.95
51-251H
LARGE ENGLAND OO-9 'EXMOOR PONY'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 15/05/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£153.00
51-251J
LARGE ENGLAND OO-9 'LITTLE GIANT'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 15/05/24
Era 23
Our Price:
£153.00
51-251C
SMALL ENGLAND 00-9 'PALMERSTON'
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 15/05/24
Era 23
Our Price:
£153.00
R30316
RailRoad S&DJR, Class 3F 'Jinty', 0-6-0, No. 20
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/05/24
Era 2
Our Price:
£71.99
R30325
RailRoad S&DJR, Class 3F 'Jinty', 0-6-0, No. 25
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/05/24
Era 2
Our Price:
£71.99
R60116
Triple Wagon Pack, Houghton Main, Thos. Lebon & Sons & Settle Speakman
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/05/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£54.45
E87058
GWR 10T 'Bloater A' Fish Van GWR Brown (GW)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.95
E87059
GWR 10T 'Bloater' Fish Van GWR Brown (Shirtbutton)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£26.95
E87060
GWR 10T 'Bloater' Fish Van BR Crimson
'OO' Gauge
Released: 22/05/24
Era 4
Our Price:
£26.95
E87061
GWR 10T 'Bloater' Fish Van BR Crimson
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/05/24
Era 4
Our Price:
£26.95
38-301A
BR OTA Timber Wagon EWS with Load [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/05/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£44.95
38-302A
BR OTA Timber Wagon 'Kronospan' Blue with Load [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/05/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£44.95
392-025
Baguley-Drewry 70hp Diesel DH88 RNAD Dean Hill
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/05/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 7
BAGULEY-DREWRY 70HP DIESEL HISTORY The seventy horsepower, 4 wheel diesel-hydraulic locomotives were built by Baguley-Drewry in Burton Upon Trent at the start of the 1980s and were some of the final locomotives to be outshopped by the company which closed its doors in 1984. Ordered by the Ministry of Defence for use in the Royal Navy Armaments Depots in Wales at Milford Haven and Trecwn, the fleet was later transferred to Dean Hill in Wiltshire which remained operational until 2004. In 2009, the remaining railway assets were sold off giving the Baguley-Drewrys a second life in preservation or at private railways. Originally built to a gauge of 2ft. 6in., some has since been re-gauged to suit the varying gauges used by the narrow gauge railways that they now call home.
Our Price:
£101.95
392-026
Baguley-Drewry 70hp Diesel Green
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/05/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
BAGULEY-DREWRY 70HP DIESEL HISTORY The seventy horsepower, 4 wheel diesel-hydraulic locomotives were built by Baguley-Drewry in Burton Upon Trent at the start of the 1980s and were some of the final locomotives to be outshopped by the company which closed its doors in 1984. Ordered by the Ministry of Defence for use in the Royal Navy Armaments Depots in Wales at Milford Haven and Trecwn, the fleet was later transferred to Dean Hill in Wiltshire which remained operational until 2004. In 2009, the remaining railway assets were sold off giving the Baguley-Drewrys a second life in preservation or at private railways. Originally built to a gauge of 2ft. 6in., some has since been re-gauged to suit the varying gauges used by the narrow gauge railways that they now call home.
Our Price:
£101.95
392-027
Baguley-Drewry 70hp Diesel Lined Crimson
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 30/05/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
BAGULEY-DREWRY 70HP DIESEL HISTORY The seventy horsepower, 4 wheel diesel-hydraulic locomotives were built by Baguley-Drewry in Burton Upon Trent at the start of the 1980s and were some of the final locomotives to be outshopped by the company which closed its doors in 1984. Ordered by the Ministry of Defence for use in the Royal Navy Armaments Depots in Wales at Milford Haven and Trecwn, the fleet was later transferred to Dean Hill in Wiltshire which remained operational until 2004. In 2009, the remaining railway assets were sold off giving the Baguley-Drewrys a second life in preservation or at private railways. Originally built to a gauge of 2ft. 6in., some has since been re-gauged to suit the varying gauges used by the narrow gauge railways that they now call home.
Our Price:
£101.95
R30332
GBRf, Class 66, Co-Co, 66734 'Platinum Jubilee'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/06/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£89.99
R30349
Hornby Dublo BR, A4 Class, 4-6-2, 60016 'Silver King'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 25/06/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The LNER Gresley A4 is one of the most iconic express locomotives in Great Britain. Its streamlined casing was a classic symbol of the attitude towards speed and design in the 1930s when the railways saw increased competition from road and air travel. The LNER Board knew that they had to make travel between the major cities faster, more comfortable and more reliable. Nigel Gresley, the LNER's Chief Mechanical Officer, travelled on the Fliegende Hamburger diesel locomotive in Germany and was impressed by its streamlining, although he realized it was only efficient at high speeds. Gresley was certain that a modified A3 Pacific, with streamlining, could haul greater loads than other locomotives at the same speed or faster and a series of trials were conducted to confirm the A3's suitability. With trials successfully completed, the LNER Board gave Gresley the go-ahead to create the "Silver Jubilee" streamlined trains, the first of the new streamlined A4s. The streamlining of the A4s' steam circuit, higher boiler pressure and extension of the firebox to create a combustion chamber made them more efficient than the A3 as they consumed less coal and water- especially later on when they were also fitted with a Kylchap double chimney. This improved their free steaming capabilities further. The streamlined design not only improved speeds but it also created an updraught of smoke, obscuring the driver's vision, a major problem on the new Class A4 engines. The story goes that during wind-tunnel testing, after several unsuccessful efforts to get the smoke to lift clear, a thumbprint was inadvertently left on the clay model just behind the chimney. This succeeded in clearing the smoke and was incorporated into the final design. No. 60016 ‘Silver King’ in its original form as No. 2511 was the third A4 Pacific to be constructed in 1935 and was also designed to haul the new streamlined ‘Silver Jubilee’ coaches. No. 2509 ‘Silver Link’ was named to mark the Silver Jubilee of King George V. Four A4 Pacifics were named with a silver theme in mind. The locomotive entered service in November 1935 in the unique LNER Silver livery designed for the service. The locomotive went on to work under BR as 60016 in a BR green livery before being scrapped in 1965, making it one of the longest-serving A4 locomotives. Hornby Dublo A4 models feature a die-cast body, just like their original Hornby Dublo counterparts. This is coupled with enchanted decoration which, when paired with the die-cast boiler, provides a realistic finish to the body. The models contain a 5-pole motor with a flywheel and are DCC-ready with an 8-pin socket. The ‘Silver King’ locomotive and tender features a vibrant BR green livery. They also come with crew figures. The accessory bag contains an instruction leaflet, two cylinder draincocks, a wheel/axle assembly, a left-hand driver figure and a fireman figure.
Our Price:
£287.99
R40238
BR InterCity, Mk3 Tourist Standard Open, 42336
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R30188
RailRoad Plus Loadhaul, Class 37, Co-Co, 37710
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
The British Rail Class 37 is a diesel-electric locomotive. Also known as the English Electric Type 3, the class was ordered as part of the British Rail modernisation plan. They were numbered in two series, D6600–D6608 and D6700–D6999.The Class 37 became a familiar sight on many parts of the British Rail network, in particular forming the main motive power for InterCity services in East Anglia and within Scotland. All locomotives would be renumbered from 1973 under the TOPS renumbering system, sometimes multiple times as the exact specification for single locomotives could be changed. They performed well on secondary and inter-regional services for many years. The Class 37s are known to some railway enthusiasts as 'tractors', a nickname due to the agricultural sound of the diesel engine of the locomotive. A total of 309 of the class would be built with 35 preserved and 66 still in service as of 2023. Starting out life as D6744, the locomotive would be renumbered twice, both times under the TOPS system. Initially 37044 the locomotive would become 37710. The locomotive would serve with BR Railfreight before being transferred to Loadhaul. Stored for many years in a heavy state of disrepair as a parts donor, the locomotive is currently owned by West Coast Railways although it still wears the Loadhaul livery.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30339
Hornby 70th: Westwood, 0-4-0, No. 7 'Nellie', 1954-2024 - Limited Edition
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
In the 1960s, Tri-ang Railways released the 0-4-0 industrial tank locomotive, No. 7 'Nellie', in a blue livery with the number R355B. These locomotive models were produced in the Rovex Scale Models Limited Margate factory and arrived in customers' hands encased in the iconic Tri-ang Railways red and yellow packaging. The design for the locomotive appears to have been based on a Class C14 which was intended for suburban passenger traffic around the city of London and was designed by Dugald Drummond for the London & South Western Railway in 1906. Celebrate the 70th anniversary of Hornby in Margate with a reproduction of the Tri-ang Railways No. 7 'Nellie' 0-4-0 locomotive in a striking blue livery and red 'Nellie' nameplate with yellow lettering. This model will be perfect for any Hornby history enthusiasts.
Our Price:
£44.99
R40234
BR InterCity, Mk3 Trailer First, 41059
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40236
BR InterCity, Mk3 Trailer Guard Standard, 44042
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40238B
BR InterCity, Mk3 Trailer Standard Open, 42116
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£40.49
R40393
BR, Mk3 Trailer Standard Open, 42285
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40386
BR, Mk3 Trailer First, 41138
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40387
BR, Mk3 Trailer First, 41137
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40388
BR, Mk3 Trailer Guard Standard, 44005
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£40.49
R40391
BR, Mk3 Trailer Standard Open, 42283
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 7
R60238
BR, Loriot Y Machinery Truck with British Railways Coles Crane
'OO' Gauge
Released: 08/07/24
Era 4
Our Price:
£58.49
374-916SF
LMS 10000 BR Lined Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Expected: Unknown
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Single-Tone Horn F4 - Horn (Playable) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Engine Start (Turn on before F1) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Dispatch Whistle with Driver’s Response F11 - Buffering Up F12 - Coupling Up F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valve F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Primer Pump F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off No. 1 End (Fan End) F21 - Directional Lights Off No. 2 End (Non-Fan End) F22 - Alternative Passenger/Freight Headlight Modes F23 - Cab Light (Leading End Only) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Detonators (Speed Dependant) F26 - Shunt Mode (Half Speed, No Inertia) F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£242.20
372-917SF
LMS 10001 BR Lined Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 11/07/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Single-Tone Horn F4 - Horn (Playable) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Engine Start (Turn on before F1) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Dispatch Whistle with Driver’s Response F11 - Buffering Up F12 - Coupling Up F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valve F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Primer Pump F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off No. 1 End (Fan End) F21 - Directional Lights Off No. 2 End (Non-Fan End) F22 - Alternative Passenger/Freight Headlight Modes F23 - Cab Light (Leading End Only) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Detonators (Speed Dependant) F26 - Shunt Mode (Half Speed, No Inertia) F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£242.20
372-918SF
LMS 10001 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels) With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 11/07/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
SOUNDS F0 - Directional Lights - On/Off F1 - Sound - On/Off F2 - Brake F3 - Single-Tone Horn F4 - Horn (Playable) F5 - Light Engine F6 - Engine Idle F7 - Speed Lock F8 - Cold Engine Start (Turn on before F1) F9 - Flange Squeal (Speed Related) F10 - Dispatch Whistle with Driver’s Response F11 - Buffering Up F12 - Coupling Up F13 - Compressor F14 - Spirax Valve F15 - Cooler Group Fan F16 - Primer Pump F17 - Automatic Wagon Buffering F18 - On - Cab Door Open / Off - Cab Door Shut F19 - Fade All Sounds F20 - Directional Lights Off No. 1 End (Fan End) F21 - Directional Lights Off No. 2 End (Non-Fan End) F22 - Alternative Passenger/Freight Headlight Modes F23 - Cab Light (Leading End Only) F24 - Station Ambience F25 - Detonators (Speed Dependant) F26 - Shunt Mode (Half Speed, No Inertia) F27 - Volume Down F28 - Volume Up Analogue Users: Please note that normal load running sounds and any other automatic or randomised sounds will also operate when this model is used on analogue control (DC) straight from the box!
Our Price:
£242.20
372-916
LMS 10000 BR Lined Green (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 11/07/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
LMS 10000 & 10001 CLASS HISTORY The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£157.20
372-917
LMS 10001 BR Lined Green (Late Crest)
Released: 11/07/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
LMS 10000 & 10001 CLASS HISTORY The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£157.20
372-918
LMS 10001 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'N' Gauge
Released: 11/07/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
LMS 10000 & 10001 CLASS HISTORY The LMS ‘Twins’ Nos. 10000 and 10001 were the first mainline diesel locomotives built in Great Britain. A joint venture between the London, Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS) and English Electric, the pair were first conceived in 1946. The body and chassis design was undertaken by the LMS’s Chief Mechanical Engineer H. G. Ivatt, and English Electric provided the engine, electric systems and machinery. Construction of No. 10000 began at Derby Works in 1947 and the locomotive was outshopped in December of that year, days before Nationalisation of Britain’s railways. Both locomotives entered traffic in an eye-catching black and silver livery, with large chrome numbers fitted at each end of the bodysides, below the cab windows. The letters LMS were also applied in chrome to No. 10000, however No. 10001 did not enter service until mid-1948, with British Railways completing its construction, and so it entered traffic with neither LMS nor BR markings. The locomotives worked both singularly and as a pair on the Midland Main Line and West Coast Main Line, hauling named expresses and lower key services, and venturing north of the border into Scotland. Interconnecting doors were fitted within the noses of each engine, allowing crew and personnel to move between the two in motion, but this feature was seldom used. In 1953 the Twins were sent to the Southern Region, being fitted with an additional pair of marker lights and lamp brackets beforehand which made them compatible with the SR’s practice of using headcodes to denote both train types and routes. During a two year period on the Southern Region the Twins worked alongside the Southern’s own diesel prototypes before returning to the Midland Region in 1955. As prototypes, changes and modifications were made to the locomotives during the years and this included the fitting of water scoops to allow water for the steam heat boiler to be collected from troughs located between the rails ‘on the move’. Ironically, in common with many early diesels, the performance of the steam heat boilers was woeful, and in colder months the pair were often relegated to freight workings where steam heat provision was not required. By the late-1950s new, production series diesel locomotives were arriving en-masse and whilst their time in service had been highly educational and helped to shape the BR diesel fleet, the writing was on the wall for this pair on non-standard prototypes. No. 10000 was officially withdrawn in December 1963, whilst No. 10001 lasted to March 1966, kept going with components salvaged from its Twin. Sadly, neither was saved and both were subsequently scrapped, but their legacy carried on in the Class 40s, 50s and 56s which all used versions of the English Electric 16SVT engine and today, works is ongoing to build a replica of No. 10000.
Our Price:
£157.20
R3862
SR, Lord Nelson Class, 4-6-0, 864 'Sir Martin Frobisher'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/07/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Entering traffic at Stewarts Lane in November 1929 on the Continental services, E864 Sir Martin Frobisher was moved to Nine Elms in November 1937 on Link 1 duties for the Southampton Docks and Bournemouth express services, swapping places with 857 Lord Howe. In January 1939 Sir Martin Frobisher was modified with the Lemaitre exhaust and a modified chimney, raising the performance level of the locomotive. This was a welcomed development as by 1945, somewhat surprisingly; wartime holiday traffic on the Western Section had reached pre-war levels and the introduction of the Merchant Navy class meant that Sir Martin Frobisher could be sent to Bournemouth shed to augment the Lord Nelsons already based there.
Our Price:
£185.39
2D-019-300
CLASS 43 HST Blue Pullman Full 11 Car Set
'N' Gauge
Released: 07/08/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 11
Midland Pullman Class 43 full 11 car set.
Our Price:
£454.40
4P-020-102
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM 3RD BRAKE '3750' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-111
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM ALL 3RD '3903' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-112
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM ALL 3RD '3904' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-121
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM COMPOSITE '7903' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-122
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM COMPOSITE '7904' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-101
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY LINED CHOC & CREAM 3RD BRAKE '3749' SET 2
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-301
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY THIRD BRAKE '3753' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-302
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY THIRD BRAKE '3754' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-311
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL THIRD '3907' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-312
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL THIRD '3908' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-321
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY COMPOSITE '7907' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-322
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY COMPOSITE '7908' SET 4 SHIRTBUTTON
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-402
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN BRAKE THIRD '3756' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-401
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN BRAKE THIRD '3755' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-411
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN ALL THIRD '3909' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-412
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN ALL THIRD '3910' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-421
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN COMPOSITE '7909' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£58.32
4P-020-422
GWR TOPLIGHT M/LINE CITY ALL BROWN COMPOSITE '7910' SET 5
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
Era 3
4D-022-026
DRS COMPASS CLASS 68 '68033' THE POPPY
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£153.00
4D-022-023
DRS/NTS GREEN CLASS 68 'PRIDE OF THE NORTH' 68006
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£153.00
4D-022-027
DRS COMPASS (NEW DRS LOGO) CLASS 68 '68002' INTREPID
'OO' Gauge
Released: 06/08/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
Our Price:
£153.00
R3732
BR (Early), Lord Nelson Class, 4-6-0, 30852 'Sir Walter Raleigh'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 15/08/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 5
Entering traffic as E852 Sir Walter Raleigh in July 1928, smoke deflectors were added in December 1929 and the 'E' prefix was removed in June 1931. Following nationalisation, Sir Walter Raleigh was renumbered as 30852 in February 1949, while in Malachite Green with an unlettered tender and was repainted into British Railways Dark Green in December 1951. The late BR totem was added in October 1958.
Our Price:
£185.39
R60242
BR Engineering, YGB 'Seacow', DB980033
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£33.75
R60243
Mainline, YGB 'Seacow', DB980115
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£33.75
R60244
EWS, YGB 'Seacow', DB980220
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£33.75
R60245
BR Civil Engineering, YGH 'Sealion', DB982792
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£33.75
R60246
BR, YGH 'Sealion', DB982725
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£33.75
R60247
Loadhaul, YGH 'Sealion', DB982587
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/08/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£33.75
39-421C
BR Mk1 POS Post Office Sorting Van Post Office Red (with Net)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
Era 5
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 5 Pristine Post Office Red livery Running No. W80301 BR1 Bogies Shell Roof Ventilators Mail Exchange Gear (Traductor Arms and Net) Side Lights (Non-functional) Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£65.65
39-421D
BR Mk1 POS Post Office Sorting Van Post Office Red (with Net)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
Era 5
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 5 Pristine Post Office Red livery Running No. W80302 BR1 Bogies Shell Roof Ventilators Mail Exchange Gear (Traductor Arms and Net) Side Lights (Non-functional) Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£65.65
32-340
Class 25/1 25057 BR Blue [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
The Class 25 Diesel Locomotive has long been a fixture of the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range, but this all-new model owes nothing to its predecessors. Designed from the rails up, this new family Class 25s from Bachmann Branchline encompasses Class 25/1s, 25/2s and 25/3s, capturing the differences – some small, some anything but – between the three distinct types. Regardless of the particular locomotive being depicted, every model features high fidelity mouldings and numerous separately fitted parts, with the utmost attention to detail paid to the features of the prototype. Our new Class 25 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos.
Our Price:
£178.45
32-340SFX
Class 25/1 25057 BR Blue [W] With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 7
The Class 25 Diesel Locomotive has long been a fixture of the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range, but this all-new model owes nothing to its predecessors. Designed from the rails up, this new family Class 25s from Bachmann Branchline encompasses Class 25/1s, 25/2s and 25/3s, capturing the differences – some small, some anything but – between the three distinct types. Regardless of the particular locomotive being depicted, every model features high fidelity mouldings and numerous separately fitted parts, with the utmost attention to detail paid to the features of the prototype. Our new Class 25 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Following the precedent set by the Bachmann Branchline Class 47, and subsequently the 37 and 31 to he Class 25 features a full lighting suite and is available in three formats; standard, SOUND FITTED or SOUND FITTED DELUXE as in the case of the example – this award winning specification features our motorised radiator fan system and authentic tinted windscreen!
Our Price:
£297.45
32-341
Class 25/2 D5282 BR Two-Tone Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
Following publication of the British Railways Modernization Plan in 1955, the British Rail Class 25 diesels were introduced into service in 1961 and were more powerful than the Class 24 Bo-Bo diesels introduced three years earlier. A total of 325 Class 25 Diesel Locomotives over several sub-types were built, most at BR Derby, but some were constructed at Crewe and Darlington with a further 26 built by Beyer Peacock of Manchester. As Type 2 locomotives, the Class 25s were often seen working in pairs to increase operational power. The class was, however, a true mixed traffic locomotive, equally at home on either passenger or mixed freight duties. They were well suited to the task of replacing steam traction on duties over a wide area of the British Railways system and were allocated to numerous depots across the Eastern, London Midland, Scottish and Western Regions. Although not allocated to the Southern Region, they were often seen on incoming and through traffic from the other regions. Following closure of numerous lines in the late 1960s and the resultant loss of passenger work, during the 70s & 80s they were more likely to be seen on either freight, newspaper, parcels or specialized duties. with notable examples including the provision of train heating for steam hauled specials in their swansong years. The Class was finally withdrawn from service in 1987, but twenty preserved locomotives survive to the present day.
Our Price:
£169.95
35-805
Class 31/1 31123 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
BACHMANN BRANCHLINE CLASS 30/31 SPECIFICATION MECHANISM: Five pole, twin shaft motor with two flywheels providing drive to both bogies All axle drive Electrical pickup from all outer wheels on each bogie Separate metal bearings fitted to each axle Diecast metal chassis block and bogie towers Diecast metal gearboxes, with gearing arranged for prototypical running speeds and haulage capabilities 5mm (OO gauge) wheels to NEM310 & NEM311 standards with authentic profile and detailing Detachable coupling pockets to NEM362 standards fitted to each bogie
Our Price:
£169.95
35-805A
Class 31/1 31293 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 8
The BR Class 30 and Class 31 Diesel Locomotives, originally known as the Brush Type 2s, were built by Brush Traction from 1957-1962, with a total of 263 locomotives constructed. The first locomotive entered service in November 1957 and the design was one of the Pilot Scheme locomotives ordered by British Railways to replace steam traction. The Class was originally allocated to the Eastern Region, but gradually became common on both the Western and London Midland regions too. Originally built with Mirrlees engines, these proved unsuccessful and in 1964 an English Electric 12SVT engine was fitted to one example for trails. The trials proved successful and between 1965 and 1969 the entire class was fitted with English Electric engines. Two TOPS classifications were used to distinguish between the two engine types, with the Mirrelees engine locomotives denoted Class 30s, whilst the English Electric examples became Class 31s. The Class 31/1s were the standard locomotives, distinguished from the first small batch of locos – the 31/0s – which had Red Circle multiple-working control equipment, a non-standard feature that led to them being withdrawn relatively early in the late-1970s. The 31/1s were fitted with Blue Star multiple-working equipment, as found on many other BR classes, and all had steam heating boilers from new, making them ideal for hauling passenger services. The Class 31/1s could be found on a variety of secondary and relief passenger duties as well as parcels and freight traffic. Commonly used in East Anglia, with allocations at Stratford and March depots, they were also found throughout the Eastern Region of BR with Finsbury Park sporting a large allocation, along with the depots at Tinsley, Immingham and Thornaby. Examples were also allocated to Bristol Bath Road and Old Oak Common on the Western Region, where they could be found working passenger trains as far west as Barnstaple and Paignton. In the early 1980s, Healey Mills and Bescot on the Midland Region also gained an allocation as replacements for Class 25s. During the 1970s some Class 31s were fitted with Electric Train Heating (ETH) and these were reclassified as 31/4s to denote this feature. The 1980s would see BR undertake a programme of refurbishment for much of the fleet, this included the fitting of ETH to more locomotives, but refurbishment was not reserved exclusively for the 31/4s, Class 31/1s were also refurbished without receiving ETH equipment. During refurbishment bufferbeam cowlings were removed along with the bodyside band, headcode boxes were plated over and fitted with two marker lights, and any remaining disc headcodes were removed. Where steam heat boilers remained, these were removed and a concrete block added instead to maintain the weight balance. As passenger work dried up, many of the 31/4s were displaced and found themselves allocated to the departmental sector. In 1990, to reduce maintenance costs and prevent their ETH-fitted locos being borrowed for passenger work when extra traction was needed, the departmental sector isolated the ETH and removed the jumper cables from some of its 31/4s, resulting in these locos being reclassified as 31/5s. There were also two locomotives classified as 31/6, these had through ETH wiring fitted allowing them to work double-headed with an ETH-fitted loco. The first withdrawal came in 1975 following accident damage, but most survived until the 1990s when EWS took on 153 examples from BR’s Transrail and Mainline freight divisions, although EWS spent little time running down its inherited fleet. Other operators however kept Class 31s active on the mainline with operations only now dwindling out. The Class has also been popular with the preservation movement, with more than 25 examples now preserved.
Our Price:
£169.95
35-805ASFX
Class 31/1 31293 BR Blue With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 31/1, this locomotive has had its Mirrlees engine replaced with an English Electric 12SVT and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and 12SVT engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows. With high fidelity mouldings, numerous separately fitted parts and countless tooling variations to capture the minutiae of the real locomotives throughout their lives, our new Class 31 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Along with an unprecedented array of lighting features, our Dual Fitted speaker system is fitted to all models – bringing to life this SOUND FITTED model. For the ultimate experience, choose one of our SOUND FITTED DELUXE models with their motorised radiator fan, authentic tinted windscreen glazing and, for the first time ever, DCC-uncoupling – thanks to the Bachmann Auto-release Coupling System!
Our Price:
£305.95
31-362B
Class 03 03056 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 7
The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits. Weighing in at 30 Tons, some 18 Tons less than the Class 08 diesel shunter, the Class 03’s were fitted with Gardner engines and their distinctive jackshaft drive arrangement gave the locomotives a top speed of 28½ mph. Despite their usefulness, a downturn in shunting requirements meant that withdrawals began in 1968, although the last remained in service on mainland Britain until 1987. Two examples operated on the Isle of Wight, with lowered cab roofs to account for the restricted loading gauge, and these remained in traffic on the island until 1993. One of these Isle of Wight locos, No. 03179, was resurrected by West Anglia Great Northern in 1998 to shunt their Hornsey Depot. Subsequently operated by First Capital Connect, the loco was finally withdrawn in 2008 after which the locomotive was preserved bringing the total number of surviving examples to 56.
Our Price:
£127.45
31-364A
Class 03 D2095 BR Green (Wasp Stripes)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 28/08/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits. Weighing in at 30 Tons, some 18 Tons less than the Class 08 diesel shunter, the Class 03’s were fitted with Gardner engines and their distinctive jackshaft drive arrangement gave the locomotives a top speed of 28½ mph. Despite their usefulness, a downturn in shunting requirements meant that withdrawals began in 1968, although the last remained in service on mainland Britain until 1987. Two examples operated on the Isle of Wight, with lowered cab roofs to account for the restricted loading gauge, and these remained in traffic on the island until 1993. One of these Isle of Wight locos, No. 03179, was resurrected by West Anglia Great Northern in 1998 to shunt their Hornsey Depot. Subsequently operated by First Capital Connect, the loco was finally withdrawn in 2008 after which the locomotive was preserved bringing the total number of surviving examples to 56.
Our Price:
£127.45
373-561A
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'BP' Green
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£47.65
373-561B
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'BP' Green
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£47.65
373-564
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'Shell/BP' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 6
Our Price:
£47.65
373-564A
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'Shell/BP' Grey
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 6
Our Price:
£47.65
373-566
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'BP' Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£47.65
373-566A
BR 102T TEA Bogie Tank Wagon 'BP' Black
'N' Gauge
Released: 27/08/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£47.65
371-703
Class 350 4-Car EMU 350407 First TransPennine Express
'N' Gauge
Released: 02/09/24
DCC Ready (6 Pin)
Era 9
The Class 350 returns to the Graham Farish N Scale range of Electric Multiple Units, with Class 350/4 No. 350407 in operation with First TransPennine Express. This Class 350 carries the sparkling silver, blue and purple livery of the prototype, which is accurately represented on this model with a metallic effect finish. The model is equipped with a powerful drive mechanism which incorporates a flywheel for smooth operation and is fitted with 6-pin decoder sockets making it easy to equip the model for use on DCC. MODEL FEATURES: Graham Farish N Scale Era 9 Pristine First TransPennine Express livery Set No. 350407 Comprises Car Nos. 60677 (DMOS), 60907 (TOCL), 60947 (PTOSLW) and 60697 (DMOS) Destination Blinds for Manchester Airport Sprung Pantograph Directional lighting – switchable on/off via DCC or the chassis-mounted switches NEM Couplings Equipped with 3 x 6 Pin DCC Decoder Sockets – recommended Decoder 36-568A Ready to Accept a Speaker Length 576mm (over couplings)
Our Price:
£339.95
32-341SFX
Class 25/2 D5282 BR Two-Tone Green (Small Yellow Panels) With DCC Sound Deluxe
'OO' Gauge
Released: 21/08/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
The Class 25 Diesel Locomotive has long been a fixture of the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range, but this all-new model owes nothing to its predecessors. Designed from the rails up, this new family Class 25s from Bachmann Branchline encompasses Class 25/1s, 25/2s and 25/3s, capturing the differences – some small, some anything but – between the three distinct types. Regardless of the particular locomotive being depicted, every model features high fidelity mouldings and numerous separately fitted parts, with the utmost attention to detail paid to the features of the prototype. Our new Class 25 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Following the precedent set by the Bachmann Branchline Class 47, and subsequently the 37 and 31 too, the Class 25 features a full lighting suite and is available in three formats; standard, SOUND FITTED as in the case of this example which is pre-fitted with a DCC Sound Decoder, or SOUND FITTED DELUXE with the award winning motorised radiator fan and authentic tinted windscreen glazing features!
Our Price:
£288.95
32-334SFX
Class 25/3 D7672 'Tamworth Castle' BR Two-Tone Green (Full Yell. Ends) With DCC Sound Deluxe
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
The Class 25 Diesel Locomotive has long been a fixture of the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range, but this all-new model owes nothing to its predecessors. Designed from the rails up, this new family Class 25s from Bachmann Branchline encompasses Class 25/1s, 25/2s and 25/3s, capturing the differences – some small, some anything but – between the three distinct types. Regardless of the particular locomotive being depicted, every model features high fidelity mouldings and numerous separately fitted parts, with the utmost attention to detail paid to the features of the prototype. Our new Class 25 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Following the precedent set by the Bachmann Branchline Class 47, and subsequently the 37 and 31 too, the Class 25 features a full lighting suite and is available in three formats; this standard model, SOUND FITTED with a pre-fitted DCC Sound Decoder, or SOUND FITTED DELUXE with the award winning motorised radiator fan and authentic tinted windscreen glazing features!
Our Price:
£288.95
32-344
Class 25/2 25085 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 02/09/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 7
Following publication of the British Railways Modernization Plan in 1955, the British Rail Class 25 diesels were introduced into service in 1961 and were more powerful than the Class 24 Bo-Bo diesels introduced three years earlier. A total of 325 Class 25 Diesel Locomotives over several sub-types were built, most at BR Derby, but some were constructed at Crewe and Darlington with a further 26 built by Beyer Peacock of Manchester. As Type 2 locomotives, the Class 25s were often seen working in pairs to increase operational power. The class was, however, a true mixed traffic locomotive, equally at home on either passenger or mixed freight duties. They were well suited to the task of replacing steam traction on duties over a wide area of the British Railways system and were allocated to numerous depots across the Eastern, London Midland, Scottish and Western Regions. Although not allocated to the Southern Region, they were often seen on incoming and through traffic from the other regions. Following closure of numerous lines in the late 1960s and the resultant loss of passenger work, during the 70s & 80s they were more likely to be seen on either freight, newspaper, parcels or specialized duties. with notable examples including the provision of train heating for steam hauled specials in their swansong years. The Class was finally withdrawn from service in 1987, but twenty preserved locomotives survive to the present day.
Our Price:
£169.95
R30182
RailRoad Plus BR Class 47, Co-Co D1683
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/09/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 6
Built between 1962 and 1968, the Class 47 Co-Co Diesel-Electric locomotive was once the most numerous class of mainline diesel in Britain with 512 examples. 310 locomotives were constructed by Brush Traction in Loughborough, and the remaining 202 at Crewe. The locomotives were used for passenger and freight operations beginning in 1962 in the BR Green livery, before being repainted into the BR Blue colour scheme before further diversification saw them painted in all manner of liveries. Strong performers, these locomotives were among some of the largest to be employed by British rail. The first five withdrawals were all due to accident damage with the first planned decommissioning taking place in February 1986. As withdrawals began, ostensibly due to a lack of parts the withdrawn engines in turn solved this issue, and therefore the Class 47 disappeared slowly once withdrawals began. In 2023, 30 of the class remain operational on the national network with West Coast Railways being the largest operator, 17 are stored, 33 have been converted to the Class 57 and an additional 32 have been preserved.
Our Price:
£87.29
R30239
BR, Class 43 HST Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
Originally conceived as a cheaper, more reliable alternative to the Advanced Passenger Train in the early 1970s, the British Railways Board authorised the development of a prototype High Speed Diesel Train, with two locomotives designated as Class 41. These aerodynamic power cars were constructed by British Railways Engineering Ltd at their Crewe Works and emerged in June and August 1972, fitted with Paxman Valenta 12RP200L engines, developing 2,250 hp.
Our Price:
£355.49
R30182TXS
RailRoad Plus BR, Class 47, Co-Co, D1683 - Era 6 (Sound Fitted)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 04/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 6
The Class 47 model of No. D183 comes in a vivid BR green livery. Etching plates on the cab front are pre-fitted. The model is sound fitted with an 8-Pin decoder and has a pre-loaded Class 47 HM7000 sound profile. The model houses a state-of-the-art sugarcube speaker. As a Railroad Plus model, it has an enhanced livery with intricate detail.
Our Price:
£130.49
R30382
RailRoad Plus BR, Class 47, Co-Co, 47522 'Doncaster Enterprise'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/09/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 8
No. 47522 is finished in an apple-green livery. It includes two etched nameplates of ‘Doncaster Enterprise’. Please be aware that this is not suitable for children. This model is DCC-ready and is compatible with our HM7000 8-Pin decoder.
Our Price:
£87.29
GM4240303
Class 86 401 Network SouthEast
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/09/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 8
1:76 Scale model of a Class 86 electric locomotive decorated in Network SouthEast livery. These models have been specially commissioned by Gaugemaster and form part of the Gaugemaster Collection Series. These models feature lots of era specific details and markings and lots of external body details as modelled on the prototype. Features Gaugemaster Limited Edition Smooth running 5 Pole 'Super Creep' motor All wheel pickup All wheel drive via a low friction mechanism NEM pockets Detailed body and fittings Accessory bag with optional detail parts
Our Price:
£216.70
39-425B
BR Mk1 POS Post Office Sorting Van BR Blue & Grey (Royal Mail)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£62.95
35-504
Class 117 3-Car DMU L412 BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 6
The Class 117 3-Car Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) is Bachmann Branchline’s flagship First Generation multiple unit, equalled only by its single-car Class 121 stablemate. Employing cutting edge technology, these high fidelity models boast a wealth of detail and era-specific options to depict specific units at various points during their working careers which, for some, extended to almost 40 years in service. Returning to the Branchline range in a selection of new liveries, these iconic suburban DMUs will make a fine addition to any model railway set in the steam-diesel transition period onwards. Comprising a Driving Motor Brake Second (DMBS), Trailer Composite with Lavatory (TCL) and a Driving Motor Second (DMS), each of the three vehicles is modelled true to prototype, adorned with separate detail components whilst underneath the engine, drive gear and auxiliary equipment is all depicted faithfully. It may be hard to believe, but within these components and integrated into the underframe is hidden the drive mechanism, on the DMBS at least, which is totally invisible with no intrusion into the interior of the model. Talking of the interior and the fine detail extends inside the model too, complete with prototypical decoration. The livery application is executed to a high standard both inside and out, using accurate colours and authentic fonts, typefaces and logos to stunning effect. Driven by the low profile mechanism, the model features electrical connectors between the three vehicles providing lighting throughout the model and, for DCC users, the convenience of fitting a single DCC decoder to control the full 3-car set. The lighting suite includes directional lights, interior cab and passenger saloon lights, and Illuminated headcode boxes and destination blinds, all of which can be enjoyed by analogue users – controlled with the under-chassis switches – or via dedicated functions on DCC.
Our Price:
£390.95
35-503
Class 117 3-Car DMU R334 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 12/09/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The Class 117 3-Car Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) is Bachmann Branchline’s flagship First Generation multiple unit, equalled only by its single-car Class 121 stablemate. Employing cutting edge technology, these high fidelity models boast a wealth of detail and era-specific options to depict specific units at various points during their working careers which, for some, extended to almost 40 years in service. Returning to the Branchline range in a selection of new liveries, these iconic suburban DMUs will make a fine addition to any model railway set in the steam-diesel transition period onwards. Comprising a Driving Motor Brake Second (DMBS), Trailer Composite with Lavatory (TCL) and a Driving Motor Second (DMS), each of the three vehicles is modelled true to prototype, adorned with separate detail components whilst underneath the engine, drive gear and auxiliary equipment is all depicted faithfully. It may be hard to believe, but within these components and integrated into the underframe is hidden the drive mechanism, on the DMBS at least, which is totally invisible with no intrusion into the interior of the model. Talking of the interior and the fine detail extends inside the model too, complete with prototypical decoration. The livery application is executed to a high standard both inside and out, using accurate colours and authentic fonts, typefaces and logos to stunning effect. Driven by the low profile mechanism, the model features electrical connectors between the three vehicles providing lighting throughout the model and, for DCC users, the convenience of fitting a single DCC decoder to control the full 3-car set. The lighting suite includes directional lights, interior cab and passenger saloon lights, and Illuminated headcode boxes and destination blinds, all of which can be enjoyed by analogue users – controlled with the under-chassis switches – or via dedicated functions on DCC.
Our Price:
£390.95
31-364B
Class 03 D2099 BR Green (Wasp Stripes) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The Class 03 diesel shunters were introduced between 1957 and 1962 and with 230 built, the type was one of BR's most successful small 0-6-0 diesel-mechanical shunters and was adopted as BR’s standard small shunter. A development of the Class 04 ‘Drewry’ shunter, construction was shared between British Railways' Swindon Works and Doncaster Works and initial allocations for the class covered all regions except Scotland. Shunting was the main employment, with their short wheelbase and light weight making them particularly useful in areas where weight restrictions or tight trackwork existed. Examples were also assigned to station pilot duties and due to the short wheelbase, it was common for them to be coupled to a ‘shunter’s truck’ or ‘runner wagon’ to ensure sufficient length for reliable operation of track circuits.
Our Price:
£135.95
31-364BSF
Class 03 D2099 BR Green (Wasp Stripes) [W] With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
We are delighted to welcome the Class 03 Diesel Shunter back to the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range as No. D2099 in weathered BR Green livery with the distinct wasp stripes at either end. Taking advantage of the technical upgrades undertaken to the popular Branchline model a few years ago, this Class 03 features a coreless motor and being SOUND FITTED, is supplied with a Speaker and DCC Sound Decoder pre-fitted. The Bachmann Branchline model combines a detailed chassis, depicting the jackshaft drive arrangement of the prototype and complete with sandboxes, sandpipes and underframe equipment, with a high fidelity bodyshell adorned with numerous separately-fitted detail parts. The distinctive bonnet doors are fitted with separate handrails, with further separate handrails to be found around the cab, at the front of the locomotive and on the running plate. Lamps irons and windscreen wipers are each fitted individually, as is the flowerpot chimney and the turned metal air horn. With NEM coupling pockets, the standard tension lock couplings can be removed and replaced with the supplied filling piece to complete the look of the deep bufferbeams that are a feature of the prototype. Finished with an exquisite livery application using authentic colours, logos and fonts, this is an attractive addition to any OO scale collection.
Our Price:
£229.45
E86017
NAA Propelling Control Vehicle 94308 Rail Express Systems (Royal Mail)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
Mail trains have long captured the imagination and interest of railway modellers but a missing link in the modern mail fleet has been the Propelling Control Vehicle (PCV) – until now! This new tooling from EFE Rail brings the PCV to OO scale, joining a host of complementary models already produced by Bachmann Branchline allowing accurate main train formations to be created. The EFE Rail model employs a detailed bodyshell which features separate jumper cables and windscreen wipers at the cab end, plus handrails, lamp brackets and ETH connections which are also added individually. The B5 bogies include brake and suspension components, and a speedometer is fitted to the cab-end bogie, complete with representations of the cable that connected it to the solebar. Below the solebar, underframe components like the battery boxes and brake gear have been added separately. The PCV boasts operational lighting, including directional lights at the cab end which can be switched between day and night mode using the switches mounted within the underframe. When used on DCC, lighting is controlled via a Next18 DCC Decoder – the socket for which is accessed by first removing the body – and DCC users can enjoy the addition of a cab light as well as controlling the directional lights and their day/night modes via dedicated functions. Power collection comes from electrical pickups provided to every wheel and couplings are of the tension lock variety, fitted into NEM pockets which are attached to chassis-mounted close coupling mechanisms. Brake pipes and dummy buckeye couplings are supplied for optional fitting to each bufferbeam.
Our Price:
£67.45
E86018
NAA Propelling Control Vehicle 94320 Rail Express Systems
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
Mail trains have long captured the imagination and interest of railway modellers but a missing link in the modern mail fleet has been the Propelling Control Vehicle (PCV) – until now! This new tooling from EFE Rail brings the PCV to OO scale, joining a host of complementary models already produced by Bachmann Branchline allowing accurate main train formations to be created. The EFE Rail model employs a detailed bodyshell which features separate jumper cables and windscreen wipers at the cab end, plus handrails, lamp brackets and ETH connections which are also added individually. The B5 bogies include brake and suspension components, and a speedometer is fitted to the cab-end bogie, complete with representations of the cable that connected it to the solebar. Below the solebar, underframe components like the battery boxes and brake gear have been added separately. The PCV boasts operational lighting, including directional lights at the cab end which can be switched between day and night mode using the switches mounted within the underframe. When used on DCC, lighting is controlled via a Next18 DCC Decoder – the socket for which is accessed by first removing the body – and DCC users can enjoy the addition of a cab light as well as controlling the directional lights and their day/night modes via dedicated functions. Power collection comes from electrical pickups provided to every wheel and couplings are of the tension lock variety, fitted into NEM pockets which are attached to chassis-mounted close coupling mechanisms. Brake pipes and dummy buckeye couplings are supplied for optional fitting to each bufferbeam.
Our Price:
£67.45
E86020
NAA Propelling Control Vehicle 94340 Rail Express Systems (RM) [W]
'OO' Gauge
Released: 10/09/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
Mail trains have long captured the imagination and interest of railway modellers but a missing link in the modern mail fleet has been the Propelling Control Vehicle (PCV) – until now! This new tooling from EFE Rail brings the PCV to OO scale, joining a host of complementary models already produced by Bachmann Branchline allowing accurate main train formations to be created. The EFE Rail model employs a detailed bodyshell which features separate jumper cables and windscreen wipers at the cab end, plus handrails, lamp brackets and ETH connections which are also added individually. The B5 bogies include brake and suspension components, and a speedometer is fitted to the cab-end bogie, complete with representations of the cable that connected it to the solebar. Below the solebar, underframe components like the battery boxes and brake gear have been added separately. The PCV boasts operational lighting, including directional lights at the cab end which can be switched between day and night mode using the switches mounted within the underframe. When used on DCC, lighting is controlled via a Next18 DCC Decoder – the socket for which is accessed by first removing the body – and DCC users can enjoy the addition of a cab light as well as controlling the directional lights and their day/night modes via dedicated functions. Power collection comes from electrical pickups provided to every wheel and couplings are of the tension lock variety, fitted into NEM pockets which are attached to chassis-mounted close coupling mechanisms. Brake pipes and dummy buckeye couplings are supplied for optional fitting to each bufferbeam.
Our Price:
£67.45
R30155TXS
BR Railfreight, Class 56, Co-Co, 56060 'The Cardiff Rod Mill' - Era 8 (Sound Fitted)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
56060 'The Cardiff Rod Mill' entered service in June 1979, then un-named as the 60th member of the 135 strong class to be built. It was not one of the first 30 to be built, those built in Romania and therefore the locomotive was able to enter service without the need for a rebuild. All of the class would be in service with BR, until privatisation when all of the class would enter the ownership of EWS. Following EWS service, the locomotives would pass to various private owners. 56060 is currently owned by GBRf, awaiting conversion into the rebuilt Class 69.
Our Price:
£260.99
R3733
BR (Late), Lord Nelson Class, 4-6-0, 30855 'Robert Blake'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
Entering traffic as E855 Robert Blake in November 1928, smoke deflectors were added a year later in November 1929 and the 'E' prefix was removed in July 1931. Following nationalisation, Robert Blake was renumbered as 30855 in February 1949 while in Malachite Green livery with an unnumbered tender, not receiving the early BR crest until repainted to BR Green in September 1950. The later BR crest was added in August 1958, with the Lions correctly facing left and right.
Our Price:
£202.49
35-801
Class 30 D5564 BR Green (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 30 in original condition, this locomotive was fitted with a Mirrlees engine and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and Mirrlees engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows.
Our Price:
£169.95
35-801A
Class 30 D5617 BR Green (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 30 in original condition, this locomotive was fitted with a Mirrlees engine and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and Mirrlees engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows.
Our Price:
£169.95
35-801ASF
Class 30 D5617 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 30 in original condition, this locomotive was fitted with a Mirrlees engine and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and Mirrlees engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows. With high fidelity mouldings, numerous separately fitted parts and countless tooling variations to capture the minutiae of the real locomotives throughout their lives, our new Class 30 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Along with an unprecedented array of lighting features, our Dual Fitted speaker system is fitted to all models – bringing to life this SOUND FITTED model.
Our Price:
£263.45
35-801SF
Class 30 D5564 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 30 in original condition, this locomotive was fitted with a Mirrlees engine and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and Mirrlees engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows. With high fidelity mouldings, numerous separately fitted parts and countless tooling variations to capture the minutiae of the real locomotives throughout their lives, our new Class 30 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Along with an unprecedented array of lighting features, our Dual Fitted speaker system is fitted to all models – bringing to life this SOUND FITTED model.
Our Price:
£263.45
35-801SFX
Class 30 D5564 BR Green (Late Crest) With DCC Sound Deluxe
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
The Brush Type Twos – Class 30s and Class 31s – are the next Diesel Locomotives to get the Bachmann Branchline treatment, with models of these long-lived prototypes joining the Branchline OO scale range for the first time. Following in the footsteps of their N scale counterparts from Graham Farish, these new OO scale models have all the hallmarks of the Branchline Class 37 & 47 locomotives and more. Depicting a Class 30 in original condition, this locomotive was fitted with a Mirrlees engine and the Branchline model faithfully recreates this, with the correct roof exhaust ports and Mirrlees engine block detail visible through the bodyside windows. With high fidelity mouldings, numerous separately fitted parts and countless tooling variations to capture the minutiae of the real locomotives throughout their lives, our new Class 30 is brought to life with an exquisite livery application using true-to-prototype colours, fonts and logos. Along with an unprecedented array of lighting features, our Dual Fitted speaker system is fitted to all models. This SOUND FITTED DELUXE model provides the ultimate experience, producing realistic running sounds alongside the motorised radiator fan, authentic tinted windscreen glazing and, for the first time ever, DCC-uncoupling – thanks to the Bachmann Auto-release Coupling System!
Our Price:
£305.95
39-422A
BR Mk1 POS Post Office Sorting Van Royal Mail Travelling Post Office
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
Era 8
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 8 Pristine Royal Mail Travelling Post Office livery Running No. 80301 B4 Bogies Scallop Roof Ventilators Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£62.95
39-430B
BR Mk1 POS Post Office Sorting Van Royal Mail Letters
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/09/24
Era 8
MODEL FEATURES: Bachmann Branchline OO Scale Era 8 Pristine Royal Mail Letters livery Running No. 80302 B4 Bogies Scallop Roof Ventilators Accessory Pack NEM Coupling Pockets Close Coupling Mechanism Length 270mm
Our Price:
£62.95
R1287
Tri-ang Railways Remembered: R2X Analogue Train Set
'OO' Gauge
Released: 20/09/24
The original Tri-ang Railways R2X Passenger Train Set in ‘00’ gauge was produced by Rovex Scale Models Limited in their Richmond (Surrey) factory in January 1954 and was introduced to the market in a September 1954 trade leaflet. The R2X set can be found listed in the first edition of the Tri-ang Railways 1955 Catalogue. Sets were contained in the usual Tri-ang Railways packaging of red and yellow. Each set was comprised of a Class 3F ‘Jinty’ No. 47606 locomotive in a BR Black livery, two 7” LMS Crimson passenger coaches, an R42 Speed Control Unit with a forward-off-reverse-switch, an instruction manual sheet and a standard track of 12 curves and 2 straights. The Operating and Maintenance Instructions were pasted to the inside of the box lid as is the case with all vintage Tri-ang sets. Diagrams were also incorporated in the middle of the instruction manual sheet. Our Tri-ang Railways Remembered Set brings the R2X Set back into your life and those halcyon days can be recreated on a layout. Our train set consists of a Class 3F ‘Jinty’ No. 47606 locomotive, an LMS First Class coach with the running number 7573, an LMS Third Class coach with the running number 27424, 1st radius starter oval, power clip and
Our Price:
£152.99
R30286
S&DJR, Class 2P, 4-4-0, No. 46
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/09/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 2
The LMS 2P class locomotive, designed by Sir Henry Fowler for light passenger work, had its origins in the Midland Railway's 4-4-0 483 Class designed by Samuel Johnson and modified by Richard Deeley. Introduced post-grouping in 1928 the 2Ps dimensions were modified from the 482 class and the boiler mountings reduced. Between 1928 and 1931, 128 2P locomotives were produced at either Crewe of Derby Locomotive Works. The locomotive layout was a basic and well proven two inside frame cylinder design, characteristic of the Midland Railway's design philosophy. In addition to being employed by the LMS, three of the locomotives, numbers 44-46 were allocated from new to the Somerset and Dorset Joint Railway (S&DJR) however once the LMS assumed responsibility for the motive power on the line in 1930 they were absorbed into the LMS fleet as numbers 633-635. Where loads dictated, 2Ps were often run double headed primarily as the LMS had a shortage of larger heavy duty or express locomotives to serve such services. Typically painted in basic clack livery by the LMS, other colour schemes did prevail. The S&DJR locomotive were painted in Prussian Blue and in later BR days the locomotives were appropriately lined out for mixed traffic working in accordance with British Railway policy.
Our Price:
£139.49
GMI-D01
Infinity Digital SOVEREIGN Model Railway Control Package
Released: 23/09/24
DCC Controller
With Infinity Digital we have ripped up the rule book on what design engineers think a digital system does and built one that does everything modellers think it should do. No more do you need to deliberate between wired and wireless handsets as this digital system comes with a wireless remote out of the box, and that’s just one of its many features. As standard this system comes with a host of customizable features to run your layout how you want. This controller is designed by modellers for modellers, with operation in mind as well as being elegant to look at. Full control of your digital locomotives and accessories can be achieved with this system which has been built with usability in mind. The Sovereign base unit can control two handsets connected to it at any one time, but if more operators are needed then you can expand the system by adding a Consort unit. Each Consort allows an additional two handsets to be connected to the system and provides an addition power district. You can connect multiple consorts together, how’s that for easy expansion?
Our Price:
£361.25
371-015F
Class 08 08895 BR Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/10/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 8
The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission.
Our Price:
£127.45
371-015FSF
Class 08 08895 BR Blue With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 14/10/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 8
The Class 08 is a legend of the British Rail Locomotive fleet, and we are delighted to offer this Graham Farish model of the 08 with a new, DCC-compatible chassis, and this example is finished as No. 08895 in BR Blue livery. N scale modellers running DCC can now quickly and easily add the iconic Class 08 diesel shunter to their fleet with this new Graham Farish model. The highly detailed body is constructed from numerous separate components, including handrails, lamps, lamp brackets and whistle, whilst the chassis features the distinctive outside frames that are synonymous with the 08s along with metal sand pipes and separate brake rigging. As you would expect, the livery application is second to none and is achieved using authentic colours, logos and fonts. Provision for DCC via a Next18 DCC and what’s more, with a pre-fitted speaker adding sound to your model is possible too – or why not opt for a SOUND FITTED model and really bring your layout to life!
Our Price:
£212.45
32-231B
Fowler 3F (Jinty) 47406 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The origins of the ‘Jinty’ can be traced back to the Midland Railway’s Chief Mechanical Engineer (CME) S.W. Johnson and his 2441 Class locomotive. After the formation of the London Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS), Sir Henry Fowler, deputy CME of the LMS at the time, took the 2441 Class design and added a Belpaire firebox and improved cab, creating the ultimate development of the Midland Railway’s six-coupled tank engines. A total of 422 ‘Jinties’ were built from 1924 until 1931 with production spread between the LMS and various sub-contractors. The locomotives were versatile, at home shunting in stations, yards, and exchange sidings as well as on trip workings. They could also be found on passenger services and seven saw service on the Somerset & Dorset Railway until 1930 when they were absorbed back into LMS stock. The entire Class survived to Nationalisation, with the first withdrawals in 1959 brought about by the introduction of new diesel shunters. Soon, more and more locomotives were withdrawn and by 1964 less than half remained in traffic. The final examples were withdrawn in 1967, however nine have been preserved.
Our Price:
£114.70
32-234BSF
Fowler 3F (Jinty) 47406 BR Black (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
The ‘Jinty’ is a timeless classic and we are delighted to welcome this LMS workhorse back to the Bachmann Branchline OO scale range with this model of preserved locomotive No. 47406 in BR Black with Early Emblem. Taking advantage of the technical upgrades undertaken to the popular Branchline model a few years ago, the ‘Jinty’ combines a powerful 3 pole motor with a Next18 DCC decoder socket and has space for a speaker for those wishing to add sound – or why not opt for our SOUND FITTED model which has a Speaker and DCC Sound Decoder pre-fitted. The Bachmann Branchline model combines a chassis that is sure to provide smooth and powerful running and which is detailed with brake blocks, brake rigging, sandboxes and sandpipes, with a high fidelity bodyshell that is mounted to a diecast running plate. The model is adorned with numerous separately-fitted detail parts including the handrails, lamp irons and vacuum pipes, whilst the safety valves are also separate additions and are of metal construction. Inside the cab a detailed boiler back-head can be found, decorated to the same high standard as the exterior of the model with its exquisite livery application using authentic colours, logos and fonts.
Our Price:
£208.20
32-232A
Fowler 3F (Jinty) 47298 BR Black (Late Crest)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The origins of the ‘Jinty’ can be traced back to the Midland Railway’s Chief Mechanical Engineer (CME) S.W. Johnson and his 2441 Class locomotive. After the formation of the London Midland & Scottish Railway (LMS), Sir Henry Fowler, deputy CME of the LMS at the time, took the 2441 Class design and added a Belpaire firebox and improved cab, creating the ultimate development of the Midland Railway’s six-coupled tank engines. A total of 422 ‘Jinties’ were built from 1924 until 1931 with production spread between the LMS and various sub-contractors. The locomotives were versatile, at home shunting in stations, yards, and exchange sidings as well as on trip workings. They could also be found on passenger services and seven saw service on the Somerset & Dorset Railway until 1930 when they were absorbed back into LMS stock. The entire Class survived to Nationalisation, with the first withdrawals in 1959 brought about by the introduction of new diesel shunters. Soon, more and more locomotives were withdrawn and by 1964 less than half remained in traffic. The final examples were withdrawn in 1967, however nine have been preserved.
Our Price:
£114.70
37-528E
BR 20T Brake Van BR Grey (Early)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
Era 4
Our Price:
£34.15
37-528F
BR 20T Brake Van BR Grey (Early) Weathered
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
Era 4
Our Price:
£35.95
37-532A
BR 20T Brake Van BR Bauxite (TOPS)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£34.15
37-532B
BR 20T Brake Van BR Bauxite (TOPS) Weathered
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£35.95
ACC2753
BR BLUE CLASS 31 - 31402
'OO' Gauge
Released: 01/10/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 7
Our Price:
£169.95
39-102C
BR Mk1 RU Restaurant Unclassified BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-126H
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-129D
BR Mk1 CK Composite Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-151G
BR Mk1 FK First Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-154D
BR Mk1 FK First Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-175G
BR Mk1 NDV (Ex-BG) Brake Gangwayed BR Blue & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£53.95
39-175H
BR Mk1 NDV (Ex-BG) Brake Gangwayed BR Blue & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£53.95
39-176G
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-178D
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR (SR) Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-179C
BR Mk1 BG Brake Gangwayed BR (SR) Green
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-183B
BR Mk1 NEX (Ex-BG) Brake Gangwayed Rail Express Systems
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
E87047
Plasser 12T YOB Diesel-Hydraulic Crane DRP81522 BR Departmental Yellow
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£80.95
E87048
Plasser 12T YOB Diesel-Hydraulic Crane DRP81513 Departmental Yellow
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 7
Our Price:
£80.95
E87049
Plasser 12T YOB Diesel-Hydraulic Crane DRP81523 Javis/Fastline Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/10/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£80.95
371-013ASF
Class 08 13269 BR Green (Early Emblem) With DCC Sound
'N' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 4
The Class 08 is a legend of the British Rail Locomotive fleet, and we are delighted to offer this Graham Farish model of the 08 with a new, DCC-compatible chassis, and this example is finished as No. 13287 in BR Green livery with Early Emblem complete with SOUND FITTED. N scale modellers running DCC can now quickly and easily add the iconic Class 08 diesel shunter to their fleet with this new Graham Farish model. The highly detailed body is constructed from numerous separate components, including handrails, lamps, lamp brackets and whistle, whilst the chassis features the distinctive outside frames that are synonymous with the 08s along with metal sand pipes and separate brake rigging. As you would expect, the livery application is second to none and is achieved using authentic colours, logos and fonts. Suitable for use on DCC or analogue control straight out of the box, this SOUND FITTED model will take your enjoyment to the next level with its authentic sound effects which only enhance the model’s good looks!
Our Price:
£212.45
39-050J
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Blue & Grey
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 6
Our Price:
£53.95
39-050JPF
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR Blue & Grey With Passengers Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 6
Our Price:
£62.95
39-055A
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR InterCity (Executive)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
39-055APF
BR Mk1 TSO Tourist Second Open BR InterCity (Executive) With Passengers Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£62.95
39-080A
BR Mk1 BSK Brake Second Corridor BR InterCity (Executive)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
39-080APF
BR Mk1 BSK Brake Second Corridor BR InterCity (Executive) With Passengers Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/10/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£62.95
371-018ASF
Class 08 08785 Freightliner G&W With DCC Sound Fitted
'N' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 9
The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£208.20
371-018A
Class 08 08785 Freightliner G&W
'N' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 9
The first diesel shunters were pioneered by the LMS which began trialling designs during the 1930s. It soon became apparent that this form of traction offered many advantages over the steam locomotive – the former being ‘ready to use’ as and when required, whereas steam locos had to be kept at the ready even when not required immediately – with the obvious staffing and fuel costs associated with doing so. By the time of Nationalisation in 1948, the LMS had built various shunters and the 12033 series was adopted by BR as the basis for a new standard design of diesel-electric shunting locomotive. As a stop gap whilst the Class 08 was being developed, BR constructed further 12033 series locomotives and these would later be designated as Class 11s. Production of the 08s began in 1952 with the first example, No. 13000, entering traffic in 1953. Construction continued until 1962 and during the ten year period, 996 locomotives were built making the Class 08 the most numerous of all British locomotive classes. In addition, construction of the near-identical Class 09s (26 examples) and Class 10s (171) took the total well above a thousand – the former differed in having higher gearing whilst the latter had different engines and transmission. Built ‘in-house’ at BR’s Crewe, Darlington, Derby, Doncaster and Horwich Works, the 08s were allocated across the BR regions, with many being based at major stations and terminals where stock was marshalled and positioned ready for service, where trains were divided or merged, and of course at many freight facilities. Although they had a top speed of just 15 mph, what the 08s lacked in speed they more than made up for with tractive effort which was more than double that of the 03s and 04s. Although the first example was withdrawn in 1967, just four had gone prior to the introduction of TOPS and despite an ever-decreasing need for shunting locomotives, around a quarter of the Class remained in traffic at the start of the 21st century. Upon Privatisation of British Rail in 1994, EWS inherited many of the survivors, with others going to passenger operators for use as depot shunters. More than a decade later EWS was still operating over 40 of the shunters, with many more in store. Even today, Class 08s can still be found earning their keep at numerous depots, freight facilities and railway workshops. Meanwhile, ever since the first withdrawals Class 08s have been popular machines with heritage railways and today, more than 70 have found a new lease of life in preservation – often carrying out similar tasks to those for which they were designed some seven decades ago.
Our Price:
£123.20
33-088B
5 Plank China Clay Wagon GWR Grey with Tarpaulin Cover
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
33-088C
5 Plank China Clay Wagon GWR Grey with Tarpaulin Cover
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 3
Our Price:
£20.65
39-084
BR Mk1 BSK Brake Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-084PF
BR Mk1 BSK Brake Second Corridor BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 5
This coach has passengers fitted.
Our Price:
£62.95
39-103D
BR Mk1 RU Restaurant Unclassified BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
39-229D
BR Mk1 BCK Brake Composite Corridor BR (WR) Chocolate & Cream
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/11/24
Era 5
Our Price:
£53.95
372-912
LMS 10000 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The LMS ‘Twins’ – Nos. 10000 and 10001 – were the very first mainline diesel locomotives built in the UK and now, this pioneering pair is available in N scale as part of the Graham Farish range. Entering traffic in the final days of the LMS, the locomotive was inherited by British Railways which soon applied its colourful emblems providing a stark contrast with the blad bodysides and silver roof, bogies and embellishments. In this original condition, No. 10000 operated on the Midland Region hauling trains both alone and as a pair with its twin, providing additional haulage power and range.
Our Price:
£157.20
372-913
LMS 10001 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 4
The LMS ‘Twins’ – Nos. 10000 and 10001 – were the very first mainline diesel locomotives built in the UK and now, this pioneering pair is available in N scale as part of the Graham Farish range. Entering traffic in the final days of the LMS, the locomotive was inherited by British Railways which soon applied its colourful emblems providing a stark contrast with the blad bodysides and silver roof, bogies and embellishments. In this original condition, No. 10000 operated on the Midland Region hauling trains both alone and as a pair with its twin, providing additional haulage power and range.
Our Price:
£157.20
372-914
LMS 10000 BR Green (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The LMS ‘Twins’ – Nos. 10000 and 10001 – were the very first mainline diesel locomotives built in the UK and now, this pioneering pair is available in N scale as part of the Graham Farish range. Built by the LMS, under BR ownership the ‘Twins’ were sent to the Southern Region between 1953 and 1955 for trails alongside the SR’s own prototype diesels. To work on the SR, additional headcode lights and brackets were fitted to suit the Southern 6 position headcode system and these remained a feature of both locomotives thereafter, as displayed on this model of No. 10000 which is depicted in BR Green livery and with the late crests that were applied by BR from 1956. By this time the pair had returned to the Midland Region and were employed on duties across the region.
Our Price:
£157.20
374-915
LMS 10001 BR Green (Late Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The LMS ‘Twins’ – Nos. 10000 and 10001 – were the very first mainline diesel locomotives built in the UK and now, this pioneering pair is available in N scale as part of the Graham Farish range. Built by the LMS, under BR ownership the ‘Twins’ were sent to the Southern Region between 1953 and 1955 for trails alongside the SR’s own prototype diesels. To work on the SR, additional headcode lights and brackets were fitted to suit the Southern 6 position headcode system and these remained a feature of both locomotives thereafter, as displayed on this model of No. 10000 which is depicted in BR Green livery and with the late crests that were applied by BR from 1956. By this time the pair had returned to the Midland Region and were employed on duties across the region.
Our Price:
£157.20
374-953
BR Mk2A FK First Corridor BR Blue & Grey (InterCity)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£44.95
374-953A
BR Mk2A FK First Corridor BR Blue & Grey (InterCity)
'N' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£44.95
394-100
Ffestiniog Railway 'Tin Car' Saloon Third No. 119 FR Crimson & Cream
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 9
The Ffestiniog Railway ‘Tin Car’ Coaches from Bachmann Narrow Gauge are the perfect choice for anyone wishing to model this famous Welsh narrow gauge railway in OO9 Scale. Complementing the many locomotives, buildings and accessories from the Ffestiniog Railway (FR) that are already produced by Bachmann, the Tin Cars replicate the coaches that many visitors to the line will have travelled on since their construction in the late-1970s to their withdrawal from use in the mid-2010s, or even more recently in their second lives away from the FR.
Our Price:
£58.45
394-100A
Ffestiniog Railway 'Tin Car' Saloon Third No. 120 FR Crimson & Cream
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 9
The Ffestiniog Railway ‘Tin Car’ Coaches from Bachmann Narrow Gauge are the perfect choice for anyone wishing to model this famous Welsh narrow gauge railway in OO9 Scale. Complementing the many locomotives, buildings and accessories from the Ffestiniog Railway (FR) that are already produced by Bachmann, the Tin Cars replicate the coaches that many visitors to the line will have travelled on since their construction in the late-1970s to their withdrawal from use in the mid-2010s, or even more recently in their second lives away from the FR.
Our Price:
£58.45
394-101
Ffestiniog Railway 'Tin Car' Saloon Third No. 119 FR Maroon
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 8
The Ffestiniog Railway ‘Tin Car’ Coaches from Bachmann Narrow Gauge are the perfect choice for anyone wishing to model this famous Welsh narrow gauge railway in OO9 Scale. Complementing the many locomotives, buildings and accessories from the Ffestiniog Railway (FR) that are already produced by Bachmann, the Tin Cars replicate the coaches that many visitors to the line will have travelled on since their construction in the late-1970s to their withdrawal from use in the mid-2010s, or even more recently in their second lives away from the FR.
Our Price:
£58.45
394-101A
Ffestiniog Railway 'Tin Car' Saloon Third No. 120 FR Maroon
'OO-9' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 8
The Ffestiniog Railway ‘Tin Car’ Coaches from Bachmann Narrow Gauge are the perfect choice for anyone wishing to model this famous Welsh narrow gauge railway in OO9 Scale. Complementing the many locomotives, buildings and accessories from the Ffestiniog Railway (FR) that are already produced by Bachmann, the Tin Cars replicate the coaches that many visitors to the line will have travelled on since their construction in the late-1970s to their withdrawal from use in the mid-2010s, or even more recently in their second lives away from the FR.
Our Price:
£58.45
E87050
Plasser 12T YOB Diesel-Hydraulic Crane DRP81519 Balfour Beatty
'OO' Gauge
Released: 13/11/24
Era 9
Our Price:
£80.95
R3868
Crawshay Brothers, Peckett W4 Class, 0-4-0ST, 490/1890
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/11/24
Era 2
Peckett Works No. 490/1890 was built for the Crawshay Brothers at Cyfarthfa Ironworks, which had been reopened in 1879 after five years of closure. Unfortunately, Cyfartha had been slow to changeover to steel production and despite an investment of £150,000 by William Thompson Crawshay, the reopening in 1882 as a steel production plant came too late to change the factory's fortunes and it closed again in 1910. In 1915 Cyfarthfa reopened to produce pig iron and shell steel during the First World War but Cyfarthfa finally closed forever in 1919, with dismantling commencing in 1928.
Our Price:
£125.99
R30361
BR, Thompson Class L1, 2-6-4T, 67735
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/11/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The LNER Thompson Class L1 2-6-4T steam locomotives began with prototype No. 9000 in 1945 as part of Thompson’s ‘Standardisation Programme’, painted in an apple-green livery. The North British Locomotive Company constructed No. 67735, which entered service on 5th November 1948 in a BR Black livery. The locomotive featured a Westinghouse air brake pump on the right-hand side of the smokebox, with a vacuum ejector for alternative train braking. In August 1950, a tank leak was repaired in Stratford, which was a common issue. 67735 was condemned on 16th September 1962 and was cut up at Doncaster Works on 15th November 1962.
Our Price:
£179.99
R30360
BR, Thompson Class L1, 2-6-4T, E9011
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/11/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The LNER Thompson Class L1 2-6-4T steam locomotives began with prototype No. 9000 in 1945 as part of Thompson’s ‘Standardisation Programme’, painted in an apple-green livery. No. E9011 was constructed at Darlington Works and entered traffic on 25th March 1948. A few months later, on 21st July 1948, the locomotive was renumbered to a more standardised BR number of 67712. It was originally allocated to Stratford shed and then on 8th February 1959, it was allocated to Cambridge. The engine was condemned on 4th October 1961 and moved to Darlington to be cut up the next day.
Our Price:
£179.99
R3761
PO, Earl of Dudley's Round Oak Works, Peckett W4 Class (Open Back Cab), 0-4-0ST, 'Lady Edith'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 14/11/24
Era 2
Unofficially known as the 'Earl of Dudley's Railway', the Pensnett Railway, which served Round Oak Steel Works, originated in 1829 and became an amalgamation of the Kingswinford Railway and the Pensnett Railway. Management of the railway came under the control of the mineral agents of the Dudley Estate and in 1900, Peckett Works No. 488/1890 Lady Edith was purchased to work over the system. Rebuilt at Castle Mill Works in 1920, the locomotive survived until 1934.
Our Price:
£125.99
32-518
Derby Lightweight 2-Car DMU BR Green (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 26/11/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The British Rail Derby Lightweight diesel multiple units, were the first such trains to be built en-masse for British Railways. The units were built at BR's Derby Works from 1954 to 1955. The units were built in various formations, including 12 power-twin 2-car units, 84 power-trailer 2-car units, and four 4-car units. The first units were introduced on services around the West Riding of Yorkshire, namely Leeds to Bradford and Harrogate services from 14 June 1954. Subsequent units were introduced onto services in West Cumbria, Lincolnshire, Norfolk, Newcastle to Middlesbrough, Edinburgh to Glasgow and, later, Birmingham to Sutton Coldfield, Bletchley to Buckingham and Banbury, and East London lines services. They were also the last units to run on the Anglesey Central Railway which closed to public traffic in 1964. These units were an outstanding success, helping to reduce the operating costs of branchlines. Initially they also attracted many more passengers. Between February and October 1956 on the London Midland, they carried 800,000 more passengers than steam in the same period of 1955. The largest increases were on the Buckingham-Banbury, Birmingham-Lichfield, Bury-Bacup, Llandudno-Blaenau Ffestiniog and Manchester-Buxton routes. As such, British Railways ordered many more DMU vehicles from various builders over the next decade, thus helping to eliminate steam locomotives. However, as these units were non-standard compared to other later DMU vehicles, they were subject to early retirement. The last units were withdrawn from normal traffic in 1969, having clocked-up 15 years front line service.
Our Price:
£242.20
39-270B
BR Mk1 NOX (Ex-GUV) General Utility Van Rail Express Systems
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/12/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£53.95
39-784
LMS 50ft Inspection Saloon BR Blue
'OO' Gauge
Released: 05/12/24
Era 8
Our Price:
£80.95
E84522
Class 41 'Warship' Headcode Box D600 'Active' BR Blue
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 6
The Class 41 ‘Warship’ locomotives (known originally as the D600s) were pioneers, being the first British mainline diesel-hydraulic locomotive and the first Type 4 diesel locomotive completed for BR when the class leader, No. D600, was delivered in late-1957. More than sixty years since the real locomotives first entered traffic, it is finally possible to enjoy N scale models of these western pioneers thanks to this new EFE Rail model. A class of just five locomotives, not only did the Class 41s break new ground as the first Type 4 diesels built for BR, but in June 1958 No. D601 became the first diesel locomotive to haul the Cornish Riviera Express non-stop from Paddington to Plymouth. Complemented by many of the models found in the Graham Farish N scale range, from locomotives like the Castle Class steam locomotives and the Class 42 ‘Warships’, to the array of rolling stock suited to Western operations including Hawksworth and Mk1 Coaches, freight, and parcels stock, these new ‘Warships’ expand the Western options even further.
Our Price:
£148.70
E84523
Class 41 'Warship' Disc Headcode D601 'Ark Royal' BR Green (L/Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The Class 41 ‘Warship’ locomotives (known originally as the D600s) were pioneers, being the first British mainline diesel-hydraulic locomotive and the first Type 4 diesel locomotive completed for BR when the class leader, No. D600, was delivered in late-1957. More than sixty years since the real locomotives first entered traffic, it is finally possible to enjoy N scale models of these western pioneers thanks to this new EFE Rail model. A class of just five locomotives, not only did the Class 41s break new ground as the first Type 4 diesels built for BR, but in June 1958 No. D601 became the first diesel locomotive to haul the Cornish Riviera Express non-stop from Paddington to Plymouth. Complemented by many of the models found in the Graham Farish N scale range, from locomotives like the Castle Class steam locomotives and the Class 42 ‘Warships’, to the array of rolling stock suited to Western operations including Hawksworth and Mk1 Coaches, freight, and parcels stock, these new ‘Warships’ expand the Western options even further.
Our Price:
£148.70
E84524
Class 41 'Warship' Headcode Box D602 'Bulldog' BR Blue (SYP)
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 6
The Class 41 ‘Warship’ locomotives (known originally as the D600s) were pioneers, being the first British mainline diesel-hydraulic locomotive and the first Type 4 diesel locomotive completed for BR when the class leader, No. D600, was delivered in late-1957. More than sixty years since the real locomotives first entered traffic, it is finally possible to enjoy N scale models of these western pioneers thanks to this new EFE Rail model. A class of just five locomotives, not only did the Class 41s break new ground as the first Type 4 diesels built for BR, but in June 1958 No. D601 became the first diesel locomotive to haul the Cornish Riviera Express non-stop from Paddington to Plymouth. Complemented by many of the models found in the Graham Farish N scale range, from locomotives like the Castle Class steam locomotives and the Class 42 ‘Warships’, to the array of rolling stock suited to Western operations including Hawksworth and Mk1 Coaches, freight, and parcels stock, these new ‘Warships’ expand the Western options even further.
Our Price:
£148.70
E84526
Class 41 'Warship' Disc Headcode D601 'Ark Royal' BR Green (SYP)
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 6
The Class 41 ‘Warship’ locomotives (known originally as the D600s) were pioneers, being the first British mainline diesel-hydraulic locomotive and the first Type 4 diesel locomotive completed for BR when the class leader, No. D600, was delivered in late-1957. More than sixty years since the real locomotives first entered traffic, it is finally possible to enjoy N scale models of these western pioneers thanks to this new EFE Rail model. A class of just five locomotives, not only did the Class 41s break new ground as the first Type 4 diesels built for BR, but in June 1958 No. D601 became the first diesel locomotive to haul the Cornish Riviera Express non-stop from Paddington to Plymouth. Complemented by many of the models found in the Graham Farish N scale range, from locomotives like the Castle Class steam locomotives and the Class 42 ‘Warships’, to the array of rolling stock suited to Western operations including Hawksworth and Mk1 Coaches, freight, and parcels stock, these new ‘Warships’ expand the Western options even further.
Our Price:
£148.70
E84527
Class 41 'Warship' Disc Headcode D604 'Cossack' BR Green (L/Crest)
'N' Gauge
Released: 06/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 5
The Class 41 ‘Warship’ locomotives (known originally as the D600s) were pioneers, being the first British mainline diesel-hydraulic locomotive and the first Type 4 diesel locomotive completed for BR when the class leader, No. D600, was delivered in late-1957. More than sixty years since the real locomotives first entered traffic, it is finally possible to enjoy N scale models of these western pioneers thanks to this new EFE Rail model. A class of just five locomotives, not only did the Class 41s break new ground as the first Type 4 diesels built for BR, but in June 1958 No. D601 became the first diesel locomotive to haul the Cornish Riviera Express non-stop from Paddington to Plymouth. Complemented by many of the models found in the Graham Farish N scale range, from locomotives like the Castle Class steam locomotives and the Class 42 ‘Warships’, to the array of rolling stock suited to Western operations including Hawksworth and Mk1 Coaches, freight, and parcels stock, these new ‘Warships’ expand the Western options even further.
Our Price:
£148.70
32-137B
4575 Prairie Tank 4584 BR Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The 4575 ‘Prairie Tanks’ were some of the GWR’s most versatile locomotives and this Bachmann Branchline model brings the same versatility to any OO Scale layout set in the Western Region. The charm of the prototype is captured in the Branchline model which features a highly detailed, precision moulded bodyshell that is adorned with a multitude of separate components, from the metal handrails and tank vents to the lamp irons, tank fillers, lubricators and whistle. Sprung metal buffers are carried on each bufferbeam and inside the small but perfectly formed bunker, a realistic coal load is fitted. The chassis, powered by a substantial 3 pole motor, carries an 8 pin DCC decoder socket and is adorned with details like the springs, brake blocks, brake rigging and sand boxes – accompanied by separate wire sandpipes. Each of the front and rear pony trucks is sprung to provide superb track holding and NEM coupling pockets are moulded integrally; guard irons are also incorporated giving the trucks an authentic appearance. The livery is applied to the usual high standard you would expect from a Bachmann model, with rich paintwork adorned with finely printed lettering and numbering to produce a model that is fit for service straight out of the box.
Our Price:
£135.95
32-141
GWR 4575 Prairie Tank 5542 GWR Green (Shirtbutton)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The 4575 ‘Prairie Tanks’ were some of the GWR’s most versatile locomotives and this Bachmann Branchline model brings the same versatility to any OO Scale layout set in the Western Region. The charm of the prototype is captured in the Branchline model which features a highly detailed, precision moulded bodyshell that is adorned with a multitude of separate components, from the metal handrails and tank vents to the lamp irons, tank fillers, lubricators and whistle. Sprung metal buffers are carried on each bufferbeam and inside the small but perfectly formed bunker, a realistic coal load is fitted. The chassis, powered by a substantial 3 pole motor, carries an 8 pin DCC decoder socket and is adorned with details like the springs, brake blocks, brake rigging and sand boxes – accompanied by separate wire sandpipes. Each of the front and rear pony trucks is sprung to provide superb track holding and NEM coupling pockets are moulded integrally; guard irons are also incorporated giving the trucks an authentic appearance. The livery is applied to the usual high standard you would expect from a Bachmann model, with rich paintwork adorned with finely printed lettering and numbering to produce a model that is fit for service straight out of the box.
Our Price:
£135.95
32-198
GWR 8750 Pannier Tank 3650 GWR Green (Shirtbutton)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The ‘Pannier Tank’ is undoubtedly one of the most iconic tank locomotives to have operated in Great Britain, with the real locomotives being built by the Great Western Railway (GWR) over a period of more than fifty years and to evolving designs. The Class 8750 Pannier Tank was part of the 57XX family, the most numerous of any Pannier built by the GWR, and now you too can enjoy OO Scale models of this Western stalwart thanks to the Bachmann Branchline range. Humble yet unmistakable, the Branchline model carries all the hallmarks of the GWR’s Class 8750 Pannier Tank and offers high performance to match. Employing a high fidelity bodyshell which is injection moulded complete with rivet and panel detailing, numerous components are then added separately to capture many aspects of the prototype in full relief, from the tank fillers to the safety valves, whistles and whistle guard. Metal handrails are then added, fitting into individual metal handrail knobs where appropriate, and the model also sports sprung metal buffers at each end along with fine metal took rests mounted to the rear of the bunker. The chassis, powered by a substantial 3 pole motor, carries an 8 pin DCC decoder socket and is adorned with details like the springs, brake blocks, brake rigging and sand boxes – accompanied by separate wire sandpipes. NEM couplings pockets can be found at the front and rear, allowing the tension lock couplings supplied with the model to be easily removed and exchanged for an alternative system. The livery is applied to the usual high standard you would expect from a Bachmann model, with rich paintwork adorned with finely printed lettering and numbering to produce a model that is fit for those modelling in GWR days, or the preservation scene.
Our Price:
£106.20
32-204A
GWR 8750 Pannier Tank 8791 GWR Green (Great Western)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The ‘Pannier Tank’ is undoubtedly one of the most iconic tank locomotives to have operated in Great Britain, with the real locomotives being built by the Great Western Railway (GWR) over a period of more than fifty years and to evolving designs. The Class 8750 Pannier Tank was part of the 57XX family, the most numerous of any Pannier built by the GWR, and now you too can enjoy OO Scale models of this Western stalwart thanks to the Bachmann Branchline range. Humble yet unmistakable, the Branchline model carries all the hallmarks of the GWR’s Class 8750 Pannier Tank and offers high performance to match. Employing a high fidelity bodyshell which is injection moulded complete with rivet and panel detailing, numerous components are then added separately to capture many aspects of the prototype in full relief, from the tank fillers to the safety valves, whistles and whistle guard. Metal handrails are then added, fitting into individual metal handrail knobs where appropriate, and the model also sports sprung metal buffers at each end along with fine metal took rests mounted to the rear of the bunker. The chassis, powered by a substantial 3 pole motor, carries an 8 pin DCC decoder socket and is adorned with details like the springs, brake blocks, brake rigging and sand boxes – accompanied by separate wire sandpipes. NEM couplings pockets can be found at the front and rear, allowing the tension lock couplings supplied with the model to be easily removed and exchanged for an alternative system. The livery is applied to the usual high standard you would expect from a Bachmann model, with rich paintwork adorned with finely printed lettering and numbering to produce a model that is fit for those with an interest in the GWR.
Our Price:
£106.20
32-205B
8750 Pannier Tank 9600 BR Lined Black (Early Emblem)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 11/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The ‘Pannier Tank’ is undoubtedly one of the most iconic tank locomotives to have operated in Great Britain, with the real locomotives being built by the Great Western Railway (GWR) over a period of more than fifty years and to evolving designs. The Class 8750 Pannier Tank was part of the 57XX family, the most numerous of any Pannier built by the GWR, and now you too can enjoy OO Scale models of this Western stalwart thanks to the Bachmann Branchline range. Humble yet unmistakable, the Branchline model carries all the hallmarks of the GWR’s Class 8750 Pannier Tank and offers high performance to match. Employing a high fidelity bodyshell which is injection moulded complete with rivet and panel detailing, numerous components are then added separately to capture many aspects of the prototype in full relief, from the tank fillers to the safety valves, whistles and whistle guard. Metal handrails are then added, fitting into individual metal handrail knobs where appropriate, and the model also sports sprung metal buffers at each end along with fine metal took rests mounted to the rear of the bunker. The chassis, powered by a substantial 3 pole motor, carries an 8 pin DCC decoder socket and is adorned with details like the springs, brake blocks, brake rigging and sand boxes – accompanied by separate wire sandpipes. NEM couplings pockets can be found at the front and rear, allowing the tension lock couplings supplied with the model to be easily removed and exchanged for an alternative system. The livery is applied to the usual high standard you would expect from a Bachmann model, with rich paintwork adorned with finely printed lettering and numbering to produce a model that is fit for those with an interest in the GWR.
Our Price:
£106.20
ACC2788
Class 55 'Deltic' - BR Green - D9018 - Ballymoss
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
Representing the classic mid 1960s era of English Electric’s finest is D9018 in two-tone green with small yellow panel. The Finsbury Park thoroughbred is still in mostly original condition, albeit with some exhaust and radiator grille modifications and the addition of top lamp irons on the nose ends.
Our Price:
£169.99
ACC2789
Class 55 'Deltic' - BR Blue - 55020 - Nimbus
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 6/7
One of just three Deltics to never receive plated headcode boxes, 55020 is also notable for retaining the mountings for the cab roof horns worn during the early 1960s. Our model is based on its 1976 condition with standard-sized domino headcodes, although alternative smaller dots will be provided.
Our Price:
£169.99
ACC2785
Class 55 'Deltic' - BR Blue - 55004 - Queen's Own Highlander
'OO' Gauge
Released: 16/12/24
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Much requested is our first Haymarket-allocated TOPS blue Deltic, represented here by 55004 in 1977 condition, just after having its headcode box plated over. Notably this was one of just four members of the fleet to feature unpainted front windscreen frames during the mid to late 1970s.
Our Price:
£169.99
R3869
Dowlais Ironworks, Peckett W4 Class, 0-4-0ST, 33 'Lady Cornelia'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/12/24
Era 2
Peckett Works No. 834/1900 was built new for the Dowlais Ironworks, which had been sold to Arthur Keen the previous year. With the Dowlais running number of 33 and bearing the name Lady Cornelia, the locomotive operated over the extensive railway system associated with the works which, unlike Cyfartha, had made an early conversion to steel production, enabling its survival into the late 1930s.
Our Price:
£125.99
R30346
S&DR, 0-4-0, Locomotion No. 1
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/12/24
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 11
'Locomotion' No. 1 was an early example of ingenuity for the use of motive power on British railways. The Stockton & Darlington Railway ordered the engine in 1824 after its construction by the pioneering railway engineers, Robert Stephenson & Company, in Newcastle as an 0-4-0 locomotive in 1825. They initially ordered four engines, including 'Locomotion'. The fifth engine was a different design and completed in 1827. The original nickname of 'Locomotion' was 'Active', and this is how it was referred to until the summer of 1833 when it became 'Locomotion'. The engine only gained its number in 1827. The locomotive made its historic debut on 27th September 1825 for the opening of the first public railway, the S&DR. It was driven by George Stephenson, and it hauled eleven wagons of coal, the carriage 'Experiment' and twenty wagons carrying many passengers in a world-first. After its debut on the S&DR, 'Locomotion' continued to run as a mineral locomotive until it was withdrawn from service in 1841. It was decided that 'Locomotion' would be preserved for future generations to enjoy, and in 1857, the locomotive was restored at Shildon Works to resemble its original appearance. It was then mounted on a display plinth at North Road Station in Darlington. The locomotive visited various locations around the world and was displayed in places such as Chicago and Paris. In 1883, when 'Locomotion' journeyed to Chicago, it acquired a bell with the legend “Stockton & Darlington Railway”. The 'Locomotion' was also displayed in Liverpool, Newcastle, Edinburgh, York, Manchester, London, Darlington and Shildon. In 1892, 'Locomotion' was relocated to Darlington's Bank Top station. In 1924 and 1961, further restoration of the locomotive occurred at Darlington Works. For most of its preserved life, the locomotive was based at the Head of Steam Museum in Darlington. 'Locomotion' was moved from there to the Locomotion Museum at Shildon (where it remains today). It was agreed with Darlington Borough Council that 'Locomotion' will be displayed for six months in Head of Steam in the first half of 2025, the 200th anniversary of the S&DR. This 'Locomotion' No. 1 model reflects its preserved status and features the 1883 incorporated bell, the single chimney, the coal detail in the tender and green etched nameplates incorporating 'Locomotion'. A wood grain print is used to represent the wooden boiler barrel of the locomotive. This model comes fitted with a Next 18 pin socket but due to the locomotives size limitations sadly it cannot take a HM7000 Next 18 pin decoder.
Our Price:
£166.49
R30141
GB Railfreight, Class 08, 0-6-0, 08818 'Molly'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
The Class 08 will go down in history as one of the most dependable shunters ever built. While all Class 08 shunters were built by British Railways they are actually based on an earlier LMS design. With 996 of these shunters built between 1953 and 1962, they are still a common sight at mainline yards and sidings, and a common sight on heritage railways, with the number preserved almost outnumbering those currently in service. With no thought given to aesthetics, the Class 08 was a utilitarian workhorse of the railways, with its longevity speaking volumes to its performance. The locomotive would have a cab at the number one end and equipment housed in the long nose extending towards the number two end. While not intended for mainline duties, some of the class in the south could be seen trundling up the mainline if there was a short distance between yards that stock needed to be moved between, assuming no express services needed to occupy the track at the time. While perhaps recognised as GBRf No.4, this example of the Class 08 shunter was officially known by the BR TOPS number 08818, a number that it was given in February 1974. Initially wearing the number D3986, the Derby built locomotive would serve with BR before being transferred to EWS at the onset of privatisation. Purchased by Harry Needle Railroad Company in 2000, the locomotive was named ‘Molly’. As of 2024, HNRC lease the locomotive to GBRf, where the locomotive is still in servic
Our Price:
£179.99
R30368
BR, Class 08, 0-6-0, 08570
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 7
No. 08570’s main duty in service was shunting motorail vans and sleeper portions at Edinburgh Waverly. It was painted in an Intercity Swallow livery. 08570 was withdrawn from service on 18th January 1992 and then stored at Motherwell. On 7th and 8th September 1993, the shunter was cut up by M.C. Metal Processing staff on-site at Motherwell. Class 08 shunters are common, but our model of No. 08570 is a one-of-a-kind model. Liveried in a BR Intercity Swallow with intricate detail, this model is DCC-ready and compatible with our HM7000 8-Pin decoder.
Our Price:
£179.99
R30369
BR, Class 09, 0-6-0, D4100 'Dick Hardy'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 11
No. D4100 was constructed at Horwich Works and entered BR service in September 1961 at Ashford. After moving to various locations, it was fitted with air brakes in 1968 before moving to Selhurst in July 1970. It became No. 09012 under the TOPS numbering scheme in January 1974. The locomotive was named 'Dick Hardy' in honour of Richard 'Dick' Hardy who was a Divisional Manager with BR and oversaw various railway changes. After retiring in 1982, Richard became an author and wrote about railway heritage. The locomotive was withdrawn from service on 31st July 2010 and saved for preservation. In 2013, the locomotive arrived at the SVR under No. 09012 in a Departmental Grey livery. The Class 09 locomotive was overhauled and had its 'Dick Hardy' nameplates refitted in 2014. A BR Green livery was applied to the locomotive in 2015. D4100 is normally based at Kidderminster and operates as a shunter. Our model replicates the preserved vivid BR green livery on the prototypical Class 09. Waist-level brake hoses are incorporated on the cab front with ‘Dick Hardy’ nameplates applied on the bodysides.
Our Price:
£179.99
R30384
RailRoad Plus GWR, Bo-Bo, No. 34 Parcels Car
'OO' Gauge
Released: 30/12/24
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
Hardy Railmotors Limited were a subsidiary of the Associated Equipment Co. Ltd and offered petrol and diesel engine shunting locomotives. C.F. Cleaver, an engineer employed by Hardy Railmotors, realised that the successful 130 bhp 6-cylinder AEC diesel engine used in London buses would be suitable for powering a lightweight railcar. The first railcar was a prototype, No. 1, and the body was based on the popular DB diesel unit called ‘Flying Hamburger’. After wind tunnel tests, the body was streamlined, which earned them the nickname ‘flying bananas’. The railcar was bought by GWR and soon, No. 1 was displayed at the International Commercial Motor Transport Exhibition at Olympia in November 1933, to much fanfare and great publicity. GWR ordered more railcars and a total of 38 diesel railcars were constructed between 1933-1942. In service for various purposes, ranging from branch-line working to twin-set rail cars working the Birmingham to Cardiff service, these railcars were unique to the main line. Eventually, the railcars were withdrawn from service between 1955 and 1962. Three railcars are preserved: No. 4 at the National Railway Museum, No. 20 at the Kent & East Sussex Railway and No. 22 at the Didcot Railway Centre. No. 34 was an express parcels railcar and entered service in 1941. The railcar had a capacity of a 10-ton load for each journey. Double-hinged doors were a feature on the railcar. No. 34 operated from Southall until it was withdrawn in 1960. It was considered an efficient railcar due to the car’s trailer-hauling capacity. The GWR No. 34 Express Parcels Car model is finished in a GWR cream and brown livery.
Our Price:
£76.49
R30363
GWR, 6000 King Class, 4-6-0, 6029 'King Stephen'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/01/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Twenty-nine steam locomotives of the GWR Class 6000, also known as the King Class, were constructed between 1927 and 1930. These engines were named after notable English kings, and this honour was reflected in their sleek angular lines and rivets that shimmered in the light. The regal class boasted taper boilers, copper-capped chimneys and brass bonnet safety valve covers. Many of the locomotives were in service on the West of England main line between Paddington and Wolverhampton. No. 6029 ‘King Stephen’ was constructed in August 1930 and, in May 1936, it was renamed ‘King Edward VIII’. A double chimney was fitted in December 1957. The locomotive was withdrawn in July 1962 and scrapped at Cashmore’s, Newport, in November 1962.
Our Price:
£224.99
R30364
BR, 6000 King Class, 4-6-0, 6009 'King Charles II'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 23/01/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
Between 1927 and 1930, 29 steam locomotives of the GWR Class 6000, also known as the King Class, were constructed. These engines were named after notable English kings, and this regality was reflected in their sleek angular lines and rivets that shimmered in the light. The regal class boasted taper boilers, copper-capped chimneys, and brass bonnet safety valve covers. Much of the class was in service on the West of England main line between Paddington and Wolverhampton. No. 6009 ‘King Charles II’ was constructed in March 1928. After nationalisation in 1948, it was painted in a BR Black livery. ‘Alfloc’ water treatment was fitted in 1954 and a double chimney in May 1956. Withdrawn in September 1962, 6009 was scrapped at Cashmore’s.
Our Price:
£224.99
946002
GWR B Set Inter-War Livery (1930-1934)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 3
Our Price:
£144.45
946004
B Set – BR Crimson
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 4
Our Price:
£144.45
946005
B Set – BR Maroon (with lining)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 5
Our Price:
£144.45
946006
B Set – BR Maroon
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 5
Our Price:
£144.45
946008
B Set – GWR Wartime Brown Livery
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 3
Our Price:
£144.45
946009
B Set – GWR Wartime Brown Livery
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 3
Our Price:
£144.45
946010
B Set – GWR Post-War Lined Livery
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
Era 3
Our Price:
£144.45
R30372
GBRf, Class 67, Bo-Bo, 67027
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
The Class 67s were constructed by Alstom Meinfesa in Valencia between 1999 and 2000 for EWS. No. 67027 ‘Charlotte’ was named ‘Rising Star’ in 2003. Various changes took place over the years. In 2007, the ownership of the locomotive was transferred to DB Cargo UK. In 2014, the locomotive adopted the DB Cargo UK red livery, changing from the previous EWS red & yellow livery. Ownership was again transferred to Colas Rail in 2017. To reflect this, the livery was amended to Colas Rail yellow, orange and black at the Toton TMD. The locomotive name changed to ‘Charlotte’ in the same year. In 2022, ownership was transferred to GB Railfreight and repainted in a blue and yellow livery.
Our Price:
£193.49
R3977
BR, Thompson Class A2/2, 4-6-2, 60502 'Earl Marischal'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
Upon becoming Chief Mechanical Engineer of the LNER, Thompson sought to create an unstreamlined, mixed traffic version of Gresley's A4 Pacific locomotives. Being unable to secure permission to construct new locomotives, Thompson decided to rebuild the 2-8-2 P2 Class locomotives as the new A2/2 Class. Thompson advocated divided drive, a system in which the middle cylinder drove the forward two of the six driving wheels whilst the outside cylinders drove the middle two. Due to his quest for standardisation, this arrangement necessitated the middle cylinder to be placed further forward than normal and the outside cylinders further back, behind the leading bogie, so that standard connecting rods could be used for all cylinders. Although the new designs retained much of the P2's power despite their lighter weight, wheel slip issues made them unsuitable for the routes the P2's had been designed for. P2 No. 2002 'Earl Marischal' was rebuilt to become a A2/2 in June 1944, before being renumbered 502 in 1946 and 60502 upon the nationalisation of the railways. After becoming a A2/2, 'Earl Marischal' returned to Scotland before being moved south of the border to the York Shed at the end of 1949. The locomotive was withdrawn for service in 1961.
Our Price:
£251.99
R3974
LNER, Thompson Class A2/3, 4-6-2, 511 'Airborne'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
The A2/3 Class were designed by Edward Thompson as standard express passenger locomotives. After Sir Nigel Gresley's unexpected death in April 1941, Edward Thompson desired to standardise the locomotives of the LNER. This process involved rebuilding locomotives using standard components such as wheel sizes and boiler designs. The A2/3 Class were new built to a similar specification to the A2/2 rebuilds, differing in cylinder sizes and boiler pressure. Thompson advocated divided drive, a system in which the middle cylinder drove the forward two of the six driving wheels whilst the outside cylinders drove the middle two. Due to his quest for standardisation, this arrangement necessitated the middle cylinder to be placed further forward than normal and the outside cylinders further back, behind the leading bogie, so that standard connecting rods could be used for all cylinders. LNER No. 511 'Airbourne' was built at Doncaster Works and entered service in July 1946. After nationalisation, it was renumbered 60511 and assigned to the Heaton engine shed. It was withdrawn in November 1962.
Our Price:
£251.99
7S-094-001
J94 AUSTERITY LNER BLACK '8006'
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-003
J94 AUSTERITY BR BLACK EARLY CREST '68030'
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-004
J94 AUSTERITY BR BLACK LATE CREST '68012'
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 5
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-006
J94 AUSTERITY WEMYSS WPR LINED BROWN No.15
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-008
J94 AUSTERITY UNITED STEEL LINED RED No.22
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-009
J94 AUSTERITY MECH. NAVVIES RED '71515'
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£229.50
7S-094-010
J94 AUSTERITY LMR LINED BLUE 'ERROL LONSDALE'
'O' Gauge
Released: 14/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£229.50
ACC2729
BR GREEN CLASS 30 'D5549'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£169.95
ACC2769
BR INTERCITY MAINLINE CLASS 31 '31420'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£169.95
ACC2737
BR GREEN CLASS 31 'D5803'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/02/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Our Price:
£169.95
R30362
BR (Early), Britannia Class, 4-6-2, 70001 'Lord Hurcomb'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/03/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 4
No. 70001 ‘Lord Hurcomb’ was constructed at Crewe Works in February 1951 and bore the name of Cyril Hurcomb who oversaw the Ministry of War Transport. It was constructed to Order No. E479/220 and completed on 14th February that year. From Stratford shed, 70001 hauled passenger express trains on the Great Eastern Railway such as ‘The Norfolkman’. For over twelve years, the locomotive was in service on the GE section. In 1954, the total mileage was 78,600. The locomotive was withdrawn from service on 3rd September 1966 and stored at Carlisle Kingmoor Shed (12A) until the end of the year. In January 1967, 70001 was cut up at Motherwell Machinery and Scrap Co in Wishaw, Scotland.
Our Price:
£233.99
R30377
RailRoad MR Class 4P Compound Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 17/03/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The LMS Class 4P Compound steam locomotives had a wheel arrangement of 4-4-0 and were designed for hauling passenger trains. A total of 195 engines were constructed between 1924 and 1932 by the LMS Derby Works, LMS Horwich Works, North British Locomotive Company, and the Vulcan Foundry. These locomotives were almost identical to the MR Class 1000, of which there were 45 of the class. It was decided that the driving wheel diameter should be reduced in size from the MR engines. Each locomotive was withdrawn from service between 1952 and 1961, with none surviving into a preservation status.
Our Price:
£161.99
R30373
Class 60 - GWR - 60081 'Isambard Kingdom Brunel' (The One:One Collection)
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
No. 60081 was built at Brush Traction. The locomotive was delivered in November 1991 with a Trainload Metals Sector livery and 'Bleaklow Hill' as a name. 60081 gained a new lined GWR Brunswick Green livery and it was renamed 'Isambard Kingdom Brunel' on 5 August 2000 at Old Oak Common for the open day. 60081 became the Class 60's 'celebrity' locomotive due to this.
Our Price:
£224.99
R30086
RailRoad Plus BR, Peppercorn Class A1, 4-6-2, 60163 ‘Tornado’
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 10
In 1990 a group of like-minded people came together in the belief that they could construct from new, a Peppercorn Class A1 Pacific locomotive. The first steam locomotive built in the United Kingdom since 'Evening Star' in 1960 and it would be built to meet modern safety and certification standards to enable it to run on mainline connected heritage railways. After a period of nearly 20 years the dream became a reality on the 29th July 2008 when locomotive No. 60163 'Tornado' moved under its own power at Darlington.
Our Price:
£148.49
R3860
BR, Merchant Navy Class, 4-6-2, 35012 'United States Lines'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
Locomotive 35012 entered service with the Southern Railway in January 1945 with the palindromic locomotive 'number' 21C12. It would gain its more conventional number under BR before being rebuilt by the nationalised operator in February 1957, making it one of the first examples to be rebuilt. The locomotive would go on to serve under BR, mainly on the former Southern region before being withdrawn in April 1967. United States Lines would be scrapped in Newport shortly after.
Our Price:
£215.99
R30358
The One:One Collection, BR (Early), Class B1, 4-6-0, 61306 'Mayflower'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
Class B1 locomotives were designed to be mixed-traffic engines and had various duties such as hauling express passenger trains and freight traffic. Due to their versatility, each B1 worked on main lines from East Anglia to Scotland. No. 61306 ‘Mayflower’ was constructed in 1948 by the North British Locomotive Company. The locomotive was allocated to Hull Botanic Gardens and then transferred to Low Moor Depot in Bradford. 61306’s final trip, as the last B1 in service, occurred in September 1967 when it hauled the ‘Yorkshire Pullman’ from Leeds. Saved for preservation, it was based at Steamtown in Carnforth. At the time, 61306 was restored for mainline operation.
Our Price:
£215.99
R30374
Class 60 - DC Rail Freight - 60029 'Ben Nevis'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
No. 60029 'Ben Nevis' was built by Brush Traction in Loughborough and the locomotive entered service in November 1990 with a Trainload Metals Sector livery. Following various livery changes including TransRail and EWS, the locomotive was in storage from 2013 until 2019, when it was sold by DB Cargo to DC Rail Freight. Overhauled at Toton, 'Ben Nevis' re-entered service in 2020.
Our Price:
£224.99
R3735
ROD, J36 Class, 0-6-0, 5662
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 2
Built at Cowlairs in November 1891, NBR No. 662 was rebuilt in May 1915 and was one of twenty five Class C locomotives requisitioned by the Railway Executive on August 4, 1917 for use by the Railway Operating Division of the Royal Engineers. Sent to the Western Front on 7 November, 1917, it is thought that ROD 5662 worked around Verquigneul in the Pas-de-Calais, proving reliable in ROD service. Returning on 12 April, 1919 to the UK, NBR 662 was named Birdwood.
Our Price:
£175.49
R3859
BR, Class J36, 0-6-0, 65330, Limited Edition
'OO' Gauge
Released: 18/03/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
The J36 Class, as it was christened by the LNER started out life as the Matthew Holmes designed C Class built for the North British Railway, North British in this case being a euphemism for Scotland. The locomotives were introduced in 1888 and would number 168 at their most populous, with 123 of them lasting into BR service.
Our Price:
£175.49
GM4240402
Class 02 005 BR Blue w/Wasp Stripes & Yellow Bufferbeam
'OO' Gauge
Released: 24/03/25
DCC Ready (Next18)
Era 7/8
These tiny four-wheeled shunters were designed to reach the places other locomotives could not; with a wheelbase of just 6ft they were able to tackle sharply curved lines in streets, docks, warehouses and factories and even use traditional wagon turntables. They were a direct replacement for the legendary Lancashire & Yorkshire Railway ‘Pug’ 0-4-0STs working dock lines in Liverpool, Manchester and beyond. Around 50 similar locomotives were built for industrial railways, in many cases with electric rather than hydraulic transmission. As the work they were built for vanished in the 1960s, many of the 20-strong class found further work in industry, with some surviving well into the 1980s before being rescued for preservation. Highly regarded by crews for their Rolls-Royce engine, all-round visibility and unique (for a BR locomotive) rear platform for shunting staff, they continue to play a useful role in shunting and engineering work at heritage railways. One locomotive, D2860, was even claimed by the National Railway Museum as the perfect shunter for its Great Hall in York.
Our Price:
£144.45
R3964
Greater Anglia, Class 755/4 'FLIRT' 4 Car Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/04/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
The Class 755 bi-mode multiple unit trains are built by Stadler Rail for Greater Anglia as one of five EMU’s for the UK, part of the highly configurable FLIRT modular train family and designed for greater capacity, the typical 25 kV 50 Hz AC overhead power supply, and comfort over long-distance journeys. The Class 755 entered service on the 29th of July 2019 having been delivered to Greater Anglia the previous November. 4-car unit Set number ‘755406’ Destination boards show ‘Norwich’ With large bike and wheelchair symbols in the windows
Our Price:
£404.99
R60176A
Drax Biomass Wagon Pack, 83700698071-3 & 83700698009-3
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/04/25
Era 11
In 2013, Drax unveiled the UK’s first purpose-built biomass rail freight wagon at the National Railway Museum in York. Developed by designers at Lloyd’s Register Rail and manufactured by WH Davis, it is the largest ever produced and pushes the boundaries of rail engineering. This award-winning wagon transports sustainable biomass from the Ports of Tyne, Hull, and Immingham to Drax Power Station, near Selby for use in generating low carbon, cost effective, and reliable renewable electricity. At 18.9m long with top doors stretching 18.2m and bottom doors of 3.7m, the supersize wagon has a capacity of 116 cubic metres allowing a biomass load weighing 71.6 tonnes. Its volume is almost 30 per cent bigger than any freight wagon currently used in the UK. The Drax biomass wagon pack consists of two bright blue Drax Northern Powerhouse liveried wagons with their respective running numbers, 83700698071-3 and 83700698009-3. R60177A contains two biomass wagons with different decals as decoration on the livery compared to this pack.
Our Price:
£79.19
R30376
RailRoad GWR, Class 1000, 'County of Merioneth' Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/04/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 3
The GWR Class 1000, or County Class, was a collection of mixed-traffic 4-6-0 steam locomotives designed by the last Chief Mechanical Engineer of the GWR, Frederick William Hawksworth, in 1945. The No. 1000-1029 locomotives were constructed between 1945 and 1947. No. 1019 ‘County of Merioneth’ was constructed in April 1946 at Swindon Works. After BR nationalisation in 1948, 1019 worked as a passenger express train to and from Paddington and was used for freight hauling duties. BR gave 1019 and other members of the class a power classification of 6MT. A modified double chimney was fitted in March 1959. No. 1019 was withdrawn from service and purchased from BR by Cashmore’s Scrapyard in October 1963. The locomotive was scrapped at Great Bridge in January 1964. The GWR Class 1000 'County of Merioneth' Train Pack consists of a No. 1019 'County of Merioneth' locomotive, a GWR Brake 3rd Coach with the running number 4942 and a GWR Composite Coach with the running number 6138.
Our Price:
£161.99
R30102
Lumo, Class 803, 803005 Five Car Train Pack
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/04/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 11
The Class 803 AT300 is a new type of electric multiple unit passenger train built by Japanese rolling stock manufacturer Hitachi at their Newton Aycliffe factory in County Durham, based upon the Hitachi A-train design. While sharing a bodyshell with the previous UK A-train variants, the Class 803 differs in that it has no auxiliary diesel engines fitted. Batteries are fitted to power the on-board facilities in case of overhead line equipment failure.
Our Price:
£494.99
R60177A
Drax Biomass Wagon Pack, 83700698083-8 & 83700698158-8
'OO' Gauge
Released: 03/04/25
Era 11
In 2013, Drax unveiled the UK’s first purpose-built biomass rail freight wagon at the National Railway Museum in York. Developed by designers at Lloyd’s Register Rail and manufactured by WH Davis, it is the largest ever produced and pushes the boundaries of rail engineering. This award-winning wagon transports sustainable biomass from the Ports of Tyne, Hull, and Immingham to Drax Power Station, near Selby for use in generating low carbon, cost effective, and reliable renewable electricity. At 18.9m long with top doors stretching 18.2m and bottom doors of 3.7m, the supersize wagon has a capacity of 116 cubic metres allowing a biomass load weighing 71.6 tonnes. Its volume is almost 30 per cent bigger than any freight wagon currently used in the UK.
Our Price:
£79.19
R30422
LNER - Class A4 - 4492 'Dominion of New Zealand'
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/04/25
DCC Ready (21 Pin)
Era 3
Five members of Gresley’s 35-strong A4 Class were named after British Empire Countries to haul the LNER’s new Anglo-Scottish ‘Coronation’ train, including No. 4492 ‘Dominion of New Zealand’, which was built at Doncaster Works and entered service in June 1937. Under the LNER’s renumbering scheme in 1946, the locomotive was given the number 13, which under British Railways, following nationalisation in 1948, became No. 60013. The locomotive was initially allocated to King’s Cross, but also spent time at Haymarket in Edinburgh and Grantham, before withdrawal from ‘Top Shed’ in April 1963. It was then scrapped within weeks at Doncaster Works. The model is in LNER Garter Blue with full streamlining – the condition it was in when new in 1937.
Our Price:
£314.99
R30140
BR, M7 Class, 0-4-4T, 30038
'OO' Gauge
Released: 07/04/25
DCC Ready (8 Pin)
Era 4
Ideally suited to the demands of suburban workings with frequent station stops, the M7 possessed quick acceleration and good tractive power, equally at home on Branch line workings or acting as station pilots. Unfortunately, following a major derailment at Tavistock in 1898, the Class were withdrawn from fast passenger services, the 0-4-4 arrangement proving inherently unstable at continuous high speeds. While two M7s still exist in preservation, 30038 sadly is not among them.
Our Price:
£193.49
957004
BR 1/801 ICE BLUE FISH VAN No. E87985
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957005
BR 1/801 ICE BLUE FISH VAN No. E87736
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957006
BR 1/801 ICE BLUE FISH VAN No. E87751
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957007
BR 1/801 PARCELS (SPV) VAN No.E87934
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957008
BR 1/801 PARCELS (SPV) VAN No.M88040
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957010
BR 1/801 PARCELS (NRV) VAN No.M87815
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957009
BR 1/801 PARCELS (NRV) VAN No.E87695
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957011
BR 1/801 BARRIER VAN No.M87990
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
957012
BR 1/801 BARRIER VAN No.W87573
'OO' Gauge
Released: 09/04/25
Our Price:
£31.45
35-528
Class 121 Single-Car DMU W55028 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels
'OO' Gauge
Expected: Unknown
DCC Ready (PluX22)
Era 5
The Class 121 single-car Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) is Bachmann Branchline’s flagship First Generation multiple unit, equalled only by its 3-car Class 117 stablemate. Employing cutting edge technology, these high fidelity models boast a wealth of detail and era-specific options to depict specific railcars at various points during their working careers which, for some, extended towards 60 years in service. Returning to the Branchline range in a selection of new liveries, these iconic suburban DMUs will make a fine addition to any model railway set in the steam-diesel transition period onwards.
Our Price:
£161.45
35-528SF
Class 121 Single-Car DMU W55028 BR Green (Small Yellow Panels) With DCC Sound Fitted
'OO' Gauge
Expected: Unknown
DCC Fitted
DCC Sound
Era 5
The Class 121 single-car Diesel Multiple Unit (DMU) is Bachmann Branchline’s flagship First Generation multiple unit, equalled only by its 3-car Class 117 stablemate. Employing cutting edge technology, these high fidelity models boast a wealth of detail and era-specific options to depict specific railcars at various points during their working careers which, for some, extended towards 60 years in service. Returning to the Branchline range in a selection of new liveries, these iconic suburban DMUs will make a fine addition to any model railway set in the steam-diesel transition period onwards.
Our Price:
£254.95